10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ý	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013
o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                        to

Commission File Number: 001-35588

JTH Holding, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	27-3561876 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1716 Corporate Landing Parkway, Virginia Beach, Virginia (Address of principal executive offices)	23454 (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (757) 493-8855

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Class A Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (Title of Class) The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (Name of Exchange on which registered)

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES o    NO ý

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the Act. YES o    NO ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES o    NO ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES o    NO ý

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES o    NO ý

As of October 31, 2012, the aggregate market value of the shares of Class A common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $53,212,141 based on the number of shares held by non-affiliates as of October 31, 2012 and based on the last reported sale price of the registrant's Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market of $14.90 on October 31, 2012. The number of shares of the registrant's Class A common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2013 was 12,023,265.

Documents incorporated by reference: None.

Table of Contents

Part I
Item 1.	Business	8
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	22
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	37
Item 2.	Properties	37
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	38
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	38
Part II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	39
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	40
Item 7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	44
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	62
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	62
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-1
	Consolidated Balance Sheets	F-2
	Consolidated Income Statements	F-3
	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	F-4
	Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity	F-5
	Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows	F-8
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-10
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	62
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	62
Item 9B.	Other Information	64
Part III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	65
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	69
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	81
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	82
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	83
Part IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	85
Signatures		88

3

EXPLANATORY NOTE REGARDING RESTATEMENT

As previously reported, on August 1, 2013, we determined that our previously issued consolidated financial statements contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012, and in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the subsequent fiscal quarters ended July 31, 2012, October 31, 2012 and January 31, 2013, should no longer be relied upon and would be restated to reflect certain changes to our accounting policies, primarily with respect to revenue recognition and business combination accounting. These restatements of our previously issued consolidated financial statements are referred to collectively as the “Restatement,” and the periods affected by the Restatement are referred to collectively as the “Restated Periods.”

In this annual report, the following types of financial information and other disclosures are restated or amended, as applicable, as a result of the Restatement, as of and for the Restated Periods noted in the table below.

Type of Financial Information/Disclosure	Date or Period
Consolidated balance sheet	As of April 30, 2012
Consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, comprehensive income and cash flows	Fiscal years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011
Selected financial data	Fiscal years ended and as of April 30, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009
Unaudited quarterly financial information	Each fiscal quarter in the fiscal years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	As of and for the years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011

We believe that presenting all of the financial information and other disclosures affected by the Restatement for the Restated Periods in this annual report allows investors to review all pertinent data in a single presentation. We intend to file, subsequent to the filing of this annual report, our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2013 and amendments to our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for each of the quarterly periods ended July 31, 2012, October 31, 2012 and January 31, 2013, but we do not expect to file an amendment to our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012 (the “2012 Annual Report”). Accordingly, investors should rely only on the financial information and other disclosures for the Restated Periods included in this annual report, and should not rely on the 2012 Annual Report or any reports, earnings releases or similar communications relating to the Restated Periods.

As presented in more detail throughout this annual report, the Restatement reflects adjustments primarily related to the following areas:

• We determined that our area developer, or “AD”, agreements do not constitute a franchise relationship for accounting purposes. Therefore, instead of recording revenue at the inception of the AD relationship under franchise accounting, we now record these fees over the life of the AD agreement, which is typically ten years. Additionally, our consolidated financial statements now show the portion of franchise fees and royalties that the AD is entitled to receive from us in our revenue captions, with an equal amount of expense shown in a new operating expense caption as "area developer expense." These amounts were previously presented on a net basis.

• We changed our revenue recognition policy for franchise fees to record revenue as amounts are received from the franchisee. Previously, we generally recorded these revenues at the time of sale, net of expected note cancellations related to the amount financed. Therefore, under the new revenue recognition policy any portion of franchise fees that is financed is only reflected as revenue when the note payments are made.

• We also revised our methodology for the allocation of the purchase price associated with the acquisitions of businesses from franchisees. Historically, we allocated the entire purchase price to an identifiable intangible asset denominated as customer list. The new methodology allocates the purchase price to all identifiable intangible assets, which consist of reacquired rights and customer list. Any unallocated purchase price is recorded as goodwill.

4

The following table quantifies in summary format the effect of these restated items on our income before income taxes for the fiscal years ended April 30 of each year:

		2009			2010			2011			2012			2013
		(dollars in thousands)
As Reported		$	20,816		$	17,884		$	26,636		$	27,805		$	29,792
Adjustments related to the following areas:
	Area developer agreements	2,249			5,917			762			(1,935		)	(951		)
	Franchise fees	(541		)	(894		)	(2,330		)	(668		)	(26		)
	Business combinations	60			139			(256		)	928			(18		)
As Restated		$	22,584		$	23,046		$	24,812		$	26,130		$	28,797

The following items are not affected by the Restatement:

• The Restatement does not impact actual cash received or the reported cash balances for any of the Restated Periods.

• The Restatement does not impact the receipt of the total reported revenue, but instead changes the time periods over which the revenue was recognized.

The Restatement and related matters are more fully described in Notes 18 and 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report, as well as under the following items of this Annual Report: “Item 1A—Risk Factors,” “Item 6—Selected Financial Data,” “Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 9A—Controls and Procedures.”

5

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and condition as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition. Any statements contained herein that are not of historical facts may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. You can identify these statements by words such as "aim," "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "could," "due," "estimate," "expect," "goal," "intend," "may," "objective," "plan," "predict," "potential," "positioned," "should," "target," "will," "would" and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate and our management's beliefs and assumptions and are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. As a result, any or all of our forward-looking statements in this annual report may turn out to be inaccurate. Factors that may cause such differences include, but are not limited to, the risks described under "Item 1A—Risk Factors," including:

• our possible inability to sustain growth at our historical pace;

• the seasonality of our business;

• our inability to secure reliable sources of the tax settlement products we make available to our customers;

• the continued service of our senior management team;

• government regulation and oversight, including the regulation of tax settlement products such as electronic refund checks ("ERCs") and loan settlement products;

• government initiatives that simplify tax return preparation, improve the timing and efficiency of processing tax returns, limit payments to tax preparers or decrease the number of tax returns filed or the size of the refunds;

• government initiatives to pre-populate income tax returns;

• increased regulation of the products and services that we offer;

• the possible characterization of ERCs as a form of loan or extension of credit;

• changes in the tax settlement products offered to our customers that make our services less attractive to customers or more costly to us;

• our ability to maintain relationships with our tax settlement product service providers;

• our ability and the ability of our franchisees to comply with regulatory requirements;

• changes in our franchise sale model that may reduce our revenue;

• the ability of our franchisees to open new territories and operate them successfully;

• the ability of our franchisees to generate sufficient revenue to repay their indebtedness to us;

• our exposure to litigation;

• our ability and our franchisees' ability to protect customers' personal information, including from a cyber-security incident;

• our ability to access the credit markets and satisfy our covenants to lenders;

• challenges in deploying accurate tax software in a timely way each tax season;

• competition in the tax preparation market;

• our reliance on technology systems, including the deployment of our NextGen project, and electronic communications;

• our ability to deploy our NextGen software in time for the 2014 tax season;

• potential shareholder litigation as a result of the restatement of our previously issued consolidated financial statements;

6

• risks relating to our management's determination that there was a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, and as a result that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective, as of April 30, 2013; and

• other factors, including the risk factors discussed in this annual report.

Potential investors and other readers are urged to consider these factors carefully in evaluating the forward-looking statements and are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this annual report. Unless required by law, we do not intend to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect new information or future events or otherwise. A potential investor or other vendor should, however, review the factors and risks we describe in the reports we will file from time to time with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or "SEC", after the date of this annual report.

7

PART I

Item 1.    Business.

Corporate Information

We were originally incorporated in Delaware in September 2010 as JTH Holding, Inc. We are the holding company for JTH Tax, Inc. d/b/a Liberty Tax Service, which was incorporated in Delaware in October 1996. Our principal executive offices are located at 1716 Corporate Landing Parkway, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23454. Our filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or "SEC", including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and amendments to these reports, are accessible free of charge at our corporate website, www.libertytax.com.

We are an "emerging growth company" under applicable federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Definitions and Trademarks

References in this report to "years" are to our fiscal years, which end on April 30 unless otherwise noted, and all references to "tax season" refer to the period between January 1 and April 30 of the referenced year. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms "Liberty Tax," "Liberty Tax Service," "we," "the Company," "us" and "our" refer to JTH Holding, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

This annual report includes trademarks, including "Liberty Tax," "Liberty Tax Service," "Liberty Income Tax," "Liberty Canada" and our logo, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are our property and/or the property of our subsidiaries. This annual report also includes trademarks, trade names and service marks that are the property of other organizations.

Market, Industry and Other Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this annual report concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various third-party sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on that data and other similar sources. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management's knowledge of the industry and independent sources. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and a reader is cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this annual report is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, information relating to projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Item 1A—Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this annual report. These and other factors could cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.

Business Overview

We are one of the leading providers of tax preparation services in the United States and Canada. As measured by both the number of returns prepared and the number of retail offices, we are the third largest and fastest growing national retail preparer of individual tax returns in the United States and the second largest retail preparer of individual tax returns in Canada. From 2001 through 2013, we have grown the number of U.S. tax returns prepared in our offices from approximately 137,000 to 1.8 million. These services and related financial products that we refer to as "tax settlement" products are offered primarily through franchised locations, although we operate a very limited number of company-owned offices each tax season. All of the offices are operated under the Liberty Tax Service brand. Since the 2001 tax season and through the 2013 tax season, our percentage share of the paid tax preparation market in the United States has increased from 0.2% to more than 2%.

From 2001 through 2013, we grew our number of tax offices from 508 to 4,520. We and our franchisees operated 4,262 of those offices in the United States during the 2013 tax season, an 8.7% increase over the 2012 tax season, when we operated 3,920 offices, which was itself a 9.2% increase over the number of offices operated in the 2011 tax season.

The following table indicates the number of offices open at any point during the tax season and the number of total tax returns filed through these offices during the fiscal year ended April 30 of each year.

8

	2009	2010	2011	2012	2013
Offices - Total	3,091	3,531	3,845	4,183	4,520
Tax returns prepared in our offices	1,632,000	1,795,000	1,946,000	2,075,000	2,116,000

We provide our customers with value-added federal and state tax preparation services and related tax settlement products both in retail offices and online. Our target customers include taxpayers who for reasons of complexity, convenience or the need for prompt tax refunds desire the assistance of assisted tax preparation services. Our customer growth is driven by our ability to capture an increasing share of a continuously expanding tax preparation market.

We believe that our franchise system is the core of our highly scalable business model and the keystone of our growth. Most of the Liberty Tax offices are operated by franchisees. Because we do not own or operate a significant number of tax offices, we are able to focus on marketing, franchisee coaching and support, financial product development and other initiatives that drive our overall success. In addition, our franchise model allows us to grow our tax system with minimal capital expenditures or fixed cost investments.

Our franchise model has been recognized as an attractive investment opportunity for a variety of entrepreneurs. In May 2011, Entrepreneur Media ranked us as the best tax franchise opportunity, as well as the seventh fastest growing franchise system, based on the number of new franchise units added in the U.S. and Canada from 2009 to 2010. In February 2012, Forbes ranked us the seventh best franchise in their "Top 20 Franchises for the Buck" list, based on the estimated minimum initial investment, store survival rate, training hours offered and the total number of franchise locations. Accounting Today again honored Liberty Tax Service as a "Top Tax Firm" for 2013. We have focused on keeping the cost of establishing a Liberty Tax franchise relatively low compared to other opportunities available to potential franchisees in order to attract motivated entrepreneurs seeking to minimize their initial costs. We believe this low upfront capital requirement, combined with the potential for attractive office level profitability, provides an opportunity for a significant return on investment for our franchisees. We focus on providing best-in-class training and support to both new and existing franchisees.

Our growth is also reflected in our financial performance. Our total revenues grew to $147.6 million in 2013 from $131.2 million in 2012 and $117.9 million in 2011, and our net income increased to $17.6 million from $16.4 million in 2012 and $14.7 million in 2011. Our systemwide revenue, which is the base from which we derive franchise royalties, grew to $381.2 million in 2013, from $359.1 million in 2012 and $338.6 million in 2011. Our systemwide revenue represents the total tax preparation revenue generated by our franchised and company-owned offices.

Our Industry and Market Opportunity

We believe that Liberty Tax Service is well positioned to increase our share of the paid tax preparation market because of our strong brand, the strength of our franchise model, and our ability to take advantage of industry consolidation.

During calendar year 2013, there were estimated to have been 147.4 million tax returns filed with the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS"), of which 132.6 million tax returns were filed during the 2013 tax season. The IRS expects the number of tax returns to continue to grow, and projects a 4.5% increase in tax return filings from 2013 to 2016, as illustrated below.

9

______________________________________________________________________________

Source: IRS Publication 6187 (revised 6-2013). The "P" designation for calendar years 2013 and later reflects IRS projections.

The tax return preparation market is divided into two primary distinct sectors: paid tax preparation and Do It Yourself ("DIY") preparation, which includes traditional "pen and paper" preparation as well as DIY preparation through online and software-based tax products. Although recent years have seen growth in the relative portion of the DIY sector that has been captured by online and software-based tax products, the separate paid tax preparation sector, in which we and our franchisees primarily compete, has also continued to grow. From the 2001 tax season through the 2013 tax season, the percentage of returns prepared in the DIY sector has varied from 37% to 42%, with 40% of returns in the 2013 tax season prepared in the DIY sector.

The percentage of returns filed through paid tax preparers has remained relatively stable over the past decade, with material year-to-year variations generally in years where government tax rebate programs cause a spike in filings by taxpayers who might otherwise not have filed, or where recessionary conditions, as in 2009, temporarily depress filings. The growth in the number of individual returns reflects a consistent trend over many years, and the historical data and projected IRS information indicates that both the number of individual returns prepared and those prepared by paid tax preparers have increased and we believe it will continue to increase at a relatively constant rate over the next several years. Since the 2001 tax season and through the 2013 tax season, our percentage share of the paid tax preparation market in the United States has increased from 0.2% to more than 2.0%, based on IRS data.

We believe, based on available data, that in 2013 less than 25% of the paid tax preparation market was represented by the national retail tax preparation companies: Liberty Tax and our two national competitors, H&R Block and Jackson Hewitt, each operating under a different business model. While most of our offices are operated by franchisees, H&R Block primarily operates company-owned offices and Jackson Hewitt operates a mixture of franchised and company-owned offices. The remaining paid tax preparation market is primarily comprised of tens of thousands of independent tax preparers operating at a local and regional level. We believe most of these independent preparers operate individual or a limited number of locations.

Our Business Strengths

We attribute our success in the retail tax preparation industry to a number of strengths:

We are a market leader in providing retail tax preparation services.    We are presently the third largest provider of retail tax preparation services in the United States and the second largest provider of retail tax preparation services in Canada as measured by number of tax returns prepared and the number of retail offices. We currently have a network of 2,211 franchisees and had more than 4,500 offices for the 2013 tax season, the majority of which had been opened within the past five years, and many of which are in the initial stages of growth. We believe that there is no existing smaller competitor in the retail tax preparation market that could challenge our market position on a national scale due to the expense and length of time required to develop the infrastructure, systems and software necessary to create and support a nationwide network of tax preparation offices. As a result, we believe that it would be difficult for an additional national competitor to emerge in our market for the foreseeable future. Moreover, our brand identity and substantial growth have helped us cement strong repeat business in our

10

offices. Our brand is reinforced by our Liberty logo and our unique advertising techniques, which include personalized and highly visible marketing strategies. We believe our model creates a powerful platform that allows our franchisees to continue to grow their scale and profitability as they become more seasoned.

A highly scalable and attractive franchise business model.    Our franchise model enables us to rapidly expand while keeping capital expenditures and fixed cost investments low. Most of our offices are operated by franchisees, which allows us to focus on marketing, training and expanding our value-added services, while our franchisees focus on locating and opening new office locations and increasing the number of customers at existing locations. We believe that our time-tested and proven franchise strategy, when combined with the economics of our low-cost franchise model, enables us to grow our brand by attracting highly motivated entrepreneurs. Our standard franchise fee per territory is $40,000, which is typically lower than other franchise opportunities, and we offer our franchisees flexible structures and financing options for franchise fees and royalty payments. We believe we offer a stable franchise opportunity and have designed our franchise model to closely align our interests with those of our franchisees in an effort to promote their profitability and return on investment. Our status as a market leader is demonstrated by the fact that we continue to be highly ranked in independent national publications that rank the attractiveness of franchise opportunities and franchisee satisfaction.

Our franchisee and consumer-oriented strategy drives our success and enhances our relationships with our franchisee base.    We believe that we must deliver value to both our franchisees and their customers to further drive our success. We encourage a collaborative and open culture among our franchise base and are proactive in providing ongoing training opportunities to both new and established franchisees. We actively manage our franchise base by enforcing franchisee performance standards in order to optimize systemwide revenue and the royalties we receive from our franchisees. Because of the room for growth in our franchise system, we provide our high-quality franchisees the opportunity to increase the number of offices they own and operate. Our franchise model appeals to a select group of highly motivated individuals who are attracted to a platform that requires them to be intensely focused during the relatively short tax season but also enables them to pursue other business and personal endeavors throughout the rest of the year. Because the personal success of our franchisees is directly tied to the success of their individual offices, we believe our franchisees are more focused than the operators of our primary competitors' non-franchised offices on both providing a positive customer service experience and delivering value to their customers.

The paid tax preparation business is inherently a neighborhood business, and we support our franchisees in utilizing our model in a way that allows them to maximize the success of their offices. Franchisees interact directly with existing and potential customers, which drives high customer loyalty within their market areas. In addition, we recognize that some of our customers value the wide range of tax settlement products we enable our franchisees to provide. We have consistently endeavored to provide our franchisees access to a full range of competitive products and services, including ERCs, prepaid debit cards loaded with their tax refund amounts, refund-based loans such as "Instant Cash Advances" or "ICAs," along with other electronic filing products and services. We utilize this mix of franchisee support and services to mitigate the challenges of a franchise business model, which include our lack of direct control over day-to-day operations in the tax offices and our reliance on franchisee growth and expansion to grow our business.

The evolving legal and regulatory climate surrounding some of the tax settlement products that we have made available to our franchisees and their customers has required us to adapt quickly to new limitations that made it more difficult to offer customers the same financial product choices as were available in prior tax seasons. We have adapted to these challenges by developing or obtaining alternatives for customers and by ensuring that we are a market leader in this area, and although the law and regulations may continue to change, we expect to be able to continue to give our franchisees and their customers a range of product choices that will be at least as broad as that offered by our competitors.

Our experienced management team has a proven track record.    Our senior management team has significant experience in the tax preparation industry. Our founder, Chairman and CEO, John Hewitt, is a pioneer in the tax preparation industry. Prior to Liberty Tax, Mr. Hewitt began his career with H&R Block and was the founder of Jackson Hewitt. Likewise, our Chief Operating Officer, Rufe Vanderpool, has been with Liberty since 2004, and has been in the tax preparation industry since 1998, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mark Baumgartner, has been with us since 2003. Many of our other key personnel also have a long history of working in the tax preparation industry.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe we are uniquely positioned within the retail tax preparation industry to seize the available growth opportunities. Our strategy for growth includes:

We plan to grow our number of franchised office locations within the U.S.    We plan to aggressively expand our number of office locations. We believe there is substantial untapped potential for us to add approximately 6,200 additional offices, after which we would be comparable to the size of our largest national competitor, H&R Block. We believe we can

11

increase the average number of tax offices operated by our franchisees by continuing to offer programs and support designed to encourage franchisees to expand their business. For example, we intend to place new and existing franchisees in remaining undeveloped geographic territories. In 2008, we began to offer existing franchisees the ability to operate in additional territories for one tax season before electing to acquire those territories. We believe we can achieve this growth because we have a significant number of undeveloped territories. We also offer several innovative programs for new and existing franchisees, including a "zero franchise fee" alternative that allows franchisees to minimize their initial investment in exchange for paying higher royalties during the first five years of the franchise term. In addition, in 2012 we entered into an agreement with Walmart that allowed Liberty Tax kiosks to operate in a number of Walmart stores beginning with the 2013 tax season, when we and our franchisees operated kiosks in nearly 300 stores. We anticipate the expansion of that relationship in the 2014 tax season.

We plan to grow our number of returns.    Many of our offices are relatively new, and as they continue to become more seasoned, we believe we will be able to add new customers who we expect will become repeat customers. Approximately 38% of our retail officesopen during the 2013 tax season were in the first three years of operation, providing substantial room to add additional customers. Our new retail offices typically experience their most rapid growth during their first five years as they develop customer loyalty, operational experience and a referral base within their community. In addition, we believe that our unique marketing programs, customer oriented services, easy to use tax preparation software, and national presence will continue to drive the number of tax returns prepared in our franchised offices.

We are poised to take advantage of anticipated industry consolidation and strategic opportunities to increase our number of offices and returns.    We expect to benefit from anticipated industry consolidation as we believe many independent tax preparers will look to exit the industry as they confront increased costs, regulatory requirements and demands to provide tax settlement products. We believe we will be a beneficiary of this consolidation because we are able to more efficiently address changing regulatory requirements due to our scale and also because we have succeeded in providing a fully competitive mix of the kinds of financial products sought by customers. In addition, our reputation in the market should continue to drive new customers to our brand, which will also enhance our position in a consolidating industry. As a result, we believe we will continue to accrete market share by virtue of our attractive platform for preparers and for new franchisees looking to capture customers from exiting independent preparers. We may also consider larger strategic transactions if those opportunities arise.

We may strategically acquire Area Developer ("AD") areas.    We operate under a two-tier franchise system, which includes franchisees operating retail offices in "territories" that encompass a target population of approximately 30,000 people and ADs that operate in areas that include large clusters of territories. We use ADs to help us build out our retail franchise base by marketing available franchise territories. We initiated our AD program in 2001, at a time when we were seeking to accelerate the growth of our franchise system. We continued utilizing the AD program in recent years to focus on areas with large underdeveloped groups of territories we believed would benefit from the dedicated sales attention that an AD would bring to our franchise sales process. We presently have 132 ADs, and as of April 30, 2013, those ADs had 4,000 unsold franchise territories located within their areas. Our arrangements with our ADs require us to pay a substantial portion of the franchise fees and royalties we receive to our ADs. Although we still expect to grow our franchise network through the limited sale of new AD areas, we will continue to seek opportunities to acquire underperforming AD areas or AD areas in more mature markets at favorable terms, offering us better future profitability from the associated franchise locations as a consequence of repurchasing the area rights of those ADs.

We will leverage our financial products leadership to attract and retain customers and to market our competitive advantage to prospective franchisees. We have expended considerable effort since 2009 to ensure that our franchisees are able to offer a complete range of tax settlement products to our customers, and to provide our customers choices in these products. With Republic's departure from refund anticipation loan ("RAL") lending after the 2012 tax season, there are no remaining banks making or facilitating loan-based tax settlement products, and in anticipation of that situation, we began to pilot an ICA refund loan product originated by a third-party lender in a limited number of states in the 2011 and 2012 tax seasons. These ICAs were offered in 27 states in the 2013 tax season, and we are exploring other alternatives to make refund-based loan tax settlement product choices available to consumers. We are also exploring product alternatives in the states where ICAs are not being offered. At the same time, we expect to continue to offer non-loan tax settlement products such as ERCs to customers in all of our offices. We believe that our innovation in offering alternatives to the traditional RAL will allow us to attract and retain customers by meeting customer demand for quicker access to funds. This competitive advantage over some of our competitors who are not offering similar ranges of products should also permit us to demonstrate to prospective new franchisees, as well as franchisees considering expansion, the potential advantages of the Liberty Tax brand.

Our Business

Our business involves the provision of retail federal and state income tax preparation services and related refund settlement products in the United States and Canada. Virtually all of our services are provided through franchised offices, and for the 2013 tax season, our services were offered in 4,520 retail offices, of which 4,262 were in the United States (with the

12

remainder in Canada) and 4,028 of our retail offices in the United States, or more than 94%, were owned by franchisees. Unlike some of our primary national competitors, we have maintained a relatively simple business model. We have not attempted to diversify into banking or mortgage operations. By building on steady growth since our founding and using our available financing to fund operations between tax seasons, we have avoided excess leverage while ensuring minimal outstanding indebtedness at the end of each tax season. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, for example, we had no outstanding balance under our revolving credit facility. Our focus since inception has been on growing the number of Liberty Tax offices, increasing the number of tax returns prepared by those offices, and enhancing profitability by offering services and products that continue to build the Liberty Tax brand.

In the 2013 tax season, we and our franchisees in the United States accounted for more than 1.8 million tax returns filed through our retail offices, and almost 160,000 additional tax returns filed through our online tax software, eSmartTax. Because some of our competitors have been unable to offer a full range of tax settlement products over the last three tax seasons, and because we believe we are positioned to maintain a competitive set of tax settlement products to offer, we believe there is a substantial opportunity to combine our retail office growth with an increase in the number of returns we and our franchisees produce on a per office basis.

A typical tax season consists of two primary filing periods: a "first peak" involving filers who file relatively quickly after receiving their Forms W-2, and late-season filers who file during the weeks leading to the usual April 15 federal tax filing deadline. In the 2013 tax season, 62% of returns filed in our retail offices were filed between January 1 and February 28, and an additional 18% were filed between April 1 and April 15. However, the "first peak" during the 2013 tax season was anomalous in that the IRS did not generally open its online filing system until January 30, 2013, almost two weeks later than in most prior years.

Liberty's Franchise Model

We rely on a franchise model for our growth. Although our larger primary competitors maintain a mix of franchise locations and company-owned offices, we have determined that we can best grow our company by increasing our franchisee base, and the number of offices operated by our existing franchisees. We have also included in our franchisee model the sale of AD areas, and under this AD model, we make large clusters of territories available to an AD who is responsible for marketing the available franchise territories within the larger AD area in order to help us fill gaps in our franchise system. As described below, when we utilize an AD to assist us in franchise sales, we receive revenue from the sale of the AD area, but sacrifice a portion of the franchise fees and the royalty stream from the franchises within the AD area.

Franchise territories.    We have divided the United States into approximately 10,000 potential franchise territories We attempt to draw territory boundaries so that each territory has a target population of approximately 30,000 people. Franchisees are permitted to open more than one office in a territory, and within the territory they may also be the beneficiary of the opportunity to open offices located in a retail operation in which we have the opportunity to place a tax preparation kiosk. We presently have kiosk arrangements with certain Walmart, Kmart, Sears, Family Dollar and Ace Cash Express stores, and had 468 such kiosks open during the 2013 tax season, an increase from the 121 such kiosks opened during 2012 tax season, which was attributable almost entirely to our Walmart relationship.

As of April 30, 2013, our largest franchisee operated 27 tax locations, and a majority of our franchisees operated two or fewer tax locations. As part of our growth strategy, we anticipate increasing substantially the average number of offices per franchisee by encouraging more of our franchisees to acquire and open additional franchise territories. We anticipate that a significant number of our franchisees may elect to remain single-office owners, but that others will be attracted to the opportunity to grow their revenue base and overall profitability by enjoying the economies of scale associated with multi-unit operations. Because we continue to have measurably fewer offices than our two largest competitors, we believe that we have a significant number of additional territories available that will allow us to implement this business model, and we are devoting a substantial amount of our sales efforts to providing opportunities to existing franchisees to acquire additional territories.

AD areas.    We initiated our AD program in 2001, at a time when we were seeking to accelerate the growth of our franchise system. We presently have 132 ADs, and as of April 30, 2013, those ADs had approximately 4,000 unsold franchise territories located within their areas. We continued utilizing the AD program in recent years to focus on areas with large underdeveloped groups of territories we believed would benefit from the dedicated sales attention that an AD would bring to our sales process. Our franchise fees for AD areas vary based on our assessment of the revenue potential of each AD area, and also depend on the performance of any existing franchisees within the AD area being sold. Our ADs generally receive 50% of both the franchise fee and royalties derived from franchises located in their AD areas and are required to provide marketing and operational support.

We strategically repurchase AD areas from existing ADs. In fiscal 2013, we spent $5.9 million to repurchase 13 AD areas. Because AD franchise agreements generally require us to pay 50% of both the franchise fees and royalty revenue derived

13

from franchises located in their AD areas to our ADs, we expect that the repurchase of those AD areas will lower our AD expense in future periods. In fiscal 2013, our ADs in the aggregate earned $3.2 million in franchise fee revenue and $21.5 million in franchise royalties.

When we engage in repurchases of AD areas, we generally value the area by using a discounted cash flow calculation, and we purchase the area on a basis that reflects our expected return from recapturing the post-purchase royalty stream that would otherwise have been paid to the AD. By repurchasing areas at a price that provides liquidity to an AD, we are able to pay off indebtedness of that AD to us, where applicable, and secure the full benefit of franchisee royalty streams for periods after the completion of the repurchase.

Franchise sales process.    We engage in an active marketing process, both directly and through our ADs, in order to sell additional franchise territories. Our sales process includes sales to new franchisees, as well as the sale of additional territories to existing franchisees willing to expand into additional territories. For new franchisees, the process includes multiple steps that culminate in a week-long training session that we call Effective Operations Training. We generally require a new franchisee to pay the entire franchise fee for the franchisee's first territory at the time of acquisition, although as described below, we often provide funding for additional territory purchases by both new and existing franchisees. In 2011, we announced a new franchise sales program pursuant to which new and existing franchisees could obtain selected unsold territories without the payment of a franchise fee. Territories acquired under this "zero franchise fee" program, as described below, require higher royalty fees during the first five years of the franchise agreement, but involve less initial financial risk to a potential franchisee. We also utilize advertising in national publications, appearances at conventions and trade shows at which we believe potential franchisees may be present, and various direct marketing techniques, in order to obtain and pursue franchisee leads.

During fiscal 2008, we began to offer two new franchise purchase programs, a "rent to own" program and a "try before you buy" program, both of which were designed to allow existing franchisees to acquire additional territories with minimal risk. In both of these programs, which are designed for the purchase of unsold territories, we allow an existing franchisee that is willing to pursue expansion to operate a territory without an obligation to pay a franchisee fee during the first tax season. If the franchisee operates the territory and elects to retain ownership of the territory, the territory becomes subject to a standard franchise agreement and the payment of the standard franchise fee.

Because of the uncertainty surrounding the availability of tax settlement products, the difficulty that many independent and smaller tax preparers are having accessing sources of these products, and an increasingly cumbersome regulatory climate, we believe that there is an opportunity to convert independent tax preparers, including smaller multi-unit operations, to Liberty Tax franchisees. We are expending significant marketing effort to encourage these conversions, and because these operations involve existing tax operations, generally offer more favorable terms to these prospective franchisees than we make available for undeveloped territories.

Our franchise agreements.    Under the terms of our standard franchise agreement, each franchisee receives the right to operate a tax return preparation business under the Liberty Tax Service brand within a designated geographic area. Similarly, our agreements with ADs permit ADs to market franchise territories within a designated multi-territory area. Franchise agreements have an initial term of five years and are renewable. The agreements impose various performance requirements on franchisees, require franchisees to use our proprietary software and equipment designated by us, and obligate our franchisees to operate in their offices in accordance with standards we establish. These standards include specified in-season and out-of-season opening hours, criteria for the location of franchise offices, requirements related to tax preparers and other office employees, and minimum performance standards. Our agreements also require our franchisees to comply with applicable state and federal legal requirements. Although we do not control and are not responsible for any compliance issues that could be caused by our franchisees or their tax preparers, we provide guidance to our franchisees regarding their compliance obligations, including the provision of standard advertising templates, training materials that include detailed compliance information, and systems that alert them to unusual activity. We also use a variety of means to identify potential compliance issues and to require franchisees to address any concerns.

Each year, as part of our active management of our franchise base, we terminate a number of franchisees, and other franchisees voluntarily relinquish their territories, often in exchange for our forbearance on the remaining indebtedness owed to us in connection with the franchise territory. In fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, respectively, approximately 409 and 341 retail tax locations that had been open were subject to voluntary and involuntary franchise terminations. As described below, we generally intend to resell these territories to new or existing franchisees. However, we closed some office locations, and maintained a limited number of office locations that we were not able to resell before the subsequent tax season as company-owned offices. In order to protect our competitive position, we regularly take actions to enforce the non-competition obligations and restrictions regarding customer lists and our trademarks and service marks contained in our franchise agreements.

14

When a franchisee's right to operate a franchise location is terminated, voluntarily or involuntarily, we evaluate the open office in order to determine whether it will be appropriate to resell that territory, including the existing office location, to a new or existing franchisee. As indicated below, the purchase price for an existing territory differs from the purchase price for an undeveloped territory, because it is based on our assessment of the value of the existing office operation.

Company-Owned Offices.    We intentionally operate relatively few company-owned offices. During the 2013 tax season, we operated 261 company-owned offices in the United States and Canada, 155 of which were tax kiosks located in Walmart stores. Tax returns prepared by our company-owned offices represented approximately 2% of the total number of tax returns prepared in the Liberty Tax system in the 2013 tax season. We focus primarily on growing through the opening of new franchise locations, and most of the company-owned offices we operate in a given tax seasons were offices that were previously owned by former franchisees who have ceased operations or did not meet our performance standards. Rather than close offices that we believe have the potential to be successful, we attempt to resell these offices, and when we fail to do so before the beginning of a tax season, we operate company-owned offices through a tax season and until we can resell them at a later time. For this reason, the number of offices that we operate as company-owned offices change substantially from season to season. The significant increase in the number of company-owned offices we operated during the 2013 tax season was attributable to our new Walmart relationship, and our commitment to open a minimum number of tax kiosks in Walmart stores. The Walmart relationship was entered into relatively late during our franchise sales season, and we therefore opened more company-owned kiosks than would be the case in a typical tax season.

Franchise fees and royalties.    New franchisees (and existing franchisees acquiring additional territories) presently have several options for acquiring a new undeveloped territory:

• For new franchisees purchasing their first territory, payment of a franchisee fee of $40,000, a portion of which might be financed (subject to credit approval) by us.

• For existing franchisees acquiring additional territories, payment of a franchise fee of $40,000, of which 20% must be paid as a down payment and the balance (subject to credit approval) may be financed by us.

• For existing franchisees willing to expand, use of our "try before you buy" or "rent to own" options, which require the same 20% down payment, but allow the franchisees to defer the payment of the down payment until they have operated the territory for most of one tax season and elect to keep the territory.

• Alternatively, new and existing franchisees can opt for our new "zero franchise fee" alternative, which allows a new territory to be acquired without the payment of the franchise fee, upon delivery of a minimal security deposit, subject to a franchise agreement that will impose higher royalties, as described below.

When we resell franchises in existing territories, we generally base the fees payable by a franchisee on the revenue generated by the tax location in prior years, and in some cases may make the "rent to own" or "try before you buy" options available to prospective purchasers. The purchasing franchisee is required to pay what we consider to be a customer list purchase price, representing the value attributable to the prior operations in the franchised office.

Our franchise agreement requires franchisees to pay us:

• A base royalty equal to 14% of the franchisee's tax preparation revenue, subject to certain specified minimums.

• An advertising fee of 5% of the franchisee's tax preparation revenue that we utilize to fund our collective advertising efforts.

Franchisees acquiring territories under our new "zero franchise fee" alternative will be required to pay us franchise royalties of 25% through the first five tax seasons and thereafter 14% of their tax preparation revenue. These franchisees are also required to pay us advertising fees of 5% each tax season.

Our franchisees generally pay royalties and advertising fees to us during the month following the month in which they accrue. When a franchisee becomes past due on those payments, we have the ability to collect from our franchisees through a "fee intercept" mechanism. Because our franchisees are required to use our electronic systems to make electronic filings for customers, franchise fees and other amounts payable to us by our franchisees can be deducted from the amounts otherwise payable to the franchisee once a tax return is funded by the IRS or state taxing authority. This fee intercept mechanism minimizes our credit risk.

Franchisee loans.    We provide a substantial amount of lending to our franchisees (including ADs). In addition to allowing franchisees to defer a portion of their franchise fees, which they pay over time, our franchisees utilize working capital loans to fund their operations between tax seasons, and expenditures they need to make in order to prepare for the following tax season. At April 30, 2013, our franchisees and ADs were indebted to us in the total amount of $92.3 million, net of

15

unrecognized revenue of $39.7 million, and we had recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts of $6.7 million. This indebtedness generally takes one of the following forms:

• The unpaid portion of franchise and AD fees, which does not represent a cash advance by us to the franchisee or AD, but a loan of the franchise or AD fee, generally payable over four (territory franchise fees) to eight years (AD fees). At April 30, 2013 the unrecognized revenue related to these loans was $37.1 million.

• Amounts due to us in connection with the purchase price of customer lists for franchisees acquiring previously opened territories. The notes for these amounts are generally payable over five years following the acquisition. At April 30, 2013 the unrecognized revenue related to these loans was $2.6 million.

• Annual working capital loans made available to qualified franchisees between May 1 and January 31 each year, which are repayable to us generally by the end of February of the following year.

• Amounts payable in connection with promissory notes payable to us for royalty and advertising fee amounts due to us for prior periods, but not paid by a franchisee on a timely basis.

We utilize our fee intercept mechanism in order to ensure repayment of these amounts by our franchisees, ensuring that repayment occurs from the stream of revenues our franchisees receive from tax preparation and other services. In addition, when a franchise is held by an entity, rather than an individual principal, we generally require an individual guaranty of the franchisee indebtedness.

Franchisee support.    We provide substantial support to our franchisees in a variety of ways. Our franchise agreement requires our franchisees to adhere to certain minimum standards, including the use of tax preparation software we provide, the use of computers and other equipment that we select (but that we do not sell to them), training requirements and other criteria. We make substantial training opportunities available to our franchisees and their prospective employees, and we require each franchisee to send representatives to a week-long Effective Operations Training seminar before they are allowed to operate a franchise location. We also make intermediate and advanced training available to our franchisees, offer "Tax School" classes for franchisees and prospective tax preparers, and provide substantial phone and internet-based support, particularly during the tax season. During the tax season, we maintain a fully-staffed operations center, with extended hours, at our corporate headquarters in Virginia Beach, Virginia. During the peak tax season, we hold daily conference calls in which we share and allow other franchisees to share recommendations and techniques for improving office performance, and in which we emphasize the importance of implementing the marketing plan that we recommend as part of our franchisee training.

Our NextGen project is also an integral part of our determination to deliver an improved level of service to our franchisees. In addition to integrating our online and retail-based tax preparation software, we expect the NextGen project, when fully deployed, to improve the ability of our franchisees to comply with financial information protection requirements by moving most tax preparation information to a secure centralized platform, and to provide web-based support services in a way that will be both more accessible to our franchisees and their employees and less expensive for us to provide.

Marketing and Advertising

Our marketing and advertising includes both the marketing efforts we provide and those carried out by our franchisees.

We fund many of our direct marketing efforts using the 5% marketing and advertising fee paid to us by our franchisees. A portion of these fees are made available directly to franchisees to enable them to purchase from third-party vendors marketing and advertising materials that have been developed and approved by us. The remaining fees are used in connection with our provision of advertising and marketing support to our franchisees, including the maintenance of an "ad builder" program that our franchisees use to produce a variety of advertising materials. These fees are also used in connection with our national, regional and local marketing efforts, which are designed to increase brand awareness and attract both early season and late season customers. The direct advertising and marketing support that we provide often includes direct mail and yellow pages advertising (and its online equivalent). We have the capability, and provide the capability to our franchisees, to create sophisticated and demographically targeted advertising programs, and programs that target previous customers.

We embrace and expect our franchisees to adopt what we describe as "guerrilla" marketing techniques, which are intended to create awareness of our franchisee's services and products. For example, we have pioneered the use of "wavers," costumed employees, usually dressed in Lady Liberty costumes, who wave at passing cars and pedestrians and thereby remind potential customers of the availability of Liberty Tax's services. We believe that offices that deploy wavers enjoy substantially greater success than those that decline to utilize this marketing technique. We utilize our website, which includes an office locator, to direct customers to our franchise locations, but because of the significant regulation to which we and our franchisees are subject, do not permit our franchisees to operate independent websites. We also furnish franchisees with complete pre-approved advertising packages, designed to comply with the variety of federal and state regulations that govern the advertising

16

of our services and products. We also encourage our franchisees to utilize discount coupons and other mechanisms to drive additional customers to their offices.

Tax Courses and Training Preparers

Our franchised and company-owned offices offer a comprehensive catalog of tax education courses. Our basic income tax courses consist of approximately 60 hours of learning and provide students with a general working knowledge of individual income taxes and tax return preparation. We also offer a series of advanced and intermediate courses of varying length to provide a more in depth level of learning to those individuals who already possess a basic understanding of income taxes and income tax return preparation. These courses develop a general interest in tax return preparation and also create public awareness of our brand. Many of the students taking these courses develop an interest in tax return preparation as a career and often become tax preparers for franchisees or our company-owned offices, or later become franchisees. We generally charge our franchisees for the cost of the manuals used to teach our tax preparation courses, and in some jurisdictions, we or our franchisees charge students taking these courses fees that are commensurate with the cost of offering the program and that are designed to ensure that the students taking the courses have a bona fide interest in tax preparation. Our operation of our tax education courses is designed by us to be effectively revenue neutral, and our tax courses are neither a source of significant revenue nor a significant cost in any fiscal year.

Tax Preparation in the Liberty System

Through our franchisees, we offer tax preparation services and related financial products to our tax customers. The services and products that our franchisees implement are designed to provide streamlined tax preparation services for taxpayers who for reasons of complexity, convenience or the need for prompt tax refunds seek assisted tax preparation services.

LibTax software.    Our current proprietary tax software program, "LibTax," was first deployed for the 2007 tax season, and offers an interactive question-and-answer format that is easy for our retail office tax preparers to use, and that facilitates tax preparer training. A substantial number of changes are made each year to tax laws, regulations and forms that require us to expend substantial resources every year to develop and maintain tax preparation software, at both the federal level and for every state with income tax filing requirements, that will be ready to be deployed in every Liberty Tax office before the beginning of the tax season.

Electronic filing.    The LibTax software also allows tax customers to have their federal and state income tax returns filed electronically. Electronic filing permits taxpayers to receive tax refunds substantially sooner than when a tax return is filed on paper through the mail. Based on information made available by the IRS, we believe that an electronically-filed return for which a refund is direct deposited into a bank account takes an average of 8-15 days for the refund to be made available to a taxpayer, while a refund associated with a mailed return will take 3-5 weeks if the refund is to be direct deposited and 4-6 weeks if the refund is to be mailed to the taxpayer using a government check. Although our software will permit a customer's return to be printed and filed as a paper return, substantially all of our customers utilize the electronic filing option available through our software.

Our financial products.    We offer tax settlement financial products to our tax preparation customers because we believe that a substantial portion of our prospective customer base places significant value on the ability to monetize their expected income tax refund more quickly than they would be able to do if they were to file their tax return without utilizing the services of a paid tax preparer. We offer two types of tax settlement products: "refund transfer" products, which involve providing the means by which a customer may receive his or her refund more quickly and conveniently, and refund-based loans.

Refund transfer products.    Many of our tax customers seek products that will enable them to obtain access to their tax refunds more quickly than they might otherwise be able to receive those funds. We believe that many of our customers are "unbanked," in that they do not have access to a traditional banking account, and therefore cannot make such an account available to the IRS and other tax authorities for the direct deposit of their tax refunds. Additional customers may have access to a traditional banking account, but for personal reasons, may prefer not to utilize that account for the deposit of their tax refunds. We call our refund transfer product an electronic refund check, or ERC. An ERC involves:

• a direct deposit of the customer's tax refund into a newly established temporary bank account in the customer's name that we establish with one of our banking partners or other banks that have contracted with JTH Financial, LLC ("JTH Financial"), one of our subsidiaries; or

• delivery to the customer of a paper check or a prepaid card containing the balance of the customer's refund after the payment of tax preparation and other fees.

When the prepaid card option is elected, the card is issued through one of our financial product partners, NetSpend, and is branded with the Liberty Tax logo. In the 2013 tax season, approximately 24,000 of our customers utilized NetSpend cards.

17

When we deliver a physical refund check to a customer, we are generally able to print the check in one of our retail tax offices on check stock provided by the bank, within a matter of hours after the electronic deposit of the customer's refund has been made to the customer's temporary account. We also enter into check-cashing arrangements with a number of retail establishments, including Walmart, which facilitates the ability of our customers to monetize their check even when they do not have traditional banking relationships.

We offer ERCs in conjunction with other service providers, including providers that have contracted with JTH Financial. Consumer advocacy organizations and some government officials have asserted that non-loan tax settlement products, such as the ERCs we offer, should be treated as loan products or otherwise be more heavily regulated. That argument is also the basis for several lawsuits pending against us. We believe the ERC does not represent a loan or extension of credit, but is merely a means by which a customer's tax refund is delivered after it is received from the taxing authority, but some of these organizations and government officials have alleged that because many customers elect to pay their tax preparation fees out of their tax refunds, such as when their transaction with us is complete because we have delivered the tax refund to them, the "deferral" of the tax preparation fees should be considered a loan or extension of credit, and the fees related to the ERC should be characterized as finance charges. Moreover, as disclosed below, we are subject to a state court decision in California that will require us to disclose the fees related to the ERC as finance charges, although that decision is binding only in California. We do not believe this interpretation will be successful on a broader basis, but if it is successful, it may be more difficult for us to continue to offer ERCs to all our customers. See "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry—Federal and state regulators may impose new regulations on non-loan tax settlement products that would make those products more expensive for us to offer or more difficult for our customers to obtain" and "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry—We may be unsuccessful in litigation that characterizes ERCs as loans, which could subject us to damages and additional regulation, and which could adversely affect our ability to offer tax settlement products and have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results."

Our ability to offer ERCs depends on the ability and willingness of financial institution service providers to make available the bank accounts into which our customers have their tax refunds deposited. If our financial institution service providers become unable to offer these accounts because of regulatory action, or if our service providers determine that they are unwilling to continue to offer these accounts, or cannot furnish accounts sufficient to meet the demand of our customers, we may not be able to offer ERCs to all our customers. See "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry—If our financial product service providers become unable or unwilling to enable us to offer ERCs, we may be unable to offer tax settlement products to our customers."

Refund-based loans.    Through the 2012 tax season, the traditional form of refund-based lending was the RAL, which is a tax refund secured loan that has traditionally been offered by tax preparers through third-party banks.

Prior to the 2010 tax season, some of the larger banks that had previously provided funding for RALs exited the RAL market, in some cases because of regulatory issues unrelated to their RAL lending. We were able to contractually secure additional lending capacity from another bank with which we previously partnered, Republic Bank. For this reason, we were able to offer RALs in all of our eligible offices in both the 2010 and 2011 tax seasons. However, in August 2010, the IRS announced it would no longer provide banks and tax preparers with access to what was known as the debt indicator, or the DI. The DI had previously been made available by the IRS, and provided an indication of whether a taxpayer had an existing lien or other claim against his or her refund that would prevent a RAL from being repaid as expected from the taxpayer's refund. In February 2011, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") initiated an administrative proceeding against Republic Bank seeking to force Republic Bank to cease engaging in RAL lending. In December 2011, Republic Bank settled its administrative proceeding with the FDIC, and as part of that settlement, agreed to discontinue offering RALs following the completion of the 2012 tax season. Given the position taken by the FDIC against Republic Bank in that administrative proceeding, we do not believe that other federally-insured financial institutions are likely to enter the RAL business. See "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry—Federal and state legislators and regulators have increasingly taken an active role in regulating tax settlement products, and because our ability to offer these products in future tax seasons may be limited, demand for our services may be reduced, we may be exposed to additional credit risk and our business may be harmed."

Since the 2011 tax season, we have partnered with non-bank counterparties to develop alternative refund-based loan and non-loan tax settlement products, including ICA loans. During the 2011 tax season, we engaged in pilot projects designed to provide loans through third-party ICAs to customers in one state, and during the 2012 tax season, ICAs were available to customers in seven states. The ICA program expanded for the 2013 tax season to 27 states. However, due largely to the condensed tax season and the issues caused by the fiscal cliff, the ICA program was only offered to our customers for 14 days during the 2013 tax season. In order to make these loans available, we contracted with a non-bank lender and developed our own proprietary system to process these transactions. We receive income from the provision of these products through the payment of fees for services by our financial product partners, but we also take additional risk because we may agree to

18

repurchase loans that are not repaid or repurchased by the non-bank lender. Moreover, ICA loans cannot be offered in every state, and the program may not be significantly expanded beyond the number of states in which the program was made available during the 2013 tax season.See "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—The loan products made available through non-bank lenders may be limited in scope, are dependent on the availability of financing, may be more expensive and could subject us to greater risk of loss."

Notwithstanding our inability to offer RALs, and limitations on the ability to offer ICAs in all jurisdictions, we believe the continued availability of ERCs will enable us to continue to offer an adequate mix of tax settlement products to our customers. Although the number of refund-based loans obtained by our customers has declined significantly since the 2010 tax season, the "attachment rate" for tax settlement products, which we define as the rate at which our customers elect one of the financial products we offer, irrespective of whether the product is a loan-based product or an ERC, has remained relatively stable, and was 54% in the 2011 tax season, 51% in the 2012 tax season, and 54% in the 2013 tax season. The stability of this attachment rate reflects the fact that as our customers have obtained fewer refund-based loans (whether voluntarily or as a result of their reduced availability), they have generally shifted their tax settlement product choice to ERCs.

Integration of product offerings.    The LibTax software makes each of our product offerings available to our customers, including loan-based products and refund transfer products. We believe that this integration of our products into our tax preparation software is essential to attracting customers to the tax preparation services offered in our retail office locations.

Our NextGen project.    Our NextGen project, which we hope to deploy fully in time for the 2014 tax season, will fully integrate our existing LibTax and online tax offerings, so that customers will be able to move between the two offerings, and access all of our tax products and services through both offerings. Additionally, this product will move us from managing software at individual office PC locations to a browser-based system. Through April 30, 2013, we have incurred $23.9 million in expenditures in connection with the development of our NextGen project, including $9.4 million in fiscal 2013. We anticipate approximately $6.1 million in additional expenditures to complete the development of this project.

Online Tax Preparation

In the 2013 tax season our online customers prepared approximately 159,000 tax returns using our online tax offering, eSmartTax, an increase from the 113,000 tax returns prepared in the 2012 tax season and the 98,000 returns prepared in the 2011 tax season. Since 2010 we have contracted with a third party to provide the tax software utilized in our online tax offering. Our contract with this party runs through 2013. In late 2012 , we purchased certain assets of that third party which accounted for a portion of the increase in online returns. For subsequent tax seasons, we expect to be able to deploy the integrated software developed in our NextGen project, and the third party software will no longer be available to us.

Although online tax preparation represents an extremely small portion of tax returns prepared and associated revenue, we believe there is a substantial market for customers who wish to prepare their own tax returns using moderately priced online tax preparation products, and that the continued availability of these products will be an important part of our long-term growth, particularly if we are able to successfully integrate our online and retail tax services. At present, because our online tax customers often reside in territories where we have franchisees, the revenue associated with online customers in franchise territories is split with our franchisees on the same basis as the tax preparation services purchased in retail offices.

Competition

The paid tax preparation market is highly competitive. We compete with tens of thousands of paid tax return preparers, including H&R Block, Jackson Hewitt, regional and local tax return preparation companies, most of which are independent and some of which are franchised, regional and national accounting firms and financial service institutions that prepare tax returns as part of their businesses. We consider the major factors that will affect our ability to successfully compete in our industry to include the following:

• Our ability to continue to grow our franchise base, in order to broaden our national reach and brand recognition.

• Our ability to offer best of class customer and franchisee service and support.

• Consolidation in our industry and our ability to capitalize on such consolidation.

• Our ability to continue to offer a competitive range of tax settlement financial products.

• Our successful deployment of our NextGen software, which will enable us to continue to improve our office interface, customer targeting and the ability to move customers between our online and retail tax offerings.

We also face increased competitive challenges from the online and software self preparer market, including the Free File Alliance ("FFA"), a consortium of the IRS and online preparation services that provides free online tax return preparation, and

19

from volunteer organizations that prepare tax returns at no cost for low-income taxpayers. Certain states may also pass legislation to provide free online tax return preparation and filing from time to time. Our ability to compete in the tax return preparation business depends on our product mix, price for services, customer service, the specific site locations of our offices, local economic conditions, quality of on-site office management, the ability to file tax returns electronically with the IRS and the availability of tax settlement products to offer to our customers.

We also compete for the sale of tax return preparation franchises with H&R Block, Jackson Hewitt, and other regional franchisors. In addition, we compete with franchisors of other high-margin services outside of the tax preparation industry that attract entrepreneurs seeking to become franchisees. Our ability to continue to sell franchises is dependent on our brand image, the products and services to be provided through the network, the relative costs of financing and start-up costs, our reputation for quality, and our marketing and advertising support.

Our online tax business, eSmartTax, also competes with a number of companies. Intuit, Inc., the maker of Turbo Tax, is the largest supplier of tax preparation software for online tax preparation services, and H&R Block and TaxAct also have substantial online and software-based products. There are many smaller competitors in the online market, as well as free state-sponsored online filing programs. Price and marketing competition for online tax preparation services is increasing, and many providers offer free tax preparation services to some taxpayers.

Seasonality

The tax return preparation business is highly seasonal, and we historically generate most of our revenues during the period from January 1 through April 30. For example, in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, we earned 26% and 34% of our revenues during our fiscal third quarter ending January 31, respectively, and earned 89% of our revenues during the combined fiscal third and fourth quarters of both 2013 and 2012. We generally operate at a loss during the period from May 1 through December 31, during which we incur costs associated with preparing for the upcoming tax season.

Intellectual Property

We regard our intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in the United States to protect our proprietary rights. We pursue the protection of our service mark and trademarks by applying to register key trademarks in the United States. The initial duration of federal trademark registrations is 10 years. Most registrations can be renewed perpetually at 10-year intervals. In addition, we seek to protect our proprietary rights through the use of confidentiality agreements with employees, consultants, vendors, advisors and others. The primary marks we believe to be of material importance to our business include our Lady Liberty logo, the brand "Liberty Tax," "Liberty Tax Service," "Liberty Income Tax," and "Liberty Canada."

Employees

As of April 30, 2013, we employed 950 full-time employees, consisting of 482 employees in our corporate operations, primarily located in Virginia Beach, Virginia and 468 employees at our company-owned offices. Many of our employees are seasonal, and by contrast, we had 547 corporate employees and 869 company office employees as of January 31, 2013. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

Regulation

We and our franchisees must comply with laws and regulations relating to our businesses. Regulations and related regulatory matters specific to our businesses are described below.

Tax return preparation regulation.    Federal law requires tax preparers to, among other things, set forth their signatures and identification numbers on all tax returns prepared by them, and retain for three years all tax returns prepared. Federal laws also subject tax preparers to accuracy-related penalties in connection with the preparation of tax returns. Preparers may be enjoined from further acting as tax preparers if they continually or repeatedly engage in specified misconduct. Additionally, all authorized IRS e-file providers must adhere to IRS e-file rules and requirements to continue participation in IRS e-file. Adherence to all rules and regulations is expected of all providers regardless of where published, and includes, but is not limited to, those described in IRS Publication 1345, Handbook for Authorized IRS e-file providers. Various IRS regulations also require tax return preparers to comply with certain due diligence requirements to investigate factual matters in connection with the preparation of tax returns. The IRS conducts audit examinations of authorized IRS e-file providers and tax return preparers, reviewing samples of prepared tax returns to ensure compliance with regulations in connection with tax return preparation activities. From time to time, certain of our franchisees and company-owned offices are the subject of IRS audits to review their tax return preparation activities.

The IRS published final regulations in September 2010 that:

20

• require all tax return preparers to use a Preparer Tax Identification Number ("PTIN") as their identifying number on federal tax returns filed after December 31, 2010;

• require all tax return preparers to be authorized to practice before the IRS as a prerequisite to obtaining or renewing a PTIN;

• caused all previously issued PTINs to expire annually on December 31;

• allow the IRS to conduct tax compliance checks on tax return preparers;

• define the individuals who are considered "tax return preparers" for the PTIN requirement; and

• set the amount of the PTIN user registration fee at $64.25 per year for new registrants and $63.00 for renewals.

The IRS is also conducting background checks on PTIN applicants. The IRS also published final regulations implementing the individual e-file mandate in March 2011. Additionally, the final regulations require that all individual tax return preparers receive a minimum of 15 hours of continuing professional education ("CPE") each year including ethics and current year tax law update. Although the IRS has not provided final information regarding some aspects of the process for implementing the tax preparer certification requirements, and in fact these requirements are on hold as described below, we believe that the tax preparation training we already provide will comply with IRS requirements, and will enable the tax preparers employed by our franchisees to receive the required certification. Attorneys, certified public accountants and enrolled agents who are active and in good standing with their respective licensing agencies are exempt from the competency test and the IRS CPE requirements. When and if the requirements become effective, all tax return preparers will be required to renew the registration of their PTIN every year, be subject to a renewal fee, a tax compliance check and must self-certify that they have completed the CPE requirements for each year.

The mandatory examination and CPE requirements were not implemented for the 2012 or 2013 tax season. Under the regulations, all preparers were to be required to have passed testing by December 31, 2013, and would be charged $116 to take the test. However, in December 2012, a federal court ruled that the IRS regulations regulating tax return preparers exceeded the IRS' statutory authority, and although that decision is on appeal by the IRS, the regulatory scheme is being held in abeyance pending a ruling by the federal appellate court. Ultimately, if the IRS is successful in its appeal and permitted to implement its regulations, or if the IRS otherwise obtains authority to impose these or similar regulations, we believe that our existing programs for educating, training, and testing to become a Liberty Tax tax preparer will position us well to comply with these new industry-wide standards, Liberty Tax has already been approved as a CPE provider.

With certain exceptions, the IRS prohibits the use or disclosure by tax preparers of income tax return information without the prior written consent of the taxpayer. The IRS may continue to consider further regulations concerning disclosures or uses of tax return information.

In addition, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and related FTC regulations require income tax return preparers to adopt and disclose customer privacy policies and provide customers a reasonable opportunity to opt-out of having personal information disclosed to unaffiliated third parties for marketing purposes. Some states have adopted or proposed stricter opt-in requirements in connection with use or disclosure of consumer information. Federal and state law also requires us and our franchisees to safeguard the privacy and security of our customers' data, including financial information to prevent the compromise or breach of our security that would result in the unauthorized release of customer data.

Financial product regulation.    Federal and state statutes and regulations govern the facilitation of refund-based loans and other tax settlement financial products. These laws require us, among other things, to provide specific loan disclosures and advertise loans in a certain manner. In addition, we are subject to federal and state laws that prohibit deceptive claims and require that our marketing practices are fair and not misleading. Federal law also limits the annual percentage rate on loans for active duty service members and their dependents. There are also many states that have statutes regulating, through licensing and other requirements, the activities of brokering loans and offering credit repair services to consumers, as well as local usury laws which could be applicable to our business in certain circumstances. From time to time, we receive inquiries from various state regulators regarding our and our franchisees' facilitation of refund-based loans and other tax settlement products. We have in certain states paid fines, penalties and other payments, as well as agreed to injunctive relief, in connection with resolving these types of inquiries.

Potential regulation of ERCs or treatment of ERCs as loans or extensions of credit.    Our ERC products may be subject to additional regulation because of potential regulatory changes as well as due to recent litigation asserting that ERCs constitute a RAL or other type of loan or extension of credit because many customers who receive ERCs elect to defer paying their tax preparation fees until their tax refund is received. With respect to possible new regulation, the broad authority of the CFPB may enable that agency to pursue initiatives that negatively impact our ability to offer tax settlement products by imposing

21

disclosure requirements or other limitations that make the products more difficult to offer, or reduce their acceptance by potential customers. See "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risk Related to Regulation of Our Industry—Legislative and regulatory reforms may have a significant impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition" and "—Federal and state regulators may impose new regulations on non-loan tax settlement products that would make those products more expensive for us to offer or more difficult for our customers to obtain."

We are also subject to pending litigation that asserts that the ERC is a loan or extension of credit, and should therefore be subject to loan-related federal and state disclosure requirements. See "Item 3—Legal Proceedings—ERC class action litigation." We are also subject to an injunction in California that treats the ERC as an extension of credit, and that if we continue to charge fees for the ERC product in California, will subject us to loan-related requirements for our California customers. If we are subject to an adverse decision in pending class action litigation that affects our offering of ERCs in other states, our ERCs would be subject to additional regulatory requirements in those states, including federal truth-in-lending disclosure obligations, and possible compliance with statutes and regulations governing RALs that have been adopted in numerous states. This additional regulation would not prohibit us from offering ERCs, but might require us to make interest rate and other disclosures to customers because of the characterization of the ERC as a loan or extension of credit that would make it more difficult to market the ERC product to potential customers or reduce their acceptance by potential customers, and might adversely affect fees charged related to ERCs because of limitations on fees imposed by state RAL statutes and regulations. See "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry—Federal and state regulators may impose new regulations on non-loan tax settlement products that would make those products more expensive for us to offer or more difficult for our customers to obtain" and "—We may be unsuccessful in litigation that characterizes ERCs as loans, which could subject us to damages and additional regulation, and which could adversely affect our ability to offer tax settlement products and have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results."

Franchise regulation.    Our franchising activities are subject to the rules and regulations of the FTC and various state agencies regulating the offer and sale of franchises. These laws require that we furnish to prospective franchisees a franchise disclosure document describing the requirements for purchasing and operating a Liberty Tax franchise. In a number of states in which we are currently franchising we are required to be registered to sell franchises. Several states also regulate the franchisor/franchisee relationship particularly with respect to the duration and scope of non-competition provisions, the ability of a franchisor to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise and the ability of a franchisor to designate sources of supply, and bills have been introduced in Congress from time to time that would provide for federal regulation of the franchisor/franchisee relationship in certain respects.

Tax course regulations.    Our tax courses are subject to regulation under proprietary school laws and regulations in many states. Under these regulations, our tax courses may need to be registered and may be subject to other requirements relating to facilities, instructor qualifications, contributions to tuition guaranty funds, bonding and advertising.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

In addition to the other information contained in this annual report, the following risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our business. If any of the risks or uncertainties described below were to occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business and operations.

Risks Related to Our Business

Because much of our growth has been achieved through rapidly establishing new offices, we may not achieve the same level of growth in revenues and profits in future years.

Historically our growth has been driven by selling franchises and entering into agreements with ADs who have assisted us in expanding our geographic reach. Our future viability, profitability and growth will depend upon our ability to successfully operate and continue to expand our operations in the United States and Canada. Furthermore, our business has experienced rapid growth in the number of franchisees and office locations in large geographic markets, and our continued growth in those markets may not continue at the same pace. Our ability to continue to grow our business will be subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, and will depend in large part on:

• adding new customers and retaining existing customers;

• innovating new products and services to meet the needs of our customers;

• finding new opportunities in our existing and new markets;

• remaining competitive in the tax return preparation industry;

22

• our ability to offer directly and to facilitate through others the sale of tax settlement products;

• attracting and retaining capable franchisees and ADs;

• our success in replacing independent preparers with franchisees;

• hiring, training and retaining skilled managers and seasonal employees; and

• expanding and improving the efficiency of our operations and systems.

In addition, our inability to provide current financial statements while we were in the process of restating our quarterly and annual financial statements impacted our ability to market and sell new franchises and may affect our growth for the 2014 tax season.

There can be no assurance that any of our efforts will prove successful or that we will continue to achieve growth in revenues and profits.

The highly seasonal nature of our business presents a number of financial risks and operational challenges, which if we fail to meet could materially affect our business.

Our business is highly seasonal, with the substantial portion of our revenue earned in the January through April "tax season" in the United States and Canada each year. The concentration of our revenue-generating activity during this relatively short period presents a number of challenges for us and our franchisees, including:

• cash and resource management during the first eight months of our fiscal year, when we generally operate at a loss and incur fixed costs and costs of preparing for the upcoming tax season;

• compliance with financial covenants under our credit facility, particularly if the timing of our revenue generation deviates from our typical revenue patterns, as happened during the third quarter of fiscal 2013;

• the availability of seasonal employees willing to work for our franchisees for little more than the minimum wage, with minimal benefits, for periods of less than a year;

• the success of our franchisees in hiring, training, and supervising these employees and dealing with turnover rates;

• accurate forecasting of revenues and expenses, because we may have little or no time to respond to changes in competitive conditions, markets, pricing, and new product offerings by competitors, which could affect our position during the tax season;

• disruptions in one tax season, including any customer dissatisfaction issues, may not be discovered until the following tax season; and

• ensuring optimal uninterrupted operations during peak season.

If we experience significant business disruptions during the tax season or if we or our franchisees are unable to meet the challenges described above, we could experience a loss of business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our future success will depend in part upon the continued services of our senior management, including our CEO, as well as our ability to attract and retain capable middle management.

Failure to maintain the continued services of senior management personnel or to attract and maintain capable middle management could have a material adverse effect on us. If any of our senior management were to leave the company, including our Chairman and CEO, John Hewitt, it could be difficult to replace him or her, and our operations and ability to manage day-to-day aspects of our business, as well as our ability to continue to grow our business, may be materially adversely affected. Our future success will also depend in part upon our ability to attract and retain capable middle management, such as regional directors, consultants for franchised offices, training directors, tax advisors and computer personnel, having the specific executive skills necessary to assist us and our franchisees. We face competition for personnel from numerous other entities, including competing tax return preparation firms, some of which have significantly greater resources than us.

23

Because we are not a financial institution, we can only facilitate the sale of financial products through our arrangements with financial institutions and other financial partners, and if these arrangements are terminated for any reason, we may not be able to replace them on acceptable terms or at all.

In the United States, 21% of our net revenue during our 2013 fiscal year was directly derived from our facilitation of the sale of financial products provided to our customers by financial institutions and other lenders or providers, and we believe that percentage may grow in future tax seasons. Our tax return preparation business is also, to some extent, dependent on our ability to facilitate the sale of these products, because our customers are often attracted to our business by the expectation that these products will be available. Financial products that monetize future tax refunds are specialized financial products, and if our arrangements with the financial institutions and other partners that provide our tax settlement products were to terminate and we were unable to enter into an alternative relationship on acceptable terms, or at all, our financial results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, any changes in our contractual terms with these financial institutions and other partners that result in a reduction in our fee income, if not offset by customer growth associated with lower fees, could adversely affect our profitability. See "—Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry—We may be unsuccessful in litigation that characterizes ERCs as loans, which could subject us to damages and additional regulation, and which could adversely affect our ability to offer tax settlement products and have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results."

The loan products made available through non-bank lenders may be limited in scope, are dependent on the availability of financing, may be more expensive and could subject us to greater risk of loss.

During the 2011 tax season, we entered into a relationship with a non-bank lender to offer an ICA product to customers in a limited number of our offices. This program expanded in the 2012 and 2013 tax seasons. Because some tax settlement products such as ICAs are offered by third party lenders that are not subject to federal banking law regulations, the products offered through these lenders may subject us to additional laws and regulation at the state level. These laws and regulations may make the offering of the products more expensive and may increase the cost of these products to our customers. Moreover, we do not expect ICAs to be available in all of the states in which we previously offered RALs through Republic Bank due to certain regulatory restrictions, and the ability to maintain and expand the program will depend on the availability of financing the lender must secure each year. The impact of this additional layer of regulation and the availability of funding may therefore limit our product offerings, and adversely affect our profitability. Moreover, because we are continuing to work with the lenders to develop loan underwriting criteria for ICAs, these third parties may experience a higher rate of loss on these loans. We have agreed to repurchase delinquent loans in the ICA program in the past, and if we incur losses as a result of similar obligations in the future, they could adversely affect our results of operations. To the extent ICAs become a more significant product in our portfolio of tax settlement products, our risk of incurring losses due to these or similar repurchase obligations will also increase.

We have restated our previously issued consolidated financial statements, which may lead to additional risks and uncertainties, including shareholder litigation.

As discussed throughout this report, we have restated our previously issued consolidated financial statements for certain affected periods. The Company's decision to restate these consolidated financial statements was based upon the results of an internal review of the Company's historical revenue recognition and business combination accounting policies and their application.

As a result of the restatement, we have become subject to a number of additional risks and uncertainties, including possible future litigation by investors, employees, or other parties, or other proceedings or actions arising in relation to the restatement. If these events were to occur, we may incur additional substantial defense costs regardless of the outcome of such litigation, proceedings or actions. Such events could also cause a diversion of our management's time and attention. If we do not prevail in any such litigation, proceeding or actions, we may be required to pay substantial damages or settlement costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We face significant competition in the tax return preparation business and face a competitive threat from software providers and internet businesses that enable and encourage taxpayers to prepare their own tax returns.

The tax return preparation industry is characterized by intense competition. We compete with H&R Block and Jackson Hewitt, which are larger and more widely recognized than us, and with smaller independent tax return preparation services, small franchisors, regional tax return preparation businesses, accounting firms and financial service institutions that prepare tax returns as part of their business. Additionally, many taxpayers in our target market prepare their own returns. The availability of these alternative options may reduce demand for our products and limit the fees our franchisees can charge, and competitors may develop or offer more attractive or lower cost products and services than ours, which could erode, our consumer base.

We also face increased competitive challenges from the online and software self-preparer market, including the FFA, a consortium of the IRS and online preparation services that provides free online tax return preparation, and assistance from volunteer organizations that prepare tax returns at no cost for low-income taxpayers. In addition, many of our direct

24

competitors offer certain free online tax preparation and electronic filing options, and limited in-office promotions of free tax preparation services. Government tax authorities, volunteer organizations and direct competitors may elect to expand free offerings in the future. Intense price competition, including offers of free service, could result in a loss of market share, lower revenues or lower margins. Our ability to compete in the tax return preparation business depends on our product offerings, price for services, customer service, the specific site locations of our offices, local economic conditions, quality of on-site office management, the ability to file tax returns electronically with the IRS and the availability of tax settlement products to our customers.

We rely on our own proprietary tax preparation software, and any difficulties in deploying or utilizing our software each tax season could adversely affect our business.

We have utilized our own tax preparation software, beginning with the 2007 tax season. However, tax changes made by the federal and state governments each year, and changes in tax forms, require us to make substantial changes to our software before the beginning of each tax season. Although we engage in extensive testing of our software before deploying it in our franchisees' tax preparation offices, any problems with the rollout of the new software each season could delay our franchisees' ability to file tax returns at the beginning of the tax season, and could adversely affect our business.

Our online tax business will depend in the future on our ability to deploy our own software, and any delays in deploying that software beginning with the 2014 tax season could adversely affect our business.

In recent years, we have utilized software provided by a third party in order to offer online tax preparation. Our agreement with the third party expires in 2013, and they no longer support that product. We intend to replace the third party software with our NextGen software and to deploy that software in time for the 2014 tax season, but we have not yet completed the development of that software, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in time for the 2014 tax season, or that our new software will function properly when it is deployed. We expect to engage in extensive testing of the software before January 2014, but any problems with our ability to deploy the NextGen software in 2014 or future tax seasons could prevent us from offering an online tax platform, and adversely affect our business.

We are operating an increasing number of company-owned offices, and these offices may not be as successful as our franchised offices.

Historically, almost all Liberty Tax offices have been owned by franchisees, and most of the company-owned offices we have operated during a tax season have been offices previously operated by former franchisees. For the 2013 tax season, we operated a total of 261 company-owned offices, including 155 kiosks in Walmart stores. Our company-owned offices other than the Walmart kiosks tend to be less successful than our typical franchisee-owned offices, because they often represent offices transitioned from a less successful franchisee. For this reason, we are not able to obtain the continuity of staffing in company-owned offices that we expect to experience in our franchisee-owned offices. With respect to kiosks in retail stores such as Walmart, we sometimes view the opportunity to operate in retail stores as strategic, with the understanding that a typical store-based kiosk does not generate the volume of tax returns or profitability that is experienced in a storefront location.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights may harm our competitive position, and litigation to protect our intellectual property rights or defend against third party allegations of infringement may be costly.

We regard our intellectual property as critical to the success of our business. Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our trademarks or other intellectual property rights, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. The actions we take to protect our trademarks and other proprietary rights may not be adequate. Litigation may be necessary to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trade secrets or determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. There are no assurances that we will be able to prevent infringement of our intellectual property rights or misappropriation of our proprietary information. Any infringement or misappropriation could harm any competitive advantage we currently derive or may derive from our proprietary rights. In addition, third parties may assert infringement claims against us. Any claims and any resulting litigation could subject us to significant liability for damages. An adverse determination in any litigation of this type could require us to design around a third party's patent or to license alternative technology from another party. Litigation is time-consuming and expensive to defend and could result in the diversion of our time and resources. Any claims from third parties may also result in limitations on our ability to use the intellectual property subject to these claims.

Our business relies on technology systems and electronic communications, which, if disrupted, could significantly affect our business.

Our ability to file tax returns electronically and to facilitate tax settlement products depends on our ability to electronically communicate with all of our offices, the IRS, state tax agencies and the financial institutions that provide the tax settlement products. Our electronic communications network is subject to disruptions of various magnitudes and durations. Any

25

severe disruption of our network or electronic communications, especially during the tax season, could impair our ability to complete our customers' tax filings, to provide tax settlement products from financial institutions or to maintain our operations, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are dependent on our financing sources and any loss of financing could materially and adversely affect our operating results and our ability to expand our business.

We are dependent upon the continued availability of our credit facility, which consists of a term loan and a revolving loan, in order to fund our seasonal needs and for the further expansion of our business. Were we to default on our financing or otherwise lose access to our sources of credit, our ability to provide financing to our franchisees would be significantly impaired, and may result in certain offices closing if our franchisees are not able to secure alternative financing for their working capital needs. In addition, our ability to expand our business would be impaired. We may need to obtain new credit arrangements and other sources of financing to continue to provide financing to our franchisees, to meet future obligations and to fund our future growth. Our ability to maintain or refinance our debt and fund other obligations depends on our successful financial and operating performance and the availability of funds from credit markets. There is no assurance that when our new credit facility matures in 2017, we will be able to renew or refinance our debt or enter into new credit arrangements on terms similar to those of our existing loans.

Our credit facility contains restrictive covenants and other requirements that may limit our business flexibility by imposing operating and financial restrictions on our operations.

Our credit facility is secured by substantially all of our assets, including the assets of our subsidiaries. We are subject to a number of covenants that could potentially restrict how we carry out our business, or that require us to meet certain periodic tests in the form of financial covenants. The restrictions we consider to be material to our ongoing business include the following:

• We must satisfy a "leverage ratio" test that is based on our outstanding indebtedness at the end of each fiscal quarter.

• We must satisfy a "fixed charge coverage ratio" test at the end of each fiscal quarter.

• We must reduce the outstanding balance under our revolving loan to zero for a period of at least 45 consecutive days each fiscal year.

Our credit facility also contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, limitations on liens and negative pledges, delivery of financial statements and other information requirements, limitations on investments, loans and acquisitions, limitations on mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, limitations on sales of assets, limitations on certain restricted payments and limitations on transactions with affiliates, among others. Our credit facility also includes change of control provisions that may result in our obligations under that facility accelerating if certain change of control events were to occur, including if John Hewitt, our Chairman and CEO, ceases to control our company.

A breach of any of these covenants, tests or mandatory payments could limit our ability to borrow funds under the revolving loan or result in a default under our loans. In addition, these covenants may prevent us from incurring additional indebtedness to expand our operations and execute our business strategy, including making acquisitions. We may also from time to time seek to refinance all or a portion of our debt or incur additional debt in the future. Any such future debt or other contracts could contain covenants more restrictive than those in our existing credit facility. Our ability to comply with the covenants, tests or mandatory payments in our credit facility may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions or our ability to make tax settlement products available to our customers. See "Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Overview of factors affecting our liquidity—Credit facility."

We are dependent on the timing of the tax filing season, and disruptions in the opening of the tax season may have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and liquidity.

Historically, the federal tax filing season has begun in mid-January, and both we and our franchisees have begun to prepare tax returns in early January, with the ability to electronically file those returns beginning in mid-January. For the 2013 season, the IRS postponed the first date on which it generally accepted electronic filings until January 30, 2013, and delayed the availability of a significant number of tax forms until February and March 2013. This delay in the beginning of the tax filing season replicated at the state level, particularly in states in which state tax forms are dependent upon and subject to changes in federal tax forms. The change in the start of the 2013 tax filing season materially affected our revenue during the fiscal quarter ended January 31, 2013, and also required us to engage in additional borrowing in order to support both our operations and those of our franchisees because of the delay in receipt of revenue associated with tax filings. As a consequence of the unanticipated delay, we were not able to satisfy the leverage ratio requirement that is applicable to us under our revolving

26

credit facility at January 31, 2013. Although we received a one-time waiver of that failure, substantial delays in the opening of the tax filing season in future years would be likely to have an adverse effect on our revenue and liquidity, and we can provide no assurance that we would be able to obtain a similar waiver of our debt covenant requirements in future periods.

Our floating rate debt financing exposes us to interest rate risk.

We may borrow amounts under our credit facility that bear interest at rates that vary with prevailing market interest rates. Accordingly, if we do not adequately hedge our interest rate risk, a rise in market interest rates will adversely affect our financial results. We expect to draw most heavily on our revolving loan from July through January of each year and then repay substantially all of the borrowings by the end of each tax season. Therefore, a significant rise in interest rates during our off-season could have a disproportionate impact on our financial results during these months.

The lines of business in which we operate involve substantial litigation, and such litigation may damage our reputation or result in material liabilities and losses.

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation arising in connection with our various business activities. Adverse outcomes related to litigation could result in substantial damages and could cause our net income to decline or may require us to alter our business operations. Negative public opinion can also result from our actual or alleged conduct in such claims, possibly damaging our reputation, which could negatively impact our financial performance and could cause the value of our stock to decline. See "Item 3—Legal Proceedings."

If we fail to protect, or fail to comply with laws and regulations related to, our customers' personal information, we may face significant fines, penalties or damages and our brand and reputation may be harmed.

Privacy concerns relating to the disclosure of consumer financial information have drawn increased attention from federal and state governments in the United States. The IRS generally prohibits the use or disclosure by tax return preparers of taxpayers' information without the prior written consent of the taxpayer. In addition, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and other Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") regulations require financial service providers, including tax return preparers, to adopt and disclose consumer privacy policies and provide consumers with a reasonable opportunity to opt out of having personal information disclosed to unaffiliated third parties for advertising purposes. We and our franchisees manage highly sensitive client information in our operations, and although we have established security procedures to protect against identity theft and require our franchisees to do the same, a cyber security incident resulting in breaches of our customers' privacy may occur. If the measures we have taken prove to be insufficient or inadequate or if our franchisees fail to meet their obligations in this area, we and our franchisees may become subject to litigation or administrative sanctions, which could result in significant fines, penalties or damages and harm to our brand and reputation, which in turn could negatively impact our ability to retain our customers. We may be required to invest additional resources to protect us against damages caused by these actual or perceived disruptions or security breaches in the future. We could also suffer reputational harm from a security breach or inappropriate disclosure of customer information. Changes in these federal and state regulatory requirements could result in more stringent requirements and could result in a need to change business practices, including how information is disclosed. These changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we and our franchisees are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, our financial performance could be materially adversely affected.

Both we and our franchisees depend on the ability to hire a substantial number of seasonal employees for each tax season. We require seasonal employees in order to staff our franchises and customer call centers and company-owned offices, and our franchisees require employees to implement marketing programs, to act as tax preparers and to otherwise staff their offices. The ability of our franchisees and us to meet our labor needs is subject to many external factors, including competition for qualified personnel, unemployment levels in each of the markets in which we have offices, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, and workplace regulation. Our franchisees require a substantial number of employees who are willing to become trained as tax preparers, and who have the ability to engage in temporary, seasonal employment. Moreover, in addition to our seasonal employees, we hire a substantial number of full-time employees who are required to have the technical skills necessary to participate in software development, database management, and other highly technical tasks. If we and our franchisees are not able to hire a sufficient supply of qualified seasonal employees, or if we are not able to secure employees with the technical skills we require for other purposes, our ability to serve our customers in our offices, to deploy our marketing programs, and to maintain the services that our franchisees require may be compromised and have a material adverse effect on our business.

An increase in the minimum wage may adversely affect the operations of our franchisees.

Many of the seasonal employees hired by our franchisees for each tax season receive compensation at or near the minimum wage. If our franchisees experience increases in payroll expenses as a result of government-mandated increases in

27

the minimum wage, their costs of operation may increase at a rate greater than their ability to raise the prices of the services they offer. If this occurs, our franchisees may not be able to maintain seasonal employment at levels that will provide an optimal level of customer service and marketing support, their marketing and advertising programs may be less effective, and their results of operations may be adversely affected, which could in turn adversely affect our results of operations.

If credit market volatility affects our financial partners or franchisees, our business and financial performance could be adversely affected.

In recent years, the credit markets experienced unprecedented volatility and disruption, causing many lenders and institutional investors to cease providing funding to even the most creditworthy borrowers or to other financial institutions. If additional credit market volatility prevents our financial partners from providing tax settlement products to our customers, limits the products offered or results in us having to incur further financial obligations to support our financial partners, our revenues or profitability could decline. The cost and availability of funds has also adversely impacted our franchisees ability to grow and operate their businesses, which could cause our revenues or profitability to decline. In addition, continued disruptions in the credit markets could adversely affect our ability to sell territories to new or existing franchisees, causing our revenues or profitability to decline.

Because the tax season is relatively short and straddles two quarters, our quarterly results may not be indicative of our performance.

We experience quarterly variations in revenues and operating income as a result of many factors, including the highly seasonal nature of the tax return preparation business, the timing of off-season activities and the hiring of personnel. Due to the foregoing factors, our quarter-to-quarter results vary significantly. In addition, because our peak period straddles the third and fourth quarters, any delay or acceleration in the number of tax returns processed in January may make our year-to-year quarterly comparisons not as meaningful as year-to-year tax season comparisons. To the extent our quarterly results vary significantly from year to year, our stock value may be subject to significant volatility.

Risks Related to Our Franchise Business

Our success is tied to the growth and operations of our franchises could adversely affect our business.

Our financial success depends on our franchisees and the manner in which they operate and develop their offices. We do not exercise direct control over the day-to-day operations of our franchises, and our franchisees may not operate their offices in a manner consistent with our philosophy and standards and may not increase the level of revenues generated compared to prior tax seasons. Our growth and revenues may therefore be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that the training programs and quality control procedures we have established will be effective in enabling franchisees to run profitable tax preparation businesses or that we will be able to identify problems or take corrective action quickly enough. In addition, failure by a franchisee to provide service at acceptable levels may result in adverse publicity that can materially adversely affect our reputation and ability to compete in the market in which the franchisee is located.

If our franchisees fail to open offices in new territories, or if they are not successful in operating their new offices, our franchise-related revenue and results of operation will be adversely affected.

Each year, we anticipate adding offices to our franchise system, but the opening of these offices depends on the purchase of additional territories by our franchisees, and on the opening of offices in territories previously purchased and newly purchased. Many factors go into opening a new office, including obtaining a suitable office location, the availability of sufficient start-up capital, and the ability to recruit tax preparers and other personnel to work in new offices. If a significant number of offices that we expect to be open in a tax season fail to open, are delayed, or open in unsuitable locations or with insufficient personnel, the revenue we expect to receive from royalty payments and the repayment of indebtedness to us by our franchisees will be adversely affected. Because we utilize an almost exclusively franchise business model, we do not have the same flexibility to open new offices as our competitors that make greater use of company-owned offices.

Our operating results may be adversely affected by the default of our franchisees and ADs on loans made by us or third parties.

We extend financing to certain franchisees for initial franchise fees, as cash advances for their working capital needs and for other purposes. The financing is in the form of promissory notes payable to us. There can be no assurance that any franchisee will generate revenue sufficient to repay any amounts due, nor is there any assurance that any franchisee will be able to repay through other means any amounts due. At April 30, 2013, the aggregate amount due to us from franchisees for financing was $92.3 million, net of unrecognized revenue of $39.7 million (which includes amounts owed to ADs for their portion of royalties and franchise fees), including accrued interest. Any failure by the franchisees to pay these amounts, if the amounts are not recoverable by us through other means, could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance.

28

We also extend financing to ADs from time-to-time for a portion of their area development fees. At April 30, 2013, the amount due to us from ADs for financing was $3.6 million, net of unrecognized revenue of $21.1 million. If our ADs fail to pay these amounts, and if the amounts are not recoverable by us through other means, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.

Moreover, in some cases, we may be liable for office leases or other contractual obligations that have been assumed by purchasers of company-owned offices and acquired tax practices. If the franchisees default on third-party obligations for which we continue to have liability, our operating results will be adversely affected.

We may be held responsible by third parties, regulators or courts for the action of, or failure to act, by our franchisees, and be exposed to possible fines, other liabilities and bad publicity.

We grant our franchisees a limited license to use our registered service marks and, accordingly, there is risk that one or more of the franchisees may be identified as being controlled by us. Third parties, regulators, or courts may seek to hold us responsible for the actions or failures to act by our franchisees. The failure of our franchisees to comply with laws and regulations may expose us to liability and damages that may have an adverse effect on our business.

The Liberty Tax brand could be impaired due to actions taken by our franchisees or otherwise.

We believe the Liberty Tax brand is one of our most valuable assets in that it provides us with a competitive advantage, particularly over our competitors that do not have a national presence. Our franchisees operate their businesses under our brand. Because our franchisees are independent third parties with their own financial objectives, actions taken by them, including breaches of their contractual obligations, and negative publicity associated with these actions, could adversely affect our reputation and brand more broadly. Any actions as a result of conduct by our franchisees or otherwise which negatively impacts our reputation and brand may result in fewer customers and lower revenues and profits for us.

Our tax return preparation compliance program may not be successful in detecting all problems in our franchisee network.

Although our tax return preparation compliance program seeks to monitor the activities of our franchisees, it is unlikely to detect every problem. While we have implemented a variety of measures to enhance tax return preparation compliance as well as our monitoring of these activities, there can be no assurance that franchisees and tax preparers will follow these procedures. Failure to detect tax return preparation compliance issues could harm our reputation and expose us to the risk of government investigation or litigation and could subject us to remedies that could cause our revenues or profitability to decline.

Disputes with our franchisees may have a material adverse effect on our business.

From time to time, we engage in disputes with some of our franchisees, and some of these disputes result in litigation or arbitration proceedings. Disputes with our franchisees may require us to incur significant legal fees, subject us to damages, and occupy a disproportionate amount of management's time. A material increase in the number of these disputes, or unfavorable outcomes in these disputes, may have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent we have disputes with our franchisees, our relationships with our franchisees could be negatively impacted, which could hurt our growth prospects or negatively impact our financial performance.

Our operating results depend on the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs and franchisee support of these programs.

Our revenues are heavily influenced by brand marketing and advertising. If our marketing and advertising programs are unsuccessful, we may fail to retain existing customers and attract new customers, which could limit the growth of our revenues or profitability or result in a decline in our revenues or profitability. Moreover, because franchisees are required to pay us marketing and advertising fees based on a percentage of their revenues, our marketing fund expenditures are dependent upon sales volumes of our franchisees.

The support of our franchisees is critical for the success of our marketing programs and any new strategic initiatives we seek to undertake. While we can mandate certain strategic initiatives through enforcement of our franchise agreements, we need the active support of our franchisees if the implementation of our marketing programs and strategic initiatives is to be successful. Although certain actions are required of our franchisees under the franchise agreements, there can be no assurance that our franchisees will continue to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives. The failure of our franchisees to support our marketing programs and strategic initiatives would adversely affect our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

29

Our new franchise sales model may produce less revenue than our historic sales process.

In June 2011, we introduced a new option for new and existing franchisees to purchase territories without the payment of a franchise fee. This arrangement will require the franchisee to pay higher royalties for the first five years of the new franchise. If this model is successful in generating additional franchise sales, it will reduce our franchise income in the near term, without any assurance that the franchisees will generate future royalties at the higher rate sufficient to offset the revenue we forgo. In addition, franchisees may find it difficult to conduct their operations successfully because a greater percentage of their revenues will be diverted to pay higher royalties. If the new model does not generate new and successful offices, our ability to grow our revenues and profitability may be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry

Federal and state regulators may impose new regulations on non-loan tax settlement products that would make those products more expensive for us to offer or more difficult for our customers to obtain.

Consumer advocacy organizations and some government officials have asserted that non-loan tax settlement products, such as the ERCs we offer, should be treated as loan products or otherwise be more heavily regulated. These groups assert that ERCs and similar products are loans because most customers complete the payment for their tax preparation and related fees at the time their refund is disbursed and therefore the customer has received an extension of credit because of a purported deferral of the tax preparation fees until the refund is received. We are subject to a judgment in the State of California that treats ERC products that we provide in that state as if they were extensions of credit. In addition, certain litigation discussed below involving us and others in the tax industry include claims that ERCs and similar products constitute loans or extensions of credit. If other state or federal courts or agencies successfully require us to treat ERCs as if they are loans or extensions of credit, we may be subject to the cost of additional regulation, including disclosure requirements that could reduce the demand for these products by potential customers, and may be subject to limitations on our ability to offer these products, which could materially adversely affect our operations. See "Item 3—Legal Proceedings" and "Item 1—Business—Regulation—Potential regulation of ERCs or treatment of ERCs as loans or extensions of credit."

We may be unsuccessful in litigation that characterizes ERCs as loans, which could subject us to damages and additional regulation, and which could adversely affect our ability to offer tax settlement products and have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

We were sued in November 2011 in four states, and additional lawsuits have been filed in five other states since the initial filings. These cases have now been consolidated before a single judge in federal court in the Northern District of Illinois. The consolidated complaint alleges violations of state-specific RAL and other consumer statutes, alleging that an ERC represents a form of RAL, because the taxpayer is "loaned" the tax preparation fee, and that an ERC is therefore subject to federal truth-in-lending disclosure and state law requirements regulating RALs. The Company is aware that virtually identical lawsuits have been filed against three of its competitors.

Although this litigation is at an early stage, and no resolution is expected in the near term, we may be subject to damages in the case, which purports to be a class action lawsuit. These damages could be based on fees charged to prior customers, and could be substantial if we are not able to recover those damages from our financial product partners who designed the ERC programs and related disclosures. Moreover, if we are unsuccessful in this case, we may also become subject to existing state regulations governing RALs (in the states that have such regulations) and the costs of additional regulation, including disclosure requirements, and we may be subject to limitations on our ability to offer these products. These additional disclosure requirements could reduce the demand for these products by potential customers, and the possible application of state lending and other RAL-related statutes and regulations might adversely affect our fee income to the extent those statutes or regulations impose limitations on fees that we now charge in connection with ERCs. If it becomes more difficult for us and our franchisees to offer these products to taxpayers, or if we are subject to damages in this litigation, it could materially and adversely affect our operations and financial results. See "Item 1—Business—Regulation—Potential regulation of ERCs or treatment of ERCs as loans or extensions of credit."

The failure by us, our franchisees or the financial institutions and other lenders that provide tax settlement products to our customers through us and our franchisees to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, including with respect to tax return preparation or tax settlement products, could result in substantial sanctions against us or require changes to our business practices that could harm our profitability and reputation.

Our tax return preparation business, including our franchise operations and facilitation of tax settlement products, are subject to extensive regulation and oversight in the United States by the IRS, the FTC and by federal and state regulatory and law enforcement agencies and similar entities in Canada. The profitability of our future operations will therefore depend in large part on our continued ability to comply with federal and state franchise regulations, and in Canada on our continued ability to comply with Canadian and provincial franchise regulations. If governmental agencies with jurisdiction over our

30

operations were to conclude that our business practices, the practices of our franchisees, or those of financial institutions and other lenders with which we conduct our business, violate applicable laws, we could become subject to sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These sanctions may include, without limitation:

• civil monetary damages and penalties;

• criminal penalties; and

• injunctions or other restrictions on the manner in which we conduct our business.

In addition, the financial institutions and other providers of tax settlement products to our customers are also subject to significant regulation and oversight by federal and state regulators, including banking regulators. The failure of these providers to comply with the regulatory requirements of federal and state government regulatory bodies, including banking and consumer protection laws, could affect their ability to continue to provide tax settlement products to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our customers' inability to obtain tax settlement products through our tax return preparation offices could cause our revenues or profitability to decline. We also may be required to change business practices, which could alter the way tax settlement products are facilitated and could cause our revenues or profitability to decline.

Federal and state legislators and regulators have increasingly taken an active role in regulating tax settlement products, and because our ability to offer these products in future tax seasons may be limited, demand for our services may be reduced, we may be exposed to additional credit risk and our business may be harmed.

From time to time, government officials at the federal and state levels introduce and enact legislation and regulations proposing to regulate or prevent the facilitation of refund-based loans and other tax settlement products, and take other actions that have the effect of restricting the availability of these products. Certain of the proposed legislation, regulations and activities could increase costs to us, our franchisees and the financial institutions and other parties that provide our tax settlement products, or could negatively impact or eliminate the ability of financial institutions to provide or facilitate tax settlement products through tax return preparation offices.

The financial institutions that provide or otherwise facilitate tax settlement products are subject to significant regulation and oversight by federal and state regulators, including banking regulators. In December 2011, Republic Bank, the last bank continuing to offer RALs in any significant number,reached a settlement with the FDIC that required Republic Bank to cease to offer RALs after the 2012 tax season. For this reason, any refund-related loans (such as the ICA) made available to our customers are offered by non-bank lenders.

In August 2010, the IRS announced that, starting in 2011, it would no longer provide tax preparers or RAL providers with the DI, which was used by financial institutions to determine whether to extend credit to a taxpayer in connection with the facilitation of a RAL. In eliminating the DI, the IRS no longer discloses to financial institutions or tax preparers if a taxpayer owes the federal government any money that will be deducted from the taxpayer's expected income tax refund. The unavailability of the DI subjects a lender that originates refund-related loans to additional risks because those loans are more difficult for a lender to underwrite.

Even if we continue to develop relationships that allow our customers to obtain refund-related loans through non-bank lenders, the laws and regulations that apply to those lenders and us may make these products more expensive to offer, or limit their availability to our customers. The loss of the DI has caused approval rates and loan amounts to be lower than in prior tax seasons, and lenders may issue ICAs and similar products that have a greater probability of not being repaid. We may experience a loss of customers because of this change, and to the extent our arrangements with financial institutions impose any of the risk of customer defaults upon us, our profitability may be reduced. In addition, many states have statutes regulating, through licensing and other requirements, the activities of brokering loans and providing credit services to consumers as well as payday loan laws and local usury laws. Some state regulators are interpreting these laws in a manner that could adversely affect the manner in which tax settlement products are facilitated, or permitted, or result in fines or penalties to us or our franchisees. Some states are introducing and enacting legislation that would seek to directly apply such laws to the facilitators of refund-based loans. Additional states may interpret these laws in a manner that is adverse to how we currently conduct our business or how we have conducted our business in the past and we may be required to change business practices or otherwise comply with these statutes and could be subject to fines or penalties or other payments related to past conduct.

31

If our financial product service providers become unable or unwilling to enable us to offer ERCs, we may be unable to offer tax settlement products to our customers.

Our ability to offer ERCs (as well as other tax settlement products that require the creation of a customer bank account) is dependent on the ability and willingness of our financial product service providers to make available to our customers the bank accounts into which their tax refunds are deposited. If any of the federal or state regulatory authorities with the power to regulate these service providers prevents or makes it more difficult for our service providers to make these bank accounts available to our customers, or if the service providers determine that they no longer wish to participate in these transactions, we may be unable to find alternative service providers that will be willing to provide the required number of bank accounts to our customers. In 2012, we terminated our relationship with Republic Bank, which provided 78% of our ERC products during the 2012 tax season. We were able to replace that capacity in 2013 with our service providers, but if we are unable to make bank accounts available for ERCs, we will not be able to enable our customers to utilize these accounts for the direct deposit of their federal and state tax returns, which would materially affect our ability to offer tax settlement products to those customers.

Legislative and regulatory reforms may have a significant impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Reform Act") was signed into law, which contains a comprehensive set of provisions designed to govern the practices and oversight of financial institutions and other participants in the financial markets. The full impact of the Reform Act is difficult to assess because many provisions require federal agencies to adopt regulations implementing provisions of the Reform Act. In addition, the Reform Act mandates multiple studies, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action. The Reform Act, as well as other legislative and regulatory changes, could adversely affect our businesses. There is particular risk associated with the establishment of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB") with broad authority to implement new consumer protection regulations. For example, the CFPB may pursue initiatives that negatively impact our ability and the ability of others we contract with to offer tax settlement products.

The effect of the Reform Act on our business and operations could be significant, depending upon final implementation of regulations, the initiatives pursued by the CFPB, the actions of our competitors and the behavior of other marketplace participants. Moreover, the Reform Act expanded the authority of state regulators to enforce and promulgate consumer protection laws and regulations, and this expansion of state authority may result in new and broader consumer protection requirements that might be more comprehensive than those at the federal level. In addition, we may be required to invest significant management time and resources to address the various provisions of the Reform Act and the numerous regulations that are required to be issued under it. The Reform Act and any related federal or state legislation or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Increased regulation of tax return preparers could make it more difficult to find qualified tax preparers and could harm our business.

From time to time, the federal government and various states consider regulations regarding the education, testing, licensing, certification and registration of tax return preparers. The IRS is in the process of implementing a new model for tax return preparer regulation. Although we believe that our training for preparers already exceeds the requirements the IRS will impose, regulation of tax return preparers could impact our ability to find an adequate number of tax return preparers to meet the demands of our customers and impose additional costs on us and our franchisees to train tax return preparers, which could cause our revenues and profitability to decline.

Risks Related to Changes in Tax Laws and Regulations

Because demand for our products is related to the complexity of tax return preparation and the frequency of tax law changes, government initiatives that simplify tax return preparation, reduce the need for a third party tax return preparer or lower the number of returns required to be filed may decrease demand for our services and financial products.

Many taxpayers seek assistance from paid tax return preparers such as Liberty Tax Service because of the level of complexity involved in tax return preparation and filing, and frequent changes in the tax laws. From time to time politicians and government officials propose measures seeking to simplify the preparation and filing of tax returns. The passage of any measures that significantly simplify tax return preparation or reduce the need for third party tax return preparers may be highly detrimental to our business. In addition, any changes or other initiatives that result in a decrease in the number of tax returns filed or reduce the size of tax refunds could reduce demand for our products and services, causing our revenues or profitability to decline.

For example, several members of Congress have proposed legislation that would authorize or require the IRS to allow taxpayers to access web-based tax preparation tools that would include "pre-populated" tax return forms that would presumably

32

include data provided to the IRS from other government agencies, such as the Social Security Administration. If these or similar proposals that involve government encroachment on the tax preparation process are enacted, many tax customers might elect those services rather than paid tax preparation or the use of fee-based tax software or online tax preparation.

Initiatives that improve the timing and efficiency of processing tax returns could reduce the attractiveness of the tax settlement products offered to our customers and demand for our services.

Our performance depends on our ability to offer access to tax settlement products that increase the speed and efficiency by which our customers can receive their refunds. The federal government and various state and local municipalities have, from time to time, announced initiatives designed to modernize their operations and improve the timing and efficiency of processing tax returns. For example, during the 2011 tax season, the U.S. Department of Treasury introduced a prepaid debit card pilot program designed to facilitate the refund process. If tax authorities are able to significantly increase the speed and efficiency with which they process tax returns, the value and attractiveness of the tax settlement products offered to our customers and demand for our services could be reduced.

Delays in the passage of tax laws and their implementation by the federal or state governments could harm our business.

The enactment of tax legislation occurring late in the calendar year could result in the beginning of tax filing season being delayed, or make it difficult for us to make necessary changes on a timely basis to the software used by our franchisees to prepare tax returns. Any such delays could impact our revenues and profitability in any given year.

Proposals to make fundamental changes in the way tax refunds are processed or to impose price limitations on tax preparation, if enacted, could result in substantial losses of customers and other risks.

Some regulators have suggested that it would be appropriate to allow taxpayers to "split" their tax refunds, in a manner that would separate the payment of tax preparation fees from the balance of a customer's refund. In describing these proposals, some advocates have called for a cap on tax preparation fees that would adversely affect the ability of tax preparers to charge market prices for tax services and could reduce income to our franchisees, and therefore to us.

There can be no assurance that these proposals will be enacted at all, or in their present form, but if enacted, our growth and revenues could be adversely affected.

Our participation in government programs designed to speed access to tax refunds may result in customer loss when the IRS fails to perform.

The IRS has responded to the increase in electronic filing by developing programs designed to reduce a taxpayer's wait to receive a tax refund. We have participated in some new programs offered by the IRS, including in the 2011 tax season the IRS' Modernized Electronic Filing ("MEF") program. During the early portion of the 2011 tax season, this program did not perform as expected, resulting in significant delays in processing refunds for some of our customers. During the early portion of the 2012 tax season, we were not uniquely affected by these problems because the IRS also required our competitors to participate in the MEF program, but the IRS again experienced substantial delays in processing refunds, and our customers were again adversely affected by these delays. Although we continue to seek to give our customers quicker access to their refunds, doing so involves the risk of customer dissatisfaction and injury to our reputation in the market if the IRS fails to perform, which is outside our control.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

We are controlled by our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, whose interests in our business may be different from yours.

John Hewitt, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, currently owns all outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Our Class B common stock has the power to elect, voting as a separate class, the minimum number of directors that constitute a majority of the Board of Directors. As a result, Mr. Hewitt will, for the foreseeable future, have significant influence over our management and affairs, given the Board's authority to appoint or replace our senior management, cause us to issue additional shares of our Class A common stock or repurchase Class A common stock, declare dividends or take other actions. Mr. Hewitt may make decisions regarding our company and business that are opposed to other stockholders' interests or with which they disagree. Mr. Hewitt's ability to elect a majority of the Board of Directors may also delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if that change of control would benefit our stockholders, which could deprive an investor of the opportunity to receive a premium for your Class A common stock. The power to elect a majority of the directors may adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise. To the extent that the interests of our other stockholders are harmed by the actions of Mr. Hewitt, the price of our Class A common stock may be harmed. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock, please see the section titled "Item 12—Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters."

33

Because we are not required to comply with certain NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ.

Because Mr. Hewitt owns all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock and therefore has the ability to elect a majority of our directors, we have elected to be a "controlled company" for the purposes of the NASDAQ listing requirements. As such, we are exempt from certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that our Board of Directors be comprised of a majority of directors who are independent under NASDAQ rules and that we have nominating and compensation committees with members meeting the NASDAQ independence requirements. We currently are voluntarily complying with the NASDAQ's corporate governance standards, but may choose not to in the future. If we choose not to comply with certain of the requirements, our Board of Directors may have more directors who do not meet the NASDAQ independence standards than they would if those standards were to apply. We may also elect not to maintain formal nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees or, if we maintain those committees, they may not be comprised of independent directors. In such circumstances, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ, and circumstances may occur in which the interests of Mr. Hewitt could conflict with the interests of our other stockholders.

Our stock price may be volatile, and investors may be unable to resell their shares at or above their acquisition price or at all.

Our stock price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many risk factors listed in this section, and others beyond our control, including:

• actual or anticipated variations in our operating results from quarter to quarter;

• actual or anticipated variations in our operating results from the expectations of securities analysts and investors;

• actual or anticipated variations in our operating results from our competitors;

• fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

• sales of Class A common stock or other securities by us or our stockholders in the future;

• changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates by securities analysts and investors;

• departures of key executives or directors;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, financing efforts or capital commitments;

• delays or other changes in our expansion plans;

• involvement in litigation or governmental investigations;

• stock price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our shares;

• general market conditions in our industry and the industries of our customers;

• general economic and stock market conditions;

• regulatory or political developments; and

• terrorist attacks or natural disasters.

Furthermore, the capital markets experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact our stock price. Trading price fluctuations may also make it more difficult for us to use our Class A common stock as a means to make acquisitions or to use options to purchase our Class A common stock to attract and retain employees. If our stock price does not exceed the price at which stockholders acquired their shares, investors may not realize any return on their investment. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities

34

litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention from other business concerns, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial position.

A significant portion of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock may be sold into the market, which could adversely affect our stock price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could occur at any time, subject to certain securities law restrictions. Sales of shares of our Class A common stock, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of Class A common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce our stock price. As of September 26, 2013, we have outstanding 12,023,265 shares of Class A common stock and 900,000 shares of Class B common stock, which are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options.

At September 26, 2013, we also have approximately 2,651,635 million shares of our Class A common stock reserved for issuance in connection with options and restricted stock units granted under our 1998 Stock Option Plan and the 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan. These shares may also be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested.

An active trading market in our Class A Common Stock may not develop or be sustained.

The activity in our stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market has been limited, and an active public trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained. The lack of an active market may impede the ability of our stockholders to sell shares at the time they wish to sell them, at a price that they consider reasonable or at all. The lack of an active market also may reduce our stock price and impede our ability to acquire other companies using our shares as consideration

Our stock price and trading volume could decline if securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish misleading or unfavorable research or reports about our business.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. As of the date of this report, only two securities analysts had commenced coverage of our Class A common stock, and if few securities or industry analysts commence or maintain such coverage, the trading price and liquidity for our shares could be adversely impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases to cover us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We incur increased costs and our management will face increased demands as a result of operating as a company with public equity.

As a company with public equity, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as related rules implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ, impose various requirements on companies with public equity. As a public company, we are required to:

• prepare and distribute periodic public reports and other stockholder communications in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws and NASDAQ rules;

• create or expand the roles and duties of our Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors;

• institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance functions;

• supplement our internal accounting and auditing function;

• enhance and formalize closing procedures at the end of our accounting periods;

• enhance our investor relations function;

• establish new or enhanced internal policies, including those relating to disclosure controls and procedures; and

• involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the activities listed above.

Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance matters. Also, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and have made some activities more time-consuming and costly than would be the case for a private company. For example, these rules and regulations have made it more expensive for us to maintain director and officer liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our Board of Directors or as our executive officers.

35

In addition, as a result of becoming a public company, we are now subject to financial reporting and other requirements, including NASDAQ continued listing requirements, that are burdensome and costly. Our failure to timely complete our analysis of these reporting requirements, could adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock. Further, if we fail to implement these reporting requirements, our ability to report our results of operations on a timely and accurate basis could be impaired. In fact, in connection with restating our previously issued annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements, we recently were delinquent in filing our annual and quarterly reports. Consequently, we received two notices from NASDAQ in connection with the delinquent filings and we may be subject to NASDAQ delisting procedures if we fail to gain compliance with the NASDAQ continued listing requirements.

The exercise price for the stock options granted by us may not reflect the fair value of the underlying shares of Class A common stock.

Because our shares of Class A common stock were not traded on a public market until 2012, the exercise price at which options for our shares may be exercised was determined by our Board of Directors without reference to such a market. Although the Board of Directors has granted options based on its determination of a fair value for the shares of Class A common stock, there can be no assurance that the option exercise price accurately reflects the value at which the shares of Class A common stock may be purchased in an active public market.

We are an "emerging growth company" and our election to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies may result in our financial statements not being comparable to those of other public companies. As a result of this and other reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the "JOBS Act") enacted in April 2012, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), the same reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements that smaller reporting companies are permitted to provide and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory stockholder vote on executive compensation, frequency of approval of executive compensation and of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of the extended transition period provided in the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company may delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. We will remain an "emerging growth company" until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the sale by us of common equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer," as defined under the Exchange Act.

Although we may desire to pay dividends in the future, our financial condition, debt covenants or Delaware law may prohibit us from doing so.

Although we may desire to pay cash dividends in the future, we have no obligation to do so and the payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend, among other things, on our earnings, capital requirements and financial condition, and our ability to dividend funds from our principal subsidiary under the terms of our credit facility. Our ability to pay dividends will be subject to compliance with financial covenants that are contained in our credit facility and may be restricted by any future indebtedness that we incur or issuances of preferred stock. In addition, applicable law requires that our Board of Directors determine that we have adequate surplus prior to the declaration of dividends. We cannot assure investors that we will pay dividends at any specific level or at all.

36

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents, Delaware law and our credit facility could make an acquisition of us more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and adversely affect the value of our Class A common stock.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. We have two classes of common stock, one of which is entitled to elect a majority of our Board of Directors and is controlled by our Chairman and CEO as described above. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also include provisions that:

• authorize our Board of Directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to approximately 3 million shares of undesignated preferred stock;

• specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our Board of Directors, the Chair of our Board of Directors, or holders of at least 20% of the shares that will be entitled to vote on the matters presented at such special meeting;

• establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board of Directors; and

• do not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

In addition, our credit facility contains covenants that may impede, discourage or prevent a takeover of us. For instance, upon a change of control, we would default on our credit facility. As a result, a potential takeover may not occur unless sufficient funds are available to repay our outstanding debt.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board of Directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. Any provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws or our debt documents that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our Class A common stock. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect our stock value if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, which, if not remediated effectively, may impact our ability to report our financial results accurately, which could harm our business and the value of our Class A common stock.

In August 2013, we announced that we would restate our previously issued annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements for certain affected periods.  In conjunction with this restatement, management of the Company has concluded that, as of April 30, 2013, we had a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and that, as a result, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of that date.  See "Item 9A—Controls and Procedures.”

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and to detect and prevent fraud. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.  We are in the process of implementing a plan to address the identified deficiencies and material weakness that existed as of April 30, 2013. If we fail to effectively implement our remediation plan and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we could suffer losses, could be subject to costly litigation, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information and our brand and operating results could be harmed, all of which could have a negative effect on the value of our Class A common stock.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

We have been in discussions with the staff (the “Staff”) of the SEC's Division of Corporation Finance regarding comment letters received from the Staff relating to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2012 and Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2013. Through these discussions with the Staff, we believe that we have resolved these comments. Although the filings containing our restated annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements will remain subject to further comments from the Staff, we anticipate that we will receive clearance from the Staff with respect to the outstanding comments.

Item 2.    Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located in three company owned buildings in Virginia Beach, Virginia consisting of approximately 70,000 square feet. At April 30, 2013, our outstanding mortgage with respect to this property had a principal balance of $2.4 million. We also own additional properties in Ohio, New York, Tennessee and Virginia, which are company-

37

owned offices or leased to franchisees. The remainder of our company-owned offices are operated under leases. We believe that our offices are in good repair and sufficient to meet our present needs.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

The legal proceedings to which we are party include the following:

ERC class action litigation.    We were sued in November 2011 in federal courts in Arkansas, California, Florida and Illinois, and additional lawsuits were filed in federal courts in January 2012 in Maryland and North Carolina, in February 2012 in Wisconsin and in May 2012 in New York and in Minnesota. The allegations underlying each of these lawsuits, which were filed by the same set of attorneys, were that an ERC represents a form of RAL, because the taxpayer is "loaned" the tax preparation fee, and that an ERC is therefore subject to federal truth-in-lending disclosure and state law requirements regulating RALs. Each of the cases differed in that it alleged violations of state-specific RAL and other consumer statutes. In December 2011, the plaintiffs in the original cases filed a motion to consolidate all of the then-pending cases.In April 2012, the cases were consolidated before a single judge in federal court in the Northern District of Illinois and in June 2012, the plaintiffs filed a new complaint in the consolidated action. The consolidated complaint alleges violations of state-specific RAL and other consumer statutes. The lawsuit purports to be a class action, and the plaintiffs allege potential damages in excess of $5 million, but we may be able to recover any damages from the providers of the financial products that designed the programs and related disclosures. The Company is aware that virtually identical lawsuits have been filed against several of its competitors. This litigation is at a very early procedural stage.

South Carolina litigation.    In November 2010, several former customers of one of our South Carolina franchisees initiated a purported class action against us, our Chief Executive Officer and another of our employees in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, in a case styled Martin v. JTH Tax, Inc. The trial court denied class action status in February 2013, and the case was settled in June 2013. The settlement amount is immaterial and has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Republic Bank Dispute.    In August 2012, the Company terminated an agreement with one of its financial product providers, Republic Bank & Trust Company, which would otherwise have expired in October 2014. The Company's right to terminate the agreement is being disputed by Republic Bank & Trust Company, and the parties conducted a contractually-required mediation in late June 2013, and the mediation process is ongoing. If the mediation does not resolve the parties' dispute, the agreement provides for arbitration of the dispute. At this stage, an arbitration proceeding has not been commenced, but the Company believes that the outcome of this dispute will not significantly impact its results of operation or financial position.

We are also party to claims and lawsuits that we consider to be ordinary, routine litigation incidental to our business, including claims and lawsuits concerning the preparation of customers' income tax returns, the fees charged customers for various products and services, relationships with franchisees, intellectual property disputes, employment matters and contract disputes. While we cannot provide assurance that we will ultimately prevail in each instance, we believe the amount, if any, we are required to pay in the discharge of liabilities or settlements in these claims will not have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

38

PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Price of Our Class A Common Stock

Our Class A common stock has been listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TAX" since July 2, 2012. We traded on the over-the-counter bulletin board from June 14, 2012 until that date. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our Class A common stock. The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sale prices of our Class A common stock on the over-the-counter bulletin board through June 29, 2012 and on The NASDAQ Global Market from and after July 2, 2012.

2013 Fiscal Quarter	High		Low
First Quarter(1)	$	14.99	$	10.00
Second Quarter	15.50		8.85
Third Quarter	16.35		12.99
Fourth Quarter	17.50		14.48

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Represents period from June 14, 2012, the date on which we began to be traded on the over-the-counter bulletin board, through the end of the quarter on July 31, 2012.

The reported closing price of our Class A common stock on September 26, 2013 was $17.54. Wells Fargo Shareowner Services is the transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock.

As of September 26, 2013, we had approximately 261 record holders of our Class A Common Stock, and one holder of our Class B Common Stock.

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our capital stock. Although we may pay cash dividends in the future, the payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend, among other things, on our earnings, capital requirements and financial condition. Our ability to pay dividends will also be subject to compliance with financial covenants that are contained in our credit facility and may be restricted by any future indebtedness that we incur or issuances of preferred stock. In addition, applicable law requires that our Board of Directors determine that we have adequate surplus prior to the declaration of dividends. We cannot provide an assurance that we will pay dividends at any specific level or at all.

As of April 30, 2013, we had outstanding 12,975,128 shares of Class A common stock, treating as common stock equivalents exchangeable shares that may be exchanged for 1,000,000 shares of Class A common stock. As of April 30, 2013, we also had outstanding 900,000 shares of Class B common stock, all of which are held by Mr. Hewitt, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. As of April 30, 2013, we had outstanding 10 shares of special voting preferred stock. As of April 30, 2013, options to acquire 2,534,683 shares of Class A common stock were also outstanding, 2,402,183 of which were exercisable within 60 days of April 30, 2013.

Stock repurchase activity during the three months ended April 30, 2013 was as follows:

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased(1)	Average Price Paid per Share		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plan	Maximum Value of Shares that may be Purchased Under the Plan(2)
February 1 through February 28, 2013	—	$	—	—	$	4,208,979
March 1 through March 31, 2013	3,116	15.74		3,116	4,159,919
April 1 through April 30, 2013	299,539	15.94		299,539	1,181,478
Total	302,655			302,655

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1)During the three months ended April 30, 2013, we repurchased shares through both open market purchases and through private transactions under the publicly announced plan described in the following footnote.

39

(2) On August 29, 2012, we announced that our Board of Directors approved a $5 million authorization for share repurchases, and did not specify an expiration date for that share repurchase program. The first repurchase under this plan took place on September 10, 2012. The repurchases also include deemed repurchases from shareholders exercising options on a net basis. Share repurchases associated with stock option exercises do not reduce the maximum value of shares that may be purchased under the plan.

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

The consolidated statement of income data for the years ended April 30, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, have been restated as set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included in Item 7 below and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, included in Item 15. We derived the consolidated statements of income data for the years ended April 30, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. The consolidated statements of income data for the years ended April 30, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2009, 2010 and 2011 are derived from our restated unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report. The information presented in the following tables has been adjusted to reflect the restatement resulting from the review of our revenue recognition policies, as more fully described in the "Explanatory Note Regarding Restatement" and in Note 19, "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements," to our Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 15. We have not amended our previously filed annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2012, but intend to file amendments to our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the periods affected by the restatement. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.

	Fiscal Years Ended and as of April 30,
	2009(1)			2010(1)			2011(2)			2012(2)			2013
	As Restated			As Restated			As Restated			As Restated
	(dollars in thousands, except per share, per office amounts and fees per tax return)
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
Revenue:
Franchise fees	$	10,056		$	13,366		$	8,780		$	7,996		$	8,721
Area developer fees	6,881			6,476			6,335			6,702			7,699
Royalties and advertising fees	47,874			58,361			66,182			70,016			73,129
Financial products	18,560			14,175			16,507			22,903			30,345
Tax preparation fees, net of discounts	5,075			5,982			4,789			7,026			10,148
Other revenue	12,377			14,225			15,343			16,582			17,571
Total revenue	100,823			112,585			117,936			131,225			147,613
Total operating expenses	(76,781		)	(91,060		)	(91,245		)	(103,245		)	(116,777		)
Income from operations	24,042			21,525			26,691			27,980			30,836
Interest expense	(1,769		)	(1,947		)	(1,954		)	(1,854		)	(2,039		)
Other income	311			3,468			75			4			—
Income before income taxes	22,584			23,046			24,812			26,130			28,797
Income tax expense	(9,427		)	(8,657		)	(10,142		)	(9,747		)	(11,170		)
Net income	$	13,157		$	14,389		$	14,670		$	16,383		$	17,627
Earnings per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock
Basic	$	0.89		$	0.99		$	0.85		$	1.17		$	1.26
Diluted	$	0.85		$	0.95		$	0.83		$	1.16		$	1.25

40

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Amounts due from franchisees and area developers, net of allowances	$	48,904	$	57,591	$	68,196	$	76,493	$	85,658
Property, equipment and software, net	17,426		13,127		18,228		23,948		33,037
Total assets	109,357		102,081		116,093		152,196		169,530
Revolving credit facility	10,002		—		—		—		—
Long-term debt, including current installments	5,205		4,734		4,458		28,985		27,683
Total stockholders' equity	35,089		44,179		52,018		67,065		81,836

Other Financial and Operational Data:
Adjusted EBITDA(3)	$	31,460	$	34,928	$	33,568	$	36,517	$	42,107
Franchisees	1,801		1,901		1,941		2,098		2,211
Offices(4)	3,091		3,531		3,845		4,183		4,520
Offices per franchisee	1.72		1.86		1.98		1.99		2.04
Tax returns processed	1,766,000		1,912,000		2,044,000		2,188,000		2,275,000
Net average fee per tax return prepared(5)	$	149	$	170	$	174	$	173	$	180
Systemwide revenue(6)	$	243,600	$	304,300	$	338,600	$	359,100	$	381,200
Systemwide revenue per office(5)(6)	$	78,809	$	86,180	$	88,062	$	85,847	$	84,336

______________________________________________________________________________

(1) See "Explanatory Note Regarding Restatement" and Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 15, for a discussion of corrections reflected

in these restated numbers.

(2) The consolidated statements of income data for the years ended April 30, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of April 30, 2011,

2010 and 2009 have been corrected to reflect adjustments and corrections described in footnote 1 above.

(3) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income, plus: provision for income taxes, interest expense, non-recurring (income) expense, depreciation and

amortization, foreign currency transaction (gain) loss, and stock-based compensation. Please see "Adjusted EBITDA" below for more information and for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP.

(4) We measure our number of offices per fiscal year based on franchised and company-owned offices open at any point during the tax season.

(5) Systemwide revenue per office and the net average fee per tax return prepared reflect amounts for our franchised and company-owned offices.

(6) Our systemwide revenue represents the total tax preparation revenue generated by our franchised and company-owned offices. It does not represent our

revenue, but because our franchise royalties are derived from the operations of our franchisees, and because we maintain an infrastructure to support

systemwide operations, we consider growth in systemwide revenue to be an important measurement.

41

The following table presents the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of income for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2010 and 2009:

	2009								2010
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated		As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
				(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)					(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)
	(dollars in thousands, except per share, per office amounts and fees per tax return)
Consolidated Statements of Income Data:
Franchise fees	$	11,476		$	(1,420	)	$	10,056	$	11,288		$	2,078		$	13,366
Provision for refunds	(1,193		)	1,193			—		(1,656		)	1,656			—
Area developer fees	—			6,881			6,881		—			6,476			6,476
Royalties and advertising fees	33,093			14,781			47,874		41,413			16,948			58,361
Interest income	8,783			249			9,032		8,876			1,087			9,963
Net gain on sale of customer lists and other assets and other revenue	3,484			(139		)	3,345		4,549			(287		)	4,262
Total revenue	79,278			21,545			100,823		84,627			27,958			112,585
General and administrative expenses	16,551			1,200			17,751		17,871			1,280			19,151
Area developer expense	—			19,084			19,084		—			22,031			22,031
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	5,313			(507		)	4,806		7,305			(515		)	6,790
Total operating expenses	57,004			19,777			76,781		68,264			22,796			91,060
Income from operations	22,274			1,768			24,042		16,363			5,162			21,525
Income before income taxes	20,816			1,768			22,584		17,884			5,162			23,046
Income tax expense	8,737			690			9,427		6,882			1,775			8,657
Net income	12,079			1,078			13,157		11,002			3,387			14,389
Earnings per share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock
Basic	$	0.82		$	0.07		$	0.89	$	0.75		$	0.24		$	0.99
Diluted	$	0.78		$	0.07		$	0.85	$	0.73		$	0.22		$	0.95

The adjustments reflected in the tables above include:

• Adjustments to franchise fees includes the reclassification of area developer fees to a separate caption, the net impact of changing our franchise fee recognition policy to receipt of funds and the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion

• Adjustments to provision for refunds is due to the change in our franchise fee recognition policy

• Adjustments to area developer fees is the net effect of reclassifying AD fees out of franchisee fees and the impact of recognizing revenue over the life of the agreement

• Adjustments to royalties and advertising reflects the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion of royalties

• Adjustments to interest income reflect the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion of interest and the conversion to cash basis from accrual basis for interest on notes related to unrecognized revenue

• Adjustments to general and administrative expense reflects the increase in the provision for bad debts due to the elimination of the provision for refunds

• Adjustments to area developer expense reflects the change to a gross presentation for franchise fees, royalties and interest owed to area developer

• Adjustments to amortization and impairment charges are the net effect of the change in purchase price allocation for company-owned offices acquired from franchisees and the impact of a smaller balance of area developer rights due to the netting of deferred revenue upon reacquisition

• Adjustments to the provision for income taxes reflects the impact of the restatement adjustments

42

The following table presents the effect of the restatement adjustments on certain data from the consolidated balance sheets for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2011,2010 and 2009:

	2009							2010
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated		As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
			(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)				(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)
	(dollars in thousands)
Amounts due from franchisees and area developers, net of allowances	$	81,233	$	(32,329	)	$	48,904	$	86,838	$	(29,247	)	$	57,591
Property, equipment and software, net	17,426		—			17,426		13,127		—			13,127
Total assets	132,726		(23,369		)	109,357		126,886		(24,805		)	102,081
Revolving credit facility	10,002		—			10,002		—		—			—
Long-term debt, including current installments	5,205		—			5,205		4,734		—			4,734
Total stockholders' equity	69,493		(34,404		)	35,089		75,196		(31,017		)	44,179

	2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
			(Unaudited)			(Unaudited)
	(dollars in thousands)
Amounts due from franchisees and area developers, net of allowances	$	101,958	$	(33,762	)	$	68,196
Property, equipment and software, net	18,228		—			18,228
Total assets	147,793		(31,700		)	116,093
Revolving credit facility	—		—			—
Long-term debt, including current installments	4,458		—			4,458
Total stockholders' equity	84,127		(32,109		)	52,018

The adjustments reflected in the table above include:

• Adjustments to amounts due from franchisees and area developers, net of allowances, to present notes receivable net of unrecognized revenue and changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts due to changes in our franchise fee revenue recognition policy.

• Adjustments to total assets include those noted above in addition to changes in deferred income taxes to reflect the impact of the restatement adjustments and to goodwill and other intangibles, related to the revised purchase price allocation methodology for assets acquired from franchisees.

• Adjustments to stockholders' equity reflect the cumulative impact of all of the restatement adjustments.

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide additional information regarding our financial results, we have disclosed in the table above and within this annual report Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA represents net income, before income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization and certain other items specified below. We have provided a reconciliation below of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this annual report because we seek to manage our business to achieve higher levels of Adjusted EBITDA and to improve the level of Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue. In addition, it is a key basis upon which we assess the performance of our operations and management. We also use Adjusted EBITDA for business planning and the evaluation of acquisition opportunities. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons. We believe the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA enhances an overall understanding of the financial performance of and prospects for our business. Adjusted EBITDA is not a recognized financial measure under GAAP, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in our industry. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from or as an alternative to net income, operating income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

43

	Fiscal Years Ended April 30,
	2009			2010			2011			2012			2013
	As Restated(1)			As Restated(1)			As Restated(1)			As Restated(1)
	(dollars in thousands)
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income
Net income	$	13,157		$	14,389		$	14,670		$	16,383		$	17,627
Interest expense	1,769			1,947			1,954			1,854			2,039
Income tax expense	9,427			8,657			10,142			9,747			11,170
Depreciation, amortization and impairment charges	4,806			6,790			5,439			5,999			6,538
Loss on discontinued use of software	—			5,570			—			—			—
Foreign currency transaction (gain) loss	451			(1,014		)	(75		)	(4		)	—
Net gain on short-term investments	(762		)	(2,454		)	—			—			—
Costs associated with postponed IPO	—			—			—			1,348			—
Restructuring charge	—			—			—			—			425
Litigation settlement	1,557			43			(56		)	(239		)	187
Stock-based compensation expense related to conversion from equity to liability instrument	—			—			—			—			2,625
Stock-based compensation expense	1,055			1,000			1,494			1,429			1,496
Adjusted EBITDA	$	31,460		$	34,928		$	33,568		$	36,517		$	42,107

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) See "Explanatory Note Regarding Restatement" and Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 15, for a discussion of corrections reflected in these restated numbers for fiscal 2011, 2012 and 2013. Amounts for fiscal 2009 and 2010 are restated as explained elsewhere in this Item 6.

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Restatement

As previously reported, on August 1, 2013, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors determined that the previously issued consolidated financial statements contained in the 2012 Annual Report, and in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the subsequent fiscal quarters ended July 31, 2012, October 31, 2012 and January 31, 2013, should no longer be relied upon and would be restated.The Restatement determination was made following the Audit Committee's review of our internal accounting policies with respect to revenue recognition and business combination accounting, and was based on the recommendation of management, and after consultation with our independent registered public accounting firm.

Specifically, the following financial information was restated as a result of the Restatement:

• our consolidated balance sheet as of April 30, 2012 and the consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, comprehensive income and cash flows for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011; and

• our unaudited quarterly financial information for the first three quarters of fiscal 2013 and each quarter in our fiscal year ended April 30, 2012.

The Restatement involved adjustments primarily related to the following areas:

• We determined that our AD agreements do not constitute a franchise relationship for accounting purposes. Therefore, instead of recording revenue at the inception of the AD relationship under franchise accounting, we now record these fees over the life of the AD agreement, which is typically ten years. Additionally, our consolidated financial statements now show the portion of franchise fees and royalties that the AD is entitled to receive from us in our revenue captions, with an equal amount of expense shown in a new operating expense caption as area developer expense. These amounts were previously presented on a net basis.

• We changed our revenue recognition policy for franchise fees to record revenue as amounts are received from the franchisee. Previously, we generally recorded these revenues at the time of sale, net of expected note cancellations related to the amount financed. Therefore, under the new revenue recognition policy any portion of franchise fees that is financed is only reflected as revenue when the note payments are made.

44

• We also revised our methodology for the allocation of the purchase price associated with the acquisitions of businesses from franchisees. Historically, we allocated the entire purchase price to an identifiable intangible asset denominated as customer list. The new methodology allocates the purchase price to all identifiable intangible assets, which consist of reacquired rights and customer list. Any unallocated purchase price is recorded as goodwill.

In general, the Restatement had the effect of shifting revenue and profits from periods prior to 2013 to future periods, and in future periods, revenue from the sale of AD territories and most franchise territories will likewise be recognized over a greater number of years, resulting in the recognition of less current revenue related to those sales in the years in which the sales occur than would have been recognized without the Restatement.

The following items are not affected by the Restatement:

• The Restatement does impact actual cash received or the reported cash balances for any of the Restated Periods.

• The Restatement does not impact the receipt of the total reported revenue, but instead changes the time periods over which the revenue was recognized.

Management's discussion and analysis of the Company's financial condition and the results of its operations included in this Item 7 reflect the restatements, amendments and adjustments made to certain financial information and other disclosures, as applicable, as a result of the Restatement.

For more information regarding the Restatement and related matters, refer to the "Explanatory Note Regarding Restatement" and Notes 18 and 19 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report, as well as the following items of this annual report: “Item 1A-Risk Factors”, “Item 6-Selected Financial Data”, “Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 9A—Controls and Procedures”.

Overview

We are one of the leading providers of tax preparation services in the United States and Canada. As measured by both the number of returns prepared and the number of retail offices, we are the third largest and fastest growing national retail preparer of individual tax returns in the United States and the second largest retail preparer of individual tax returns in Canada. From 2001 through 2013, we have grown the number of U.S. tax returns prepared in our offices from approximately 137,000 to 1.8 million. Our tax preparation services and related tax settlement products are offered primarily through franchised locations, although we operate a limited number of company-owned offices each tax season. All of the offices are operated under the Liberty Tax Service brand.

From 2001 through 2013, we grew our number of tax offices from 508 to more than 4,500. We and our franchisees operated 4,262 offices in the United States during the 2013 tax season, an 8.7% increase over the 2012 tax season, when we operated 3,920 offices, which was itself a 9.2% increase over the number of offices operated in the 2011 tax season. Approximately 61% of our revenue for fiscal year 2013 was derived from franchise fees, area developer fees, royalties and advertising fees, and for this reason, continued growth in and seasoning of our franchise locations is viewed by management as the key to our future performance.

Our revenue primarily consists of the following components:

• Royalties:    We earn royalty revenue from our franchisees. Our franchise agreement requires franchisees to pay us a base royalty equal to 14% of the franchisee's tax preparation revenue, subject to certain specified minimums. Franchisees acquiring territories under our "zero franchise fee" alternative are required to pay us franchise royalties of 25% through their first five tax seasons, and thereafter 14% of their tax preparation revenue. Over time, as our offices continue to "season," we expect that our growth in revenue from royalties will continue to outpace our growth in revenue from franchise fees. We also expect to see steadier growth from our royalty revenue, but our franchise fee revenue may decrease if franchisees choose our "zero franchise fee" alternative.

Our reported royalties and advertising fees revenue includes the portion of royalties that is paid to us by franchisees but that is contractually due to ADs under our area developer agreements. The amount of royalties due to area developers is recorded as an expense. In fiscal 2013, the amount of royalties due to area developers was $21.5 million.

• Franchise Fees:    Our standard franchise fee per territory is $40,000 and we offer our franchisees flexible structures and financing options for franchise fees. Franchise fee revenue is recognized when our obligations to prepare the franchisee for operation are substantially complete and as cash is received. However, in 2011 we introduced a franchise fee option that forgoes the initial franchise fee payment in favor of a higher royalty rate. See "Item 1—Business—Liberty's Franchise Model." The franchise fee revenue we report includes the portion of franchise fees received by us from

45

franchisees but contractually due to area developers. The amount of franchise fees due to area developers is recorded as an expense. In fiscal 2013, the amount of franchise fees due to area developers was $3.2 million.

As described elsewhere in this annual report, we recently revised our accounting policies to change the way in which we recognize franchise fee revenue, but the effect of these changes may be to make it more difficult to discern trends in our franchise sales. We finance a portion of the franchise fee for many of the new territories that we sell, and for that reason, the franchise fee revenue that we recognize will often be spread over the typical four year term of the financing. For this reason, significant increases or reductions in franchise sales from year to year will not necessarily be fully reflected in the revenue that we receive during the year of sale, while each year, franchise revenue recognized in the earliest year in that four year cycle will be replaced by revenue recognized during the current year. We discuss our franchise sales performance for the years addressed by this annual report elsewhere in this annual report, and will highlight material sales trends that we observe even when those trends are not immediately shown in our current period financial results.

• Area Developer Fees: Our fees for AD areas vary based on our assessment of the revenue potential of each AD area, and also depend on the performance of any existing franchisees within the AD area being sold. Our ADs generally receive 50% of both the franchise fees and royalties derived from territories located in their area. Area development fees received are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the initial contract term of each Area Developer agreement with the cumulative amount of revenue recognized not to exceed the amount of cash received. See "Item 1—Business—Liberty's Franchise Model."

As with our franchise sales, we have recently revised our policies for the way in which we account for the sales of area developer territories. Because we have determined that area developer agreements are not franchise transactions for accounting purposes, we amortize our revenue from area developer sales over the length of our area developer agreements, which are typically ten years. For this reason, significant year-to-year trends in our area development sales activity are apparent from our comparative financial results only to the extent that the most recent year is so anomalous as to result in a significant variation in recognized area developer revenue. We describe our area developer sales in the periods covered by this annual report elsewhere in this report, and will identify trends in these sales even where they do not represent a material year-to-year difference for purposes of area developer revenue recognition.

We do expect new area developer sales to become a less significant source of new revenue as we continue to build out our franchise network and have less need to utilize ADs to support that effort.

• Advertising Fees:    We earn advertising fee revenue from our franchisees. Our franchise agreement requires all franchisees to pay us an advertising fee of 5% of the franchisee's tax preparation revenue, which we use primarily to fund collective advertising efforts.

• Financial Products:    We offer two types of tax settlement financial products: "refund transfer" products, such as ERCs, which involve providing a means by which a customer may receive his or her refund more quickly and conveniently, and other tax settlement products, such as ICA refund-based loans. We earn fees from the use of these financial products. During the 2013 tax season ICAs were available in our offices in 27 states, but because of regulatory considerations, the third-party lender that offers the ICAs may not be able to expand the ICA program much further. See "Item 1—Business—Tax Preparation in the Liberty System." However, we believe the negative effect of fewer refund-based loans will be offset by two factors. First, we believe that most customers who previously would have obtained loans have elected to purchase a refund transfer product, and that the continued availability of these products will enable us to experience similar tax settlement product "attachment rates" as in prior years. Second, as we continue to offer more of our financial products through our JTH Financial subsidiary, we expect to be able to realize more of the fee income associated with tax settlement products (although we will also incur greater expenses in connection with offering the products).

• Interest Income: We earn interest income from our franchisees and ADs related to both indebtedness for the unpaid portions of their franchise fees and AD territory fees, and for other loans we extend to our franchisees related to the operation of their territories. For franchise fees and AD loans upon which the underlying revenue has not been recognized, we recognize the interest income only to the extent of actual payment.

• Tax Preparation Fees:    We also earn tax preparation revenue directly from both the operation of company-owned offices and the provision of tax preparation services through our eSmartTax online product.

For purposes of this section and throughout this annual report, all references to "fiscal 2013," "fiscal 2012," and "fiscal 2011" refer to our fiscal years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. For purposes of this section and throughout this annual report, all references to "year" or "years" are the respective fiscal year or years ended April 30 unless otherwise noted

46

in this annual report, and all references to "tax season" refer to the period between January 1 and April 30 of the referenced year.

	Fiscal Years Ended and as of April 30,
	2011		2012		2013
	As Restated		As Restated
	(dollars in thousands, except net average fee per tax return prepared, systemwide revenue per office and fees per tax return)
Results of Operations:
Total revenue	$	117,936	$	131,225	$	147,613
Operating income	$	26,691	$	27,980	$	30,836
Net income	$	14,670	$	16,383	$	17,627
Other Financial and Operational Data:
Franchisees	1,941		2,098		2,211
Number of franchised offices	3,790		4,089		4,259
Number of company-owned offices	55		94		261
Tax returns processed	2,044,000		2,188,000		2,275,000
Net average fee per tax return prepared in our offices	$	174	$	173	$	180
Systemwide revenue	$	338,600	$	359,100	$	381,200
Systemwide revenue per office	$	88,062	$	85,847	$	84,336
Customers obtaining financial products	902,000		922,000		973,000

In evaluating our performance, our management focuses on several metrics that we believe are key to our continued success:

• Net growth in office locations.  Our growth in office locations from year to year is a function of the opening of new offices, offset by locations that our franchisees or we close from year to year. Changes in the number of our offices are a function of both the sale of new territories and the opening of offices in previously sold territories. In fiscal 2013, our franchisees acquired 405 new territories in the U.S. in which new offices were open for the 2013 tax season (compared to 428 such offices in fiscal 2012), and opened an additional 346 offices in U.S. territories that had been sold in prior years. We also operated 167 more company-owned offices in fiscal 2013 than in fiscal 2012, which was largely a consequence of our decision relatively late in the franchise sales season to commit to open tax kiosks in Walmart stores. We operated 155 such kiosks in Walmart stores during the 2013 tax season as company-owned offices. Our net increase in US offices of 342 reflects the fact that because of franchise terminations and other reasons, 409 offices that operated in the 2012 tax season were closed before the 2013 season. However, for the 2014 tax season, we expect to add fewer new franchisees than in prior seasons because the need to restate our financial statements prevented us from engaging in franchise sales activity for more than a month during our peak franchise sales season.

We also utilize our AD program to focus on areas with large underdeveloped groups of territories we believe would benefit from the dedicated sales attention that an AD brings to our franchise sales process. Although we intend to grow our franchise network through the sale of new AD areas, opportunities often arise to acquire underperforming AD areas or AD areas in more mature markets at favorable terms, offering us better future profitability from the associated franchise locations as a consequence of repurchasing the area rights of those ADs. Moreover, we believe that we will sell fewer ADs in future periods as we build out our franchise network and have less need for a substantial number of new ADs.

• Growth in the number of returns prepared.  We strive to provide our franchisees with the resources and training needed to grow their own revenue, and one of the principal factors in that growth is growth in the number of returns prepared. We and our franchisees prepared a total of approximately 1.8 million returns in our U.S. offices in the 2013 tax season, which was an increase of 1% from the 2012 tax season. Our new retail offices typically experience their most rapid growth during their first five years as they develop customer loyalty, operational experience and a referral base within their community. The seasoning of our U.S. offices shown in the following table highlights the relative young age and majority of our offices, with 2,471 offices of 4,262 operated during tax season 2013 having been operated for five or fewer years, including the 2013 tax season.

47

	Tax Season 2013 Office Age in Years
	1	2	3	4	5	6+	Total
United States
Franchised storefronts	402	481	351	427	350	1,706	3,717
Franchised kiosks	206	34	22	13	10	26	311
Total franchised offices	608	515	373	440	360	1,732	4,028
Company-owned storefronts	—	3	2	12	3	57	77
Company-owned kiosks	155	—	—	—	—	2	157
Total company-owned offices	155	3	2	12	3	59	234
Total U.S. offices	763	518	375	452	363	1,791	4,262
Canada	31	15	9	6	2	195	258
Total Offices	794	533	384	458	365	1,986	4,520

• Growth in systemwide revenue.  We earn most of our revenue from franchise fees, AD fees, royalties and advertising fees. Therefore, the growth in systemwide revenue, which represents total revenue of our franchised and company-owned offices is not a direct measure of our performance. However, because our royalty revenue is derived from systemwide revenue, and because our cost structure is based on maintaining resources to support a franchise system, we believe that this information is important in obtaining an understanding of our financial performance. We believe systemwide revenue information aids in understanding how we derive royalty revenue, assists readers in evaluating our performance relative to competitors, indicates the strength of our franchised brand and demonstrates increases in recurring royalty revenue.

Our systemwide revenue grew by 6.2%from fiscal 2012 to 2013, and 6.1% from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012. This increase in both years was the result of the continued seasoning of newer offices, and of the additional offices added for the more recent tax season. Additionally, we experienced a 4% increase in average net fee per return from $173 in fiscal 2012 to $180 in fiscal 2013.

• Growth in the number of tax settlement products obtained by customers in Liberty Tax offices.  As we describe elsewhere in this annual report, we and our competitors face a challenging legal and regulatory environment with respect to the types and characteristics of the financial products we can enable our franchised and company-owned offices to make available to their customers. The availability of products in our offices drives customer loyalty and word of mouth referrals, and it is important that we give customers who view our services as an alternative to the lengthy process of receiving a tax refund by mail a full range of appropriate and competitive choices.

Although we have faced and expect to continue to confront challenges in connection with tax settlement products, we do not anticipate that, absent new regulations or restrictions, additional changes will substantially affect the revenue we derive from financial products. We have observed that as RALs became more difficult to obtain, customers continued to desire other refund-based products, and tended to move from loan-based products to refund transfer products such as ERCs. For example, the total percentage of our U.S. customers obtaining a RAL, another loan-based product or an ERC remained stable at 53.9% in the 2013 tax season compared to 51.5% in the 2012 tax season, and 54.4% during the 2011 tax season, even as the percentage of customers receiving RALs decreased and then RALs ceased to exist after the 2012 tax season. Although ICA loans have been utilized by our customers that product represented only 2.3% of our U.S. customers in fiscal 2013. Furthermore, we are increasingly utilizing our subsidiary, JTH Financial, to offer tax settlement products in certain of our offices through contractual arrangements with new financial product providers. We expect to grow that business, which we expect to enable us to ameliorate some of the less favorable economic terms we receive from our traditional providers by allowing us to receive fees associated with the products offered through JTH Financial. Our use of JTH Financial does involve increased costs in the form of technology and other administrative costs, but our fee structure for tax settlement products should allow us to absorb those costs without any material adverse effect on our operating results. In the 2013 tax season, for example, the share of ERCs offered through our JTH Financial subsidiary increased to 51.2% of the total ERCs utilized by our customers, compared to 20.6% in the 2012 tax season and 3.6% in the 2011 tax season. For a discussion of the risks attendant to our financial products, see "Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulation of Our Industry."

The Company anticipates that beginning at some point in fiscal 2014, it will place its NextGen software into service, and when that occurs, it will begin to depreciate the capital expenditures in connection with that software project over the

48

ensuing five years. This expected change in depreciation expense may constitute a trend that should be understood by those reviewing our financial statements. We completed the recognition of depreciation expense for our proprietary LibTax software during fiscal 2013, but will not be recognizing any depreciation expense for our proprietary tax software until the third quarter of fiscal 2014, when the NextGen software is expected to be placed into service. Given the capital expenditures we have made in the NextGen software to date, and our anticipated expenditures to completion of the project, we believe that the depreciation expense that we will recognize beginning late in the third quarter of fiscal 2014 will materially exceed the amounts of depreciation we previously recognized in connection with the LibTax software. The amount of depreciation we will recognize in each period after the NextGen software is placed into service will depend on the final amount of capital expenditures on that project, and that amount has not yet been established.

Results of Operations

Fiscal year 2013 compared to fiscal year 2012

Revenues.    The table below sets forth the components and changes in our revenue for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012.

	Fiscal Years Ended April 30,
					Change
	2012		2013		$			%
	As Restated
	(dollars in thousands)
Franchise fees	$	7,996	$	8,721	$	725		9	%
Area developer fees	6,702		7,699		997			15	%
Royalties	53,922		56,121		2,199			4	%
Advertising fees	16,094		17,008		914			6	%
Financial products	22,903		30,345		7,442			32	%
Interest income	12,406		13,848		1,442			12	%
Tax preparation fees, net of discounts	7,026		10,148		3,122			44	%
Other	4,176		3,723		(453		)	(11	)%
Total revenues	$	131,225	$	147,613	$	16,388		12	%

Our total revenues increased by 12% in fiscal 2013 primarily due to a 32% increase in financial products revenue, a 44% increase in tax preparation fees, a 4% increase in royalties and a 12% increase in interest income.

The substantial increase in financial products revenue was driven by the continuing growth of our subsidiary, JTH Financial, and the fact that we originated 56% of our customer's tax settlement products through this subsidiary in fiscal 2013 as compared to 21% in fiscal 2012.

The increase in tax preparation fees was due to our operation of 167 additional company-owned offices in 2013, as compared to 2012, primarily in order to fulfill our obligations under our new Walmart relationship. We also experienced a 41% increase in the number of online returns prepared, due in part to our acquisition of certain assets from an online provider. The incremental tax preparation fees attributable to that acquisition represented $1.4 million of the $3.1 million increase in tax preparation fees from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013.

The 4% increase in royalties, as well as 6% increase in advertising fees, reflected the 6.2% increase in our systemwide revenue in fiscal 2013, which was attributable both to growth in the number of offices and increased productivity in the offices.

We also experienced a 12% increase in our interest income in fiscal 2013, reflecting additional lending we made to our franchisees and ADs for the acquisition of territories and areas, and to our franchisees for working capital purposes.

Operating expenses.    The following table details the amounts and changes in our operating expenses in and from fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012.

49

	Fiscal Years Ended April 30,
					Change
	2012		2013		$			%
	As Restated
	(dollars in thousands)
Employee compensation and benefits	$	29,802	$	35,373	$	5,571		19	%
Stock-based compensation expense due to conversion from equity to liability instrument	—		2,625		2,625			NM
Advertising	15,346		15,293		(53		)	—	%
General and administrative	26,878		31,212		4,334			16	%
Area developer expense	23,872		25,736		1,864			8	%
Costs associated with postponed IPO	1,348		—		(1,348		)	NM
Depreciation, amortization and impairment charges	5,999		6,538		539			9	%
Total operating expenses	$	103,245	$	116,777	$	13,532		13	%

Our total operating expenses increased by $13.5 million in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012, representing a 13% increase. A significant portion of the increase, approximately $1.9 million, may be attributed to costs associated with being a public company that were not incurred in 2012. On a more specific basis, the largest components of this increase were:

• A 19% increase in employee compensation and benefits primarily attributable to the addition of corporate personnel to support the anticipated growth in the number of offices and our becoming a public company, as well as the additional personnel hired to run 167 additional company-owned offices.

• A $2.6 million one-time charge to stock-based compensation expense because the settlement of certain stock option transactions triggered a change in the classification of the related outstanding stock options from an equity instrument to a liability instrument. 

• A 16% increase in general and administrative expenses, caused primarily by the following:

◦ A $1.7 million increase in rent and utility costs to support the increase in company-owned offices;

◦ A $1.4 million increase in computer supply and software expense largely due to the increase in our online tax return volume, causing our licensing fee for our online software to be $0.6 million higher. Additionally, our expenses for subscriptions to software as a service related to the use of electronic signatures for customer documents increased because we implemented an electronic signature initiative;

◦ A $1.3 million increase in bad debt expense based on our assessment of the appropriate level of the allowance for doubtful accounts;

◦ A $0.6 million increase in travel expense for costs primarily related to attracting new franchisees, training existing and new franchisees, and travel to support the increased number of company-owned offices; and

◦ An increase in the cost of our ERC programs of $1.3 million which is a result of the increase in the number of tax settlement products originated through JTH Financial in 2013 as compared to 2012.

These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $3.5 million because we restructured our financial products program for the 2013 tax season to eliminate a franchisee rebate on ERCs (rebate expense was recorded in fiscal 2012) and because of a difference in our contract with the non-bank lender for the ICA program. For 2013, ICA program expenses are shown as a reduction in the related revenue instead as an expense, as in fiscal 2012.

• An 8% increase in area developer expense primarily related to increases in franchise fee and royalty revenues generated in territories in AD areas.

• The non-recurrence in fiscal 2013 of the $1.3 million in one-time costs associated with the postponed IPO that occurred in fiscal 2012 offset some of the increase in operating expenses.

50

Income Taxes.    The following table sets forth certain information regarding our income taxes for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2012 and 2013.

	Fiscal Years Ended April 30,
							Change
	2012			2013			$		%
	As Restated
	(dollars in thousands)
Income before income taxes	$	26,130		$	28,797		$	2,667	10	%
Income tax expense	9,747			11,170			1,423		15	%
Effective tax rate	37.3		%	38.8		%

The increase in our income tax expense from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 relates not only to an increase in income, but also to an increase in our effective tax rate due to a decrease in allowable tax credits and an increase in our state tax rate. 

Net income.    Our net income increased by 8% in fiscal 2013, reflecting an increase in operating income of 10% coupled with a less favorable effective tax rate.

Fiscal year 2012 compared to fiscal year 2011

Revenues.    The table below sets forth the components and changes in our revenue for the years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011.

	Fiscal Years Ended April 30,
					Change
	2011		2012		$			%
	As Restated		As Restated
	(dollars in thousands)
Franchise fees	$	8,780	$	7,996	$	(784	)	(9	)%
Area developer fees	6,335		6,702		367			6	%
Royalties	50,559		53,922		3,363			7	%
Advertising fees	15,623		16,094		471			3	%
Financial products	16,507		22,903		6,396			39	%
Interest income	11,322		12,406		1,084			10	%
Tax preparation fees, net of discounts	4,789		7,026		2,237			47	%
Other	4,021		4,176		155			4	%
Total revenues	$	117,936	$	131,225	$	13,289		11	%

Our total revenues increased by 11% in fiscal 2012, primarily due to a 39% increase in financial products revenue, a 47% increase in tax preparation fees, a 7% increase in royalties and a 10% increase in interest income. The substantial increase in financial products revenue was driven by the continuing growth of our subsidiary JTH Financial, and the fact that we originated substantially more of our customer's tax settlement products through this subsidiary in fiscal 2012 than in fiscal 2011. The change also incorporates the expansion of the ICA program to seven states during the 2012 tax season. The increase in tax preparation fees was a consequence of our operation of more company-owned offices in 2012 than in 2011. The increase in royalties fees was caused primarily by continued growth in our number of offices open for the 2012 tax season and the number of returns prepared by those offices. The increase in our interest income in fiscal 2012, reflects an increase in franchisee and area developer loan balances.

Operating expenses.    The following table details the amounts and changes in our operating expenses in and from fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011.

51

	Fiscal Years Ended April 30,
					Change
	2011		2012		$		%
	As Restated		As Restated
	(dollars in thousands)
Employee compensation and benefits	$	25,162	$	29,802	$	4,640	18	%
Advertising	15,078		15,346		268		2	%
General and administrative	22,472		26,878		4,406		20	%
Area developer expense	23,094		23,872		778		3	%
Costs associated with postponed IPO	—		1,348		1,348		NM
Depreciation, amortization and impairment charges	5,439		5,999		560		10	%
Total operating expenses	$	91,245	$	103,245	$	12,000	13	%

Our total operating expenses increased by $12.0 million in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, representing a 13% increase. The largest components of this increase were:

• An 18% increase in employee compensation and benefits attributable to the addition of personnel due to an increase in company-owned offices from the prior year, additional staffing of JTH Financial, and the additional expenses associated with anticipating our becoming a public company.

• A 20% increase in general and administrative expenses, caused primarily by the following:

◦ A $1.4 million increase in professional fees related to legal and technology projects;

◦ A $2.3 million increase in costs associated with the expansion of JTH Financial; and

◦ A $0.8 million increase in rent and related costs to support an increase in company-owned offices.

• We also incurred charges of $1.3 million related to the expensing of legal, accounting and other professional costs associated with our planned IPO, which we determined to postpone in April 2012.

Income Taxes. The following table sets forth certain information regarding our income taxes for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2011 and 2012.

	Fiscal Years Ended April 30,
							Change
	2011			2012			$			%
	As Restated			As Restated
	(dollars in thousands)
Income before income taxes	$	24,812		$	26,130		$	1,318		5	%
Income tax expense	10,142			9,747			(395		)	(4	)%
Effective tax rate	40.9		%	37.3		%

The decrease in our income tax expense and our effective tax rate from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012 was primarily a result of a research credit related to our software development projects.

Net income.    Our net income increased by 12% in fiscal 2012, reflecting an increase in operating income of 5% and a more favorable effective tax rate.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview of factors affecting our liquidity

Seasonality of cash flow.    Our tax return preparation business is seasonal, and most of our revenues and cash flow are generated during the period from early February through April 30. Following each tax season, from May 1 through early February of the following year, we rely significantly on excess operating cash flow from the previous season, from cash payments made by franchisees and ADs who purchase new territories and areas prior to the next tax season and make cash payments in connection with those purchases, and on the use of our credit facility to fund our operating expenses and invest in

52

the future growth of our business. Our business has historically generated a strong operating cash flow from operations on an annual basis. We devote a significant portion of our cash resources during the off season to finance the working capital needs of our franchisees. We have also been incurring significant expenditures in the development of our NextGen project.

Credit facility.    In February 2008, JTH Tax, Inc. entered into a revolving credit facility. This revolving credit facility, which provided for maximum allowable borrowings of $125.0 million, was replaced effective April 30, 2012 with a new credit facility that consists of a $25.0 million term loan and a $105.0 million revolving credit facility with an accordian feature permitting the Company to request an increase in availability of up to $70.0 million. The term loan amortizes on a quarterly basis and matures on April 30, 2017, and the revolving loan also expires on April 30, 2017. On December 28, 2012, the Company utilized the accordion feature of the revolving loan, increasing the maximum borrowings under that portion of our credit facility by $38.4 million to $143.4 million. The outstanding borrowings on both loans accrue interest at an adjusted one month LIBOR rate plus a margin that varies from 1.50% to 2.25% (an increase of 25 basis points from our previous revolving credit facility), depending on our leverage ratio. The interest rate at April 30, 2013 was 1.95%. This indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of our assets, including the assets of our subsidiaries.

Under our credit facility, we are subject to a number of covenants that could potentially restrict how we carry out our business, or that require us to meet certain periodic tests in the form of financial covenants. The restrictions we consider to be material to our ongoing business include the following:

• We must satisfy a "leverage ratio" test that is based on our outstanding indebtedness at the end of each fiscal quarter.

• We must satisfy a "fixed charge coverage ratio" test at the end of each fiscal quarter.

• We must reduce the outstanding balance under our revolving loan to zero for a period of at least 45 consecutive days each fiscal year.

In addition, were we to experience certain types of changes in control affecting Mr. Hewitt's continuing control of us, or certain changes to the composition of our Board of Directors, we might become subject to an event of default under our credit facility, which could result in the acceleration of our obligations under that facility.

Our credit facility also contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, limitations on liens and negative pledges, limitations on investments, loans and acquisitions, limitations on mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions, limitations on sales of assets, limitations on certain restricted payments and limitations on transactions with affiliates, among others.

Franchisee lending and potential exposure to credit loss.    A substantial portion of our cash flow during the year is utilized to provide funding to our franchisees and ADs. At April 30, 2013, our total balance of loans to franchises and ADs for working capital and equipment loans, representing cash amounts we had advanced to the franchisees and ADs, was $14.7 million. In addition, at that date, our franchisees and ADs together owed us an additional $77.6 million, net of unrecognized revenue of $39.7 million for unpaid amounts owed to us, typically representing the unpaid purchase price areas comprising clusters of territories, and other amounts owed to us for royalties and other unpaid amounts for which our franchisees and ADs had outstanding payment obligations.

Our actual exposure to potential credit loss associated with franchisee loans is less than the aggregate amount of those loans because a significant portion of those loans are to franchisees located within AD areas, where our AD is ultimately entitled to a substantial portion of the franchise fee and royalty revenues represented by some of these loans. For this reason, the amount of indebtedness of franchisees to us is effectively offset in part by our related payable obligation to ADs in respect of franchise fees and royalties. As of April 30, 2013, the total indebtedness of franchisees to us where the franchisee is located in an AD area was $53.9 million, but $18.2 million of that total indebtedness represents amounts ultimately payable to ADs as their share of franchise fees and royalties.

Our franchisees make electronic return filings for their customers utilizing our facilities. Our franchise agreements allow us to obtain repayment of amounts due to us from our franchisees through an electronic fee intercept program before our franchisees receive net proceeds of the tax preparation and other fees they have charged to their customers on tax returns associated with tax settlement products. Therefore, we are able to minimize the nonpayment risk associated with amounts outstanding to franchisees by obtaining direct electronic payment in the ordinary course throughout the tax season. Our credit risk associated with amounts outstanding to ADs is also mitigated by our electronic fee intercept program, which enables us to obtain repayments of amounts that would otherwise flow through to ADs as their share of franchisee fee and royalty payments, to the extent of an AD's indebtedness to us.

The unpaid amounts owed to us from our franchisees and ADs are collateralized by the underlying franchise or area and are guaranteed by the respective franchisee or AD and the related owner(s). Accordingly, to the extent a franchisee or AD does

53

not satisfy its payment obligations to us, we may repossess the underlying franchise or area in order to resell it in the future. At April 30, 2013, we had an investment in impaired accounts and notes receivable and related interest receivable of approximately $13.0 million. We consider accounts and notes receivable to be impaired if the amounts due exceed the fair value of the underlying franchise and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts based on that excess. Amounts due include the recorded value of the accounts and notes receivable reduced by the allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due to ADs for their portion of franchisee receivables, any related deferred revenue and amounts owed to the franchisee or AD by us. In establishing the fair value of the underlying franchise, we consider net fees of open territories and the number of unopened territories. At April 30, 2013, we recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts for impaired accounts and notes receivable of $6.1 million. There were no significant concentrations of credit risk with any individual franchisee or AD as of April 30, 2013, and we believe that our allowance for doubtful accounts as of April 30, 2013 is adequate for our existing loss exposure. We closely monitor the performance of our franchisees and ADs, and will adjust our allowances as appropriate if we determine that the existing allowances are inadequate to cover estimated losses.

Restatement Costs. We currently estimate that the direct cost associated with the restatement of our financial statements will be approximately $700,000 to $850,000, and that we will incur and recognize those costs during fiscal 2014. We do not expect those costs to recur in future periods.

Dividends.    We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our capital stock. Although we may pay cash dividends in the future, the payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend, among other things, on our earnings, capital requirements and financial condition. Our ability to pay dividends will also be subject to compliance with the financial covenants that are contained in our credit facility and may be restricted by any future indebtedness that we incur or issuances of preferred stock. See "Item 5—Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities."

Sources and uses of cash

Operating activities.    In fiscal 2013, we generated $8.0 million more cash from operating activities compared to fiscal 2012. This increase was largely attributable to the following factors:

• Higher financial product fee receipts of $9.9 million in 2013 compared to 2012 primarily because we originated more tax settlement products through JTH Financial in fiscal 2013 than in fiscal 2012;

• Higher tax preparation fees of $3.1 million due to operating more company-owned offices in 2013 than in 2012 and the large increase in the number of online returns;

• The non-recurrence, in fiscal 2013, of the $1.3 million in payments related to the postponed IPO in fiscal 2012.

Some of the factors that partially offset our operating cash flows in fiscal 2013 were:

• Higher payroll related payments of $6.0 million primarily attributable to the addition of corporate personnel to support the anticipated growth in the number of offices and our becoming a public company, costs related to staffing the additional company-owned offices and increased staffing to support the additional products sold through JTH Financial.

• Higher general and administrative payments of $4.0 million as we incurred more costs to support the increase in offices and franchisees, and company-owned offices, as compared to the prior year.

In fiscal 2012, we generated $4.3 million less cash from operating activities compared to fiscal 2011. This decrease was largely attributable to the following factors:

• Higher general and administrative payments of $7.5 million because we incurred more costs to support the increase in offices and franchises as compared to the prior year;

• Higher payroll-related payments of $4.6 million attributable to the addition of personnel due to an increase in company-owned and franchise offices from the prior year, additional staffing of JTH Financial, and the additional expenses associated with anticipating our becoming a public company.

• Higher financial product rebate payments of $2.1 million because we paid 2011 rebates in 2012, but substantially all of the fiscal 2010 financial product rebates had been paid prior to the end of 2010. This change in timing related to our determination that we should delay payment until we could assess our RAL guarantee obligation to Republic Bank for the 2011 tax season, which was the first season the debt indicator had become unavailable.

• Payments made of $1.3 million for costs related to the postponement of our initial public offering.

• Higher advertising payments of $0.9 million as we increased spending to the match the increase in advertising royalties.

54

Some of the factors that improved our operating cash flows in fiscal 2012 and partially offset the factors described above were:

• Higher financial product fees of $4.7 million in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily because we offered more ERCs through JTH Financial, and ICAs were available in more offices, in fiscal 2012 than in fiscal 2011.

• Higher area developer fees of $2.4 million.

• Higher tax preparation fees of $2.2 million associated with operating more company-owned offices in 2012 than in 2011.

• Higher interest income of $1.3 million associated with an increase in amounts loaned to our franchisees for working capital needs and to purchase company-owned offices.

• Lower tax payments of $0.8 million.

Investing activities.    In fiscal 2013, we utilized $2.7 million more in cash for investing activities as compared to fiscal 2012. This increase was largely attributable to the following factors:

• An increase of $3.0 million for the purchase of equity securities in a strategic business partner.

• An increase in purchases of property and equipment of $1.6 million, primarily attributable to an increase in software development costs related to our NextGen project and the purchase of a new corporate building.

• An increase of $1.2 million in the acquisition of assets from franchisees and area developers.

The above uses of cash were offset partially by an increase of $1.9 million in the proceeds from the sale of customer lists and other assets, which was due to AD sales that occurred in 2013, but did not occur in 2012. Additionally, there was a $1.0 million equity investment in a software company that occurred in 2012 that did not recur in 2013.

In fiscal 2012, we utilized $7.0 million more in cash for investing activities as compared to fiscal 2011. This increase was largely attributable to the following factors:

• An increase of $3.2 million in purchases of property and equipment, primarily attributable to an increase in software development costs primarily related to our NextGen project.

• An increase of $1.7 million in the acquisition of assets from franchisees and area developers.

• A $1.6 million net increase in the issuance of operating loans to our franchisees (including ADs), net of payments received on operating loans.

• An equity interest acquired in a tax software development company for $1.0 million.

Financing activities.    In fiscal 2013, we generated $24.3 million less cash from financing activities compared to fiscal 2012 due to fiscal 2012 borrowings of $25.0 million of term debt on our credit facility that did not recur in 2013, and repurchasing $2.2 million more of stock from our common stockholders in 2013 as compared to 2012. These factors were offset in part by receiving $3.1 million more in proceeds in 2013 related to the exercise of stock options driven by stock option expirations and a higher stock price.

In fiscal 2012, we generated $29.9 million more cash from financing activities as compared to fiscal 2011 due to borrowing $25.0 million of term debt on our credit facility, repurchasing $8.5 million less of stock from our common and preferred stockholders in 2012 as compared to 2011, and receiving $3.1 million less in proceeds related to the exercise of stock options, reflecting a decrease in the number of stock options that expired in 2012 as compared to 2011 and the willingness of some option holders to allow their options to expire.

Future cash needs and capital requirements

Operating cash flow needs.    We believe that our new credit facility entered into on April 30, 2012 will be sufficient to support our cash flow needs for the foreseeable future.

The maximum balance of our revolving credit facility during fiscal 2013 was $119.0 million on February 7, 2013, and by April 30, 2013, we were able to repay the entire balance of our revolving credit facility. At April 30, 2013, using the leverage ratio applicable under our loan covenants at the end of each fiscal year, our maximum unused borrowing capacity was $98.6 million. Under our current credit facility, we remain subject to the same leverage ratio test, and our leverage ratio requirement at January 31, 2014 will be 4:1 as compared to the 3:1 ratio applicable as described below for the other quarters of the fiscal year.

55

Our credit facility also contains a requirement that we reduce the balance of our revolving loan to zero for a period of at least 45 consecutive days each fiscal year. However, because our term loan will remain outstanding during that 45 day period, and given our historic cash flow experience at the end and at the beginning of each fiscal year, we do not anticipate that the unavailability of our revolving loan during that 45 day period each fiscal year will adversely affect our cash flow. As of June 14, 2013, we had had a zero balance on our revolver for the required 45 days and thus have already met the requirement for fiscal 2014.

We believe several factors will affect our cash flow in future periods, including the following:

• The extent to which we extend additional financing to our franchisees and ADs, beyond the levels of prior periods.

• The extent to which we finance any tax settlement products offered by JTH Financial in the future.

• The extent and timing of our expenditures related to our NextGen project. Our NextGen project is an integral part of our determination to deliver an improved level of service to our franchisees. In addition to integrating our online and retail-based tax preparation software, we expect the NextGen project, when fully deployed, to improve the ability of our franchisees to comply with financial information protection requirements by moving most tax preparation information to a secure centralized platform, and to provide web-based support services in a way that will be both more accessible to our franchisees and their employees and less expensive for us to provide.

• The cash flow effect of selling franchises under our new program allowing franchisees to purchase additional territories without making any cash down payment.

• The offsetting impact of the higher royalty rates we receive from franchisees who elect to purchase territories under the no down payment plan.

• The extent to which we engage in stock repurchases.

• Our ability to generate fee and other income related to tax settlement products in light of regulatory pressures on us and our business partners.

• The extent to which we repurchase AD areas, which will involve the use of cash but the countervailing receipt in future periods of what would have been the AD's share of royalties and franchise fees.

• The extent, if any, to which our Board of Directors elects to declare dividends on our common stock.

Effect of our credit facility covenants on our future performance.    Our credit facility, which matures on April 30, 2017, imposes several restrictive covenants, consistent with the covenants that applied under the revolving credit facility it replaced. The credit facility contains a covenant that requires us to maintain a "leverage ratio" of not more than 4:1 at the end of each fiscal quarter ending January 31, and a ratio of not more than 3:1 at the end of each other fiscal quarter. The higher permitted leverage ratio at the end of the January 31 quarter reflects the fact that as of that date, we have typically extended significant credit to our franchisees for working capital and other needs that is not reflected in revenue that we receive from our franchisees until the period beginning in February each year. At January 31, 2013 and April 30, 2013, applying the identical requirements of our prior revolving credit facility, we had a leverage ratio of 5.12:1 and 0.66:1, respectively.

We were not in compliance with out leverage ratio requirement as of January 31, 2013 because of the unprecedented delay in the IRS commencement of the tax filing season. That delay affected both the income and debt components of our leverage ratio requirement. Our adjusted EBITDA used to compute our leverage ratio was adversely affected by reduced franchise royalties, advertising fees, tax preparation revenues and financial products revenue attributable to the fact that the tax filing season began only two days before the end of the fiscal quarter. In addition, the indebtedness portion of our leverage ratio calculation was adversely affected by increased borrowings needed in order for us to provide assistance to our franchisees, in order to help them meet their payroll and other cash flow needs at the end of January, when they would normally have begun receiving tax preparation revenue but experienced a significant delay in that source of cash flow because of the delay in the tax filing season. This short-term financing of our franchisees was recovered through repayments in February and March 2013. We obtained a waiver of this failure from our bank syndicate, and we do not anticipate the issue recurring in the future.

The accounting policy changes that have resulted in the restatement of our financial statements described elsewhere in this annual report also resulted in our inability to satisfy several credit facility covenants related to the delivery and accuracy of our financial reports. We obtained a waiver of these failures from our bank syndicate in August 2013.

Our leverage ratio at April 30, 2013 was 0.66:1, reflecting the fact that we had no balance outstanding on our revolving credit facility at that date and a $23.8 million balance under our term loan. However, using the 3:1 test, our available borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility at April 30, 2013 was $98.6 million. The leverage ratio is measured only at the end of

56

each fiscal quarter, and so there may be times at which we exceed the quarter-end leverage ratio during the quarter, which we are permitted to do provided that our leverage ratio is within the allowable ratio at quarter-end.

We continue to be obligated under our new credit facility to satisfy a fixed charge coverage ratio test which requires that ratio to be not less than 1.50:1 at the end of every fiscal quarter. At January 31, 2013 and April 30, 2013, our fixed charge coverage ratios were 1.60 and 4.58, respectively.

We were in compliance with the ratio tests described in this section as of April 30, 2013. We expect to be able to manage our cash flow and our operating activities in such a manner that we will continue to be able to satisfy our obligations under the new credit facility for the remainder of the term of that facility.

As noted above, although we are subject under our credit facility to a requirement that we reduce the balance of our revolving loan to zero for a period of at least 45 consecutive days each fiscal year, because of the addition of a term loan into our credit facility, we do not believe that requirement will affect our cash flow or future performance.

Seasonality of Operations

Given the seasonal nature of the tax return preparation business, we have historically generated and expect to continue to generate most of our revenues during the period from January 1 through April 30. For example, in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2012, we earned 26% and 34% of our revenues during our fiscal third quarter ending January 31, respectively, and earned 89% of our revenues during the combined fiscal third and fourth quarters, both 2013 and 2012. We historically operate at a loss through the first eight months of each fiscal year, during which we incur costs associated with preparing for the upcoming tax season.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

From time to time, we have been party to interest rate swap agreements that allow us to manage fluctuations in cash flow resulting from changes in the interest rate on our credit facility. These swaps effectively change the variable-rate of our credit facility into a fixed rate credit facility. Under the swaps, we receive a variable interest rate based on the one month LIBOR and pay a fixed interest rate. Our interest rate swap agreements expired in March 2013 and we had none outstanding at April 30, 2013. We may enter into interest rate swap agreements in the future if we determine that it is appropriate to hedge our interest rate risk.

We also enter into forward contracts to eliminate exposure related to foreign currency fluctuations in connection with the short-term advances we make to our Canadian subsidiary in order to fund personal income tax refund discounting for our Canadian operations. At April 30, 2013, there were no forward contracts outstanding, but we expect to enter into forward contracts in the future during the Canadian tax season.

Commitments and Contingencies

The following table sets forth certain of our contractual obligations as of April 30, 2013.

	Contractual Obligations
	Total		Less than 1 Year		1 - 3 Years		3 - 5 Years		More than 5 Years
	(dollars in thousands)
Long-term debt obligations(1)	$	29,570	$	3,954	$	6,147	$	19,469	$	—
Capital lease obligations	125		42		77		6		—
Operating lease obligations(2)	8,455		4,338		2,780		951		386
Purchase obligations(3)	7,877		6,414		1,463		—		—
Total contractual obligations	$	46,027	$	14,748	$	10,467	$	20,426	$	386

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Amounts include mandatory principal payments on long-term debt, as well as estimated interest of $597, $1,051, $364, and $— for less than 1 year,

1-3 years, 3-5 years, and more than 5 years, respectively. Interest calculated for future periods was based on the interest rate at April 30, 2013. The actual interest rate will vary based on LIBOR and our leverage ratio.

(2) We sublease most of the office spaces represented by this line item, and anticipate sublease receipts from franchisees of $2,393, $1,584, $525, and $110

for less than 1 year, 1-3 years, 3-5 years, and more than 5 years, respectively.

(3) Amounts are primarily for advertising expense and for software licenses, maintenance and development.

57

Critical Accounting Policies

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The following critical accounting policies may affect reported results.

Revenue Recognition.    We recognize franchise fees when our obligations to prepare the franchise for operation have been substantially completed and cash has been received. No franchise fee revenue is recognized related to the Company's sale of a zero franchise fee territory. Direct costs related to territories sold with no franchise fee are deferred until the related royalty revenue is recognized.

Area developer rights are granted for a term of 10 years. Area development fees are deferred until the AD has paid 20% of the fee. Once 20% of the fee has been paid, area developer fees are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the initial contract term of each area developer agreement with the cumulative amount of revenue recognized not to exceed the amount of cash received. Amounts due to ADs for their services under an area development agreement are expensed as the related franchise fees and royalty revenues are recognized.

Royalties and advertising fees are recognized currently as franchise territories generate sales. Tax return preparation fees and financial products revenue are recognized as revenue in the period the related tax return is filed or prepared for the customer. Discounts for promotional programs are recorded at the time the return is prepared and are recorded as reductions to revenues.

Interest income is recognized when cash is received for notes associated with franchise fees or area developer fees. For all other notes, interest income is recognized when earned, and is recorded net of an allowance.

Gains on sales of Company-owned offices are recognized when the purchase price is paid. Losses on sales of Company-owned offices are recognized immediately.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.    We account for derivatives and hedging activities and recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on our balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in hedging relationships, changes in fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged, or recognized in income to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flows being hedged until the hedged item affects earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when we determine that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, the cash flow hedge is de-designated because a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring, or we determine to remove the designation of the cash flow hedge. Whenever hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, we continue to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognize any subsequent changes in fair value in earnings. When it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur, we discontinue hedge accounting and recognize immediately earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income related to the hedging relationship.

Long-Lived Assets.    We review our long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. We measure recoverability by comparison of the carrying value of an asset to its estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. We recognize and measure potential impairment at the lowest level where cash flows are individually identifiable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, we recognize an impairment charge equal to the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. We determine fair value through various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals. If assets are to be disposed of, we separately present these assets in the balance sheet and report them at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less selling costs, and no longer depreciate them. When we have assets classified as held for sale, we present them separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts.    Our allowance for doubtful accounts includes our best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in our existing accounts receivable and notes receivable. Because the repayment of accounts receivable and notes receivable are dependent on the performance of the underlying franchises, at the end of each reporting period we estimate the amount of the allowance for uncollectible accounts based on a comparison of amounts due to the estimated fair value of the underlying franchise.

58

Stock Compensation Expense.   For equity classified employee stock-based compensation, the Company records costs of its employee stock-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. For the liability classified awards the company records costs based on the fair value at the reporting date. We recognize compensation costs for an award that has a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the service period for the entire length of the stock option award.

The following chart indicates the number of stock options granted during fiscal 2013, the fair value of the underlying stock as determined by the Company, and the per share total stock compensation expense that will be recognized by the Company in connection with those shares associated with the stock option grants:

Date and Year of Grant	Number of Options Granted	Average Exercise Price		Fair Value of Underlying Common Stock		Per Share Stock Compensation Expense		Aggregate Stock Compensation Expense
June 2012	332,035	$	15.00	$	15.00	$	1.80	$	595,998

In establishing the fair value of our Class A Common Stock for the period indicated above, we considered appropriate accounting literature regarding the valuation of privately-held company equity securities and determined that the values established in contemporaneous transactions provided a reasonable basis for establishing the fair value for stock compensation expense purposes. On this basis, we did not obtain any third party valuation or utilize other valuation methods.

The June 2012 grants were made prior to our becoming a public company; any grants made since we became a public company will be at the closing price of the preceding business day. For the grants made prior to becoming a public company, the $15 grant price was because we concluded that the private transaction information available to us, because of the nature of these transactions, provided a basis for establishing fair value. First, during the period from May 1, 2008 through April 30, 2012, the Company completed an aggregate of $22.3 million in negotiated stock repurchases from stockholders other than directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders, and the weighted average repurchase price in those transactions was $14.76, with no price higher than $15.00. Second, the option grants effected in calendar year 2012 were proximate in time to a very large and arms-length transaction between two of our largest stockholders that was negotiated in January and February, 2011 and closed in late February, 2011. In that transaction, Envest III acquired 266,666 shares from Edison Venture Fund IV, L.P., at a purchase price per share of $15.00. That price was negotiated at arms-length between those two stockholders, and the two stockholders are sophisticated investors and unrelated parties.

In determining fair value with respect to stock option grants prior to becoming a public company, we noted that the price at which the repurchase and third party transactions took place likewise did not vary significantly, notwithstanding our operating results and continued growth during the periods involved, and that the price at which options were granted did not vary among grant dates. We believe that the lack of variability of the price at which these transactions took place reflected stock market conditions since 2009 and the counterbalancing effects of the growth of our business, and the market volatility involving some of our primary publicly traded peers, including the bankruptcy of one of those peers that was filed in 2011 and which had been foreshadowed through public disclosure over an extended period of time. See "—Critical Accounting Estimates" for a further discussion of the factors we considered in determining the fair value of the underlying stock.

We also granted restricted stock units for the first time during fiscal 2013. The following chart indicates the number of restricted stock units granted during fiscal 2013, the fair value of the underlying stock as determined by the Company, and the per share total stock compensation expense that will be recognized by the Company in connection with the shares associated with those restricted stock unit grants:

Date and Year of Grant	Number of Restricted Stock Units Granted	Fair Value of Underlying Common Stock		Per Share Stock Compensation Expense		Aggregate Stock Compensation Expense
June 2012	9,305	$	15.00	$	15.00	$	139,575
August 2012	3,166	11.80		11.80		37,359
August 2012	3,500	11.07		11.07		38,745

Restricted stock units are valued at the closing stock price the day preceding the grant date. The stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock units is amortized on a straight-line basis, over the vesting period.

Potential effect of JOBS Act.    The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We are an "emerging growth company" and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (i.e., not publicly traded)

59

companies. We are electing the ability to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not elect to comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of those standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. In connection with the preparation of our financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time our consolidated financial statements are prepared. On a regular basis, we review the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 1, Organization and Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We believe that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We have reviewed these critical accounting estimates and related disclosures with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Description	Judgments and Uncertainties	Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
Allowance for doubtful accounts
We establish our allowance for doubtful accounts for our trade accounts receivable and notes receivable based on a comparison of the amount due to the estimated fair value of the underlying franchise. In establishing the fair value of the underlying franchise, management considers net fees of open offices and the number of unopened offices.	Our calculation of the allowance requires management to make assumptions regarding the fair value of the franchise to which the account relates.	A 10% decrease in our valuation of franchise territories at April 30, 2013 would have increased our allowance for doubtful accounts by approximately $1.1 million at that date.
Long-lived assets
Long-lived assets other than goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, which are separately tested for impairment, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.	Our calculation of the allowance requires management to make assumptions regarding the fair value of the franchise to which the account relates.	We have not made any material changes in the accounting methodology we use to assess impairment loss during the past three fiscal years.

60

Description	Judgments and Uncertainties	Effect if Actual Results Differ From Assumptions
When evaluating long-lived assets for potential impairment, we first compare the carrying value of the asset to the asset's estimated future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges). If the estimated future cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, we calculate an impairment loss. The impairment loss calculation compares the carrying value of the asset to the asset's estimated fair value, which may be based on estimated future cash flows (discounted and with interest charges). We recognize an impairment loss if the amount of the asset's carrying value exceeds the asset's estimated fair value. If we recognize an impairment loss, the adjusted carrying amount of the asset becomes its new cost basis. For a depreciable long-lived asset, the new cost basis will be depreciated (amortized) over the remaining useful life of that asset.		We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate long-lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to losses that could be material.
Stock-based compensation
Prior to becoming a public reporting company in June 2012, we based the valuation of the common stock underlying stock options granted to directors and employees on transactions in which the Company had repurchased stock, or in which we had evidence of arms-length transactions between third parties. We have used that valuation to determine the cost of our employee stock-based compensation, rather than obtaining a third party appraisal or using more traditional methods, because we concluded that the number and nature of these transactions in recent periods provided a reasonable basis for the valuation. See "--Critical Accounting Policies--Stock Compensation Expense."	Our calculation of the cost of employee stock-based compensation depends on the assumption that the exercise price provided for stock options constitutes the fair value of the awards at the grant date.	For each of fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012, and fiscal 2013 we established the fair value of our common stock at the grant date of various stock options. A $1.00 increase in the per share valuation of the stock with respect to options granted during fiscal 2013 would have increased our stock compensation expense by $40,000 and a $1.00 decrease in that valuation would have reduced our stock compensation expense by $37,000.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2011, Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This update changes the methods for presenting comprehensive income, and eliminates the method of including comprehensive income in the statement of stockholders' equity. An entity will have the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments in this ASU do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. We adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Because it only affects presentation, this guidance has not had a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This amendment provides the option of first using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If a company concludes that it is more likely than

61

not that fair value exceeds carrying value, the two-step test for impairment is not required. The amendment includes a revised list of considerations in completing the qualitative assessment. We adopted this ASU in fiscal 2013 and this guidance has had no material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Foreign exchange risk

We are subject to inherent risks attributed to operating in more than one country. Most of our revenues, expenses and borrowings are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our operations in Canada, including the advances we make to our Canadian subsidiary, are denominated in Canadian dollars, and are therefore subject to foreign currency fluctuations. For fiscal 2013, a 5% change in the exchange rate of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar would have had a $51,000 impact on our net income, and a $699,000 impact on our total assets at April 30, 2013. We use, and may continue to use in the future, derivative financial instruments, such as forward contracts, to manage foreign currency exchange rate risks. See "Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Off Balance Sheet Arrangements."

Interest rate risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our credit facility, which provides for borrowings of up to a total of $168.4 million and bears interest at variable rates. Assuming our revolving loan is fully drawn and including the full balance of our term loan, each eighth of a percentage point change in interest rates would result in a $0.2 million change in annual interest expense on our credit facility. From time to time, we have entered into hedging instruments, involving the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments, to reduce interest rate volatility. See " Item 7—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Off Balance Sheet Arrangements."

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Our financial statements are annexed to this report beginning on page F-1.

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

During the last two fiscal years and through the date of this filing, we have not had a change in our independent registered public accounting firm and have not had any disagreements with our public accounting firm on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company's reports filed under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our disclosure controls and procedures were designed to provide reasonable assurance that the controls and procedures would meet their objectives. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the designed control objectives and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the control. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective, maturing control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

As of the end of the period covered by this report, April 30, 2013, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operations of our disclosure controls and procedures. The controls evaluation was done under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

Based on that evaluation and the identification of a material weakness in the Company's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act), as described below, management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has concluded that, as of April 30, 2013, our disclosure controls and procedures were not

62

effective. As described below, management has implemented, or plans to implement, certain remediation measures to address the material weakness in the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company's management, under the supervision of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2013, we conducted an assessment using the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

In connection with management's evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting described above, management has identified the following deficiencies that constituted a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2013:

• Ineffective controls over revenue recognition, business combinations accounting and accounting for stock-based compensation awards

Management has identified control deficiencies that constitute a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, specifically regarding revenue recognition, business combinations and accounting for stock-based compensation awards. The deficiencies relate to both the design of the controls (our policies and procedures around revenue recognition, business combination accounting and share based payment accounting were not as detailed as they needed to be) and the operating effectiveness of the controls (ensuring that those executing the controls or who are otherwise involved in the revenue recognition, business combination accounting and accounting for stock-based compensation awards processes have the relevant knowledge and available time to execute the controls effectively).

The material weakness resulted in errors related to franchisee fees, area developer fees, royalties, interest income, area developer expense, amortization, gain on sale of company-owned offices, notes and interest receivable, unrecognized revenue, deferred revenue, due to area developer, retained earnings, stock compensation expense and the liability for liability classified stock-based compensation awards.

The material weakness described above, relating to revenue recognition and business combination accounting resulted in misstatements of the accounts identified above (except for stock-based compensation expense and liability classified stock-based compensation awards), and disclosures that resulted in material misstatements in our annual and interim consolidated financial statements for the affected periods. There was no misstatement of prior period financial statements relating to stock-based compensation awards. Because of this material weakness, the restatement of our previously issued consolidated financial statements previously discussed in this annual report, and the evaluation that we have performed, management has concluded that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2013.

Plan for Remediation of Material Weakness

Subsequent to April 30, 2013, as part of our efforts to improve our finance and accounting function and to remediate the material weakness that existed in our internal control over financial reporting, and our disclosure controls and procedures, as of April 30, 2013, we have developed a remediation plan (the “Remediation Plan”) pursuant to which we have implemented, or plan to implement, a number of measures. As discussed in more detail below, the Remediation Plan includes streamlining our accounting staffing, revising our revenue recognition policies and procedures, and providing additional training to personnel involved in the revenue recognition process.

The Remediation Plan consists of the following measures:

• Staffing: We will streamline the Chief Financial Officer's responsibilities by moving responsibility for our financial products business unit to a newly created executive level position. We have also reorganized the day-to-day accounting function under the leadership of a newly created controller position, reporting directly to the chief accounting officer. The controller will have responsibility for overseeing newly dedicated personnel responsible for ensuring our compliance with our revenue recognition policies.

• Policies and procedures: We consulted with external accounting experts to assist with enhancing our policies and procedures related to revenue recognition. We are currently expanding our policies surrounding revenue recognition and stock-based compensation awards and the related procedures with more detailed explanations and examples

63

specific to our business and operations. Additionally, we are enhancing our review and sign-off process for these policies.

• Training: We are expanding our accounting policy and procedures training program to include our sales and corporate support teams as well as our accounting team.

The Remediation Plan will be administered by our Director of Risk Management and will involve key leaders from across the organization, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The Director of Risk Management will report quarterly and as needed to our Audit Committee on the progress made toward completion of the Remediation Plan.

We believe the steps taken to date have improved the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; however we have not completed the corrective processes and procedures identified above.

Accordingly, as we continue to monitor the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the areas affected by the material weakness described above, we will perform additional procedures prescribed by management and employ any additional tools and resources deemed necessary to ensure that our financial statements continue to be fairly stated in all material respects.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended April 30, 2013 that materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. However, as described above under “Plan for Remediation of Material Weakness,” we have begun dedicating resources to support our efforts to improve the control environment and to remedy the control weakness described herein.

Item 9B.    Other Information.

None.

64

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this annual report:

Name	Age	Position(s)
John T. Hewitt	64	Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
Mark F. Baumgartner	51	Chief Financial Officer
T. Rufe Vanderpool	52	Chief Operating Officer
James J. Wheaton	53	General Counsel, Vice President of Legal and Governmental Affairs
Gordon D'Angelo	60	Director
John R. Garel	55	Director
Gary P. Golding	56	Director
Steven Ibbotson	51	Director
Ross N. Longfield	73	Director
Ellen M. McDowell	53	Director
George T. Robson	66	Director

Executive Officers

John T. Hewitt. Mr. Hewitt has served as our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President since October 1996. Mr. Hewitt is a pioneer in the tax preparation industry with a career in the industry spanning over 40 years. From August 1982 until June 1996, Mr. Hewitt was the Founder, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Jackson Hewitt Inc., in Virginia Beach, Virginia. From December 1969 until June 1981, Mr. Hewitt held the varying positions of Tax Preparer, Assistant District Manager, District Manager, and Regional Director with H&R Block in Buffalo and Elmira, New York and Moorestown, New Jersey. Mr. Hewitt is the brother of Ellen M. McDowell, one of our directors. In serving as Chairman of the Board of Directors as well as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hewitt is effectively able to integrate the operating and business strategies of the company, which is an invaluable asset to the Board in formulating our overall strategic direction.

Mark F. Baumgartner. Mr. Baumgartner has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2004. From August 2003 until February 2004, Mr. Baumgartner was an independent consultant to us. From May 1999 until August 2003, Mr. Baumgartner served as Chief Financial Officer for InfiNet Company in Norfolk, Virginia. From August 1991 until May 1999, Mr. Baumgartner served as Senior Vice President of Operations for First Coastal Bank in Virginia Beach, Virginia. From June 1986 until August 1991, Mr. Baumgartner worked for Price Waterhouse in Norfolk, Virginia under the varying capacities of Audit Staff, Audit Senior and Audit Manager.

T. Rufe Vanderpool. Mr. Vanderpool has served as our Chief Operating Officer since June 2011 and previously served as our Vice President of Operations from June 2006. From June 2004 to June 2006, Mr. Vanderpool served as our Vice President of Software Development. From April 1998 until May 2004, Mr. Vanderpool served as COO of Orrtax Software, Inc. in Bellevue, Washington. From June 1996 until April 1998, Mr. Vanderpool served as President and CEO of Abacus Software in Edmonton, Canada.

James J. Wheaton. Mr. Wheaton has served as our General Counsel and Vice President of Legal and Governmental Affairs since February 2011. Mr. Wheaton was previously a partner at the law firm of Troutman Sanders LLP, where he practiced at the firm's Virginia Beach, Virginia office from 2001 until joining us in February 2011, and served as the practice group leader for the firm's mergers and acquisitions group. From September 1986 until May 2001, Mr. Wheaton was associated with the law firm of Willcox & Savage, P.C. in Norfolk, Virginia, where he was a shareholder from 1991 until 2001.

65

Non-Employee Directors

Gordon D'Angelo. Mr. D'Angelo has served as a Director since June 2011. Mr. D'Angelo is the co-founder and Chairman of NEXT Financial Group and related entities, an independent registered broker/dealer that provides financial services such as retirement planning, estate planning and investment management through 550 offices in 49 states. Prior to co-founding NEXT Financial in 1998, Mr. D'Angelo was a director of Jackson Hewitt. Mr. D'Angelo brings to the Board of Directors a wealth of experience in the financial services industry drawing upon his experience from his co-founding of NEXT Financial Group in 1998 where he strengthened his leadership capabilities and management advisory expertise. Mr. D'Angelo also has experience in the tax preparation industry, in that he previously worked for H&R Block before serving as a director of Jackson Hewitt.

John R. Garel. Mr. Garel has served as a Director since May 2003. From June 2000 until the present, Mr. Garel has served as a Senior Managing Director for Envest Holdings, a private equity management company. As a Senior Managing Director of Envest Holdings, which manages two funds that are among our largest stockholders, Mr. Garel has garnered expertise in analysis of investment opportunities and evaluation of business strategies. In his tenure at Envest, Mr. Garel has overseen the deployment of capital across a variety of industries.

Gary P. Golding. Mr. Golding has been a Director since October 2000. Mr. Golding is a General Partner for Edison Partners IV, L.P., a venture capital investment partnership and has served in such position since October 1997. Mr. Golding also serves on the Board of Directors of Vocus, Inc., a provider of cloud-based PR and marketing software for public relations management. As a General Partner of Edison Partners IV, L.P., which manages one of our largest stockholders, Mr. Golding has garnered expertise in analysis of investment opportunities and brings extensive management advisory expertise to the Board through his service as a director of multiple private companies. During his tenure with Edison, Mr. Golding has overseen the deployment of investments across a variety of industries.

Steven Ibbotson. Mr. Ibbotson has served as a Director since June 1999. Mr. Ibbotson has served as General Manager for Farm Business Consultants, Inc. ("FBC") in Calgary, Alberta since September 1997. From September 1995 until September 1997, he served as a General Manager-Western Canada for FBC, Inc. also in Calgary, Alberta. From September 1993 until September 1995 he served as Director of Marketing for FBC in London, Ontario. FBC is a tax preparation and consulting firm serving farmers and small business owners across Canada. Through his service as General Manager and various other positions at FBC, Mr. Ibbotson brings many years of tax preparation industry expertise to our Board. Mr. Ibbotson has developed significant managerial expertise through his career at FBC and is familiar with many of the operational challenges in the tax preparation industry, many of which confront our company. Mr. Ibbotson also serves as the Board of Directors' representative of our largest stockholder, DataTax Business Services Limited.

Ross N. Longfield. Mr. Longfield has served as a Director since December 2001. Mr. Longfield is managing partner of Longfield Consulting, a financial services firm located in Wyoming. From November 2002 through December 2004 Mr. Longfield served as Chairman of the Board of Incurrent Solutions in Parsippany, New Jersey. From June 1998 until December 2000, Mr. Longfield served as a Managing Director for Household International in Bridgewater, New Jersey. He was Chairman and CEO of Beneficial Bank USA from 1990 to 1998, was a pioneer of the RAL concept and has many years of experience in the tax preparation industry. Mr. Longfield brings highly valuable financial and managerial expertise to the Board through his service with Incurrent Solutions, Household International and other public and private companies. Mr. Longfield is highly experienced and knowledgeable in financial analysis, financial statements and risk management which qualifies him as one of our audit committee financial experts.

Ellen M. McDowell. Ms. McDowell has served as a Director since June 2010. From January 1998 until the present, Ms. McDowell has also served as an Attorney and Managing Shareholder at McDowell-Riga-Posternock, P.C., in Maple Shade, New Jersey. Ms. McDowell is the sister of John Hewitt, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Her experience as an attorney provides an important legal perspective for our Board as it considers various operating and business strategies.

George T. Robson. Mr. Robson has served as a Director since April 1999. Mr. Robson, currently retired, served as the Chief Financial Officer for Dendrite International, a sales and software concern in Morristown, New Jersey from June 1997 until June 2002, and as interim Chief Financial Officer from June to November 2005. Mr. Robson also previously served as the principal of Caversham Associates, a financial consulting firm in Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania, from June 2002 until April 2006. Mr. Robson was the Chief Financial Officer for H&R Block from January 1996 until May 1997. Mr. Robson brings highly valuable financial expertise to the Board through his experience as the Chief Financial Officer of various companies, including service in our industry as the Chief Financial Officer of H&R Block in the mid-1990s. Mr. Robson is highly experienced and knowledgeable in financial analysis, financial statements and risk management which qualifies him as one of our audit

66

committee financial experts. Mr. Robson also possesses management advisory experience through his service as a director of several companies.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board of Directors currently has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our Board of Directors. The chart below reflects the current composition of each of the standing committees.

Name of Director	Audit		Compensation		Nominating and Corporate Governance
Gordon D'Angelo			X		X
John R. Garel	X				X	(1)
Gary P. Golding			X		X
John T. Hewitt
Steven Ibbotson			X	(1)	X
Ross N. Longfield	X				X
Ellen M. McDowell
George T. Robson	X	(1)			X

______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Chairperson of Committee

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee provides oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process, the audit of our financial statements and our internal control function. Among other matters, the Audit Committee assists the Board of Directors in oversight of the independent auditors' qualifications, independence and performance; is responsible for the engagement, retention and compensation of the independent auditors; reviews the scope of the annual audit; reviews and discusses with management and the independent auditors the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements including the disclosures in our annual and quarterly reports filed with the SEC; reviews our risk assessment and risk management processes; establishes procedures for receiving, retaining and investigating complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or audit matters; approves audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent auditor; and reviews and approves related party transactions under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. In addition, our Audit Committee oversees our internal audit function.

All members of our Audit Committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Robson and Mr. Longfield are audit committee financial experts as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and NASDAQ. All of the members of our audit committee are independent directors as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee adopts and administers the compensation policies, plans and benefit programs for our executive officers and all other members of our executive team. In addition, among other things, our Compensation Committee annually evaluates, in consultation with the Board of Directors, the performance of our Chief Executive Officer, reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executives and evaluates the performance of these executives in light of those goals and objectives. Our Compensation Committee also adopts and administers our equity compensation plans.

All of the members of our Compensation Committee are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ, and Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code").

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, making recommendations regarding corporate governance, the composition of our Board of Directors, identification, evaluation and nomination of director candidates and the structure and composition of committees of our Board of Directors. In addition, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee oversees our corporate governance guidelines, approves our Committee charters, oversees compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, reviews actual and potential conflicts of interest of our directors and officers other than related party transactions reviewed by the Audit Committee and oversees the Board self-evaluation process.

67

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is also responsible for making recommendations regarding non-employee director compensation to the full Board of Directors.

Each of the members of the Board of Directors other than our President and Chief Executive Officer, John T. Hewitt, and Ellen McDowell, who is Mr. Hewitt's sister, are members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. All of the members of our nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent under the rules and regulations of NASDAQ.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

In fiscal year 2013, non-employee directors received the option of an annual retainer of $35,000 or an equal amount of compensation in the form of restricted stock units. In addition, for those directors who serve on the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, members receive annual retainers of $10,000, $7,500 and $5,000, and the chairpersons receive annual retainers of $20,000, $10,000 and $7,500, respectively. Our committee members are also entitled to receive this cash compensation in the form of restricted stock, if they so elect. We also grant our non-employee directors stock-based compensation in the form of stock options and restricted stock units in a total annual amount of $35,000.

The table below sets forth all compensation paid to our non-employee directors for fiscal 2013. Information regarding Mr. Hewitt's compensation, our only management director, is included under "Executive Compensation."

Name	Fees Earned or Paid in Cash		Stock  Awards (1)(2)				Option Awards (3)(4)				Total
Gordon D'Angelo	$	—	$	55,659			$	—			$	55,659
John R. Garel	—		59,340				14,407				73,747
Gary P. Golding	47,500		20,595		(5	)	14,407		(5	)	82,502
Steven Ibbotson	50,000		20,595				14,407				85,002
Ross N. Longfield	50,000		20,595				14,407				85,002
Ellen M. McDowell	35,000		18,300				—				53,300
George T. Robson	60,000		20,595				14,407				95,002

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the restricted stock units (RSUs) granted to each non-employee director under the

Company's 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan, calculated in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 ("ASC Topic 718"), based on the fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors, of the Company's stock on the effective date of grant. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts for fiscal 2013 are included in Note 12 to the Company's audited financial statements for the year ended April 30, 2013.

(2) Represents RSUs granted to non-employee directors, all of which vest and become subject to settlement 18 months after the date of grant. Each RSU

represents the right to receive settlement of one share of the Company's Class A Common Stock. The aggregate amount of RSUs outstanding as of April 30, 2013 for each director was as follows: Mr. D'Angelo, 4,386 RSUs; Mr. Garel, 4,873 RSUs; Edison Venture Fund IV LLP, 1,373 RSUs (Mr. Golding is the manager of Edison Venture Fund IV LLP); Mr. Ibbotson, 1,373 RSUs, Mr. Longfield, 1,373 RSUs, Ms. McDowell, 1,220 RSUs, and Mr. Robson, 1,373 RSUs. Mr. D'Angelo and Ms. McDowell received a different number of RSUs as part of their Board equity compensation for fiscal 2013 because of the valuation of their previously-granted stock options that vested in fiscal 2013, as described in footnote 3. Messrs. D'Angelo and Garel each elected to receive additional RSUs in lieu of their cash compensation for Board and committee service. For each of the RSU awards, the grant date fair value of these awards is calculated using the closing price of the Company's common stock on the date prior to grant.

(3) Amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the options granted to each non-employee director under the company's 2011 Stock Option

Plan calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718, based on the fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company's stock on the date of grant. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts for fiscal 2013 are included in Note 12 to the Company's audited financial statements for the year ended April 30, 2013. Mr. D'Angelo and Ms. McDowell each received multi-year stock option grants in prior fiscal years, and so although they did not receive new stock option grants during fiscal 2013, the value imputed to their options that vested during fiscal 2013, based on the Company's compensation expense related to those options, was utilized in determining the number of RSUs to be granted to each of them.

(4) The aggregate number of option awards outstanding as of April 30, 2013 for each director was as follows: Mr. D'Angelo, 30,000 options; Mr. Garel,

8,627 options; Envest II, LLC, 16,500 options; Envest III, LLC, 53,500 options (Mr. Garel is the manager of both Envest II, LLC and Envest III, LLC); Mr. Ibbotson, 38,627 options, Mr. Longfield, 48,627 options, Ms. McDowell, 30,000 options, and Mr. Robson, 48,627 options.

(5) RSUs and options issued to Edison Venture Fund, IV, L.P.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of our common stock, to file with the SEC reports detailing their ownership of our common stock and changes in such ownership. Officers, directors and greater than 10% shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To the best of our knowledge, all required reports were filed on time and all transactions by our directors and executive officers were reported on time, except that, due to an administrative error by the Company, Messrs. Ibbotson and Robson each filed a late report for two separate transactions each. Those transactions related solely to the cashless exercise of stock options.

68

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer and others performing similar functions. A copy of our Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.libertytax.com. We intend to provide information on our website regarding amendments to, or waivers under the Code of Conduct.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The compensation provided to our "named executive officers" for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013 ("fiscal 2013") is set forth in detail in the Summary Compensation Table for fiscal 2013 and other tables and the accompanying footnotes that follow this section. This section explains our executive compensation philosophy, objectives and design, our compensation-setting process, our executive compensation program components and the decisions made in fiscal 2013 for each of our named executive officers.

Our named executive officers for fiscal 2013 consisted of the following individuals:

John T. Hewitt, who currently serves as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer;

Mark F. Baumgartner, who currently serves as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

T. Rufe Vanderpool, who currently serves as our Chief Operating Officer; and

James J. Wheaton, who currently serves as our General Counsel and Vice President, Legal and

Governmental Affairs.

Compensation overview and objectives

We strive to establish compensation practices that attract, retain and reward our senior management, and strengthen the mutuality of interests between our senior management and our stockholders. We believe that the most effective executive compensation program is one that is conservative, but competitive, and that aligns the compensation of our senior management with the creation of stockholder value. Under the oversight of the Compensation Committee, we have developed and implemented a pay-for-performance executive compensation program that rewards senior management for the achievement of certain financial performance objectives. We achieve the philosophies of pay-for-performance and alignment of senior management compensation with stockholder value creation primarily by providing a substantial portion of each executive's total annual compensation through annual performance bonuses and grants of long-term equity compensation. In the past several years, the Compensation Committee tied the level of bonus payments under our bonus plan to the achievement of certain company-wide financial performance objectives and individual goals other than for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, whose bonus payments were solely tied to company-wide financial performance objectives. For fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee tied the level of bonus payments for each of the named executive officers solely to company-wide financial performance objectives.

Determination of compensation

Our Compensation Committee is responsible for determining our compensation and benefit plans generally, and has established and reviewed all compensatory plans and arrangements with respect to our named executive officers. The Compensation Committee meets not less than four times annually to specifically review and determine adjustments, if any, to all elements of compensation, including base salary, annual bonus compensation and long-term equity awards. The Compensation Committee annually evaluates the achievement of performance goals for the prior fiscal year and sets new performance goals for the current fiscal year. The Compensation Committee also meets additionally as needed to discuss compensation-related matters as they arise during the year.

In addition, with respect to the compensation of our named executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, the Compensation Committee seeks the input and recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer reviews each other named executive officer's overall performance and contribution to the Company at the end of each fiscal year and makes recommendations regarding each element of their compensation to the Compensation Committee. Our Chief Executive Officer's compensation is determined solely by the Compensation Committee. Our Chief Executive Officer does not participate in any formal discussion with the Compensation Committee regarding his compensation.

The Compensation Committee does not generally rely on formulaic guidelines for determining the mix or levels of cash and equity-based compensation, but rather maintains a flexible compensation program that allows it to adapt components and levels of compensation to motivate and reward individual executives within the context of our desire to attain certain strategic and financial goals. Subjective factors considered in compensation determinations include an executive's skills and capabilities,

69

contributions as a member of the executive management team, contributions to our overall performance and the sufficiency of total compensation potential and structure to ensure the retention of an executive when considering the compensation potential that may be available elsewhere.

Except as described in the following paragraph, the Compensation Committee has generally not undertaken any formal benchmarking or reviewed any surveys commissioned by us of compensation for our competitors, but has instead relied primarily on our members' general knowledge of the competitive market. However, the Board of Directors did review salaries at similar companies for similarly-situated executives in fiscal 2011 when determining the base salary level for Mr. Wheaton, our General Counsel and Vice President, Legal and Governmental Affairs, who joined the company in February 2011.

In 2011, we engaged a compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners ("Pearl Meyer"), to conduct an overall assessment of our compensation programs and practices and to make recommendations regarding changes to our programs and practices as we transition to being a public company. Based upon the market analysis and recommendations of Pearl Meyer, among other factors, our Compensation Committee approved certain increases in the compensation of our named executive officers, effective June 1, 2012.

Components of compensation for fiscal 2013

For fiscal 2013, the compensation provided to our named executive officers consisted of base salary, annual bonus, long-term equity-based compensation, retirement benefits and other benefits, each of which is described in more detail below. We believe that the mix of cash- and equity-based compensation, as well as the relationship of fixed to performance-based compensation, is properly balanced and provides us with an effective means to attract, motivate and retain our named executive officers, as well as reward them for creation of stockholder value.

Base Salary

The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive's skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salary amounts are established at the time of each named executive officer's initial employment with the Company, but are subject to upward adjustment by the Compensation Committee after its consideration of, among other factors, the scope of the executive's responsibilities, individual performance for the prior year, the mix of fixed compensation to overall compensation and consistency with what the Compensation Committee considers to be the market standard for compensation paid to similarly-situated executives at other companies.

In fiscal 2013, the Compensation Committee established a company-wide guideline that provided for an average salary increase to all employees of approximately 4% of their fiscal 2012 salary, with the actual amount of any employee's raise determined based on fiscal 2012 performance. However, with respect to each of the named executive officers, each officer's salary was established taking into account prior contractual obligations to Mr. Wheaton and the decision of the Compensation Committee to address the recommendations of Pearl Meyer in conjunction with the transition of the Company to a public company in June 2012. Mr. Wheaton's raise therefore included a contractual $50,000 increase required by his employment agreement upon the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, plus the typical 4% increase made available to other employees. The salaries of each of Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool were increased in amounts greater than the 4% made available to all employees based on the Pearl Meyer analysis, the Compensation Committee's assessment of their responsibilities as executive officers of a public company, and in Mr. Hewitt's case, in order to account for a substantial reduction in Mr. Hewitt's bonus eligibility for fiscal 2013 as part of a decision to alter the percentage mix of his salary and bonus compensation.

Based on these considerations, effective June 1, 2013, the base salaries of Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner, Vanderpool and Wheaton were increased to $469,000, $331,760, $267,280 and $344,240, respectively.

Annual Bonuses

We have an annual performance bonus plan (a short-term cash incentive bonus plan with annual financial, and in some cases, individual performance goals), through which we provide for cash bonus awards to certain of our senior employees, including all of our named executive officers. Annual bonuses, which are generally paid during June for the prior fiscal year's performance, are intended to compensate executives for achieving annual company-wide financial goals and, in some instances, individual performance goals. Under our bonus plan, our Compensation Committee establishes a target bonus amount (expressed as a percentage of base salary) for each of our executives that would become payable upon the achievement of our corporate performance metrics. Target bonus amounts for fiscal 2012 were 140% of base salary for Mr. Hewitt, 75% of base salary for Mr. Baumgartner, 60% of base salary for Mr. Vanderpool and 30% of base salary for Mr. Wheaton, with actual bonuses being based upon the achievement of the applicable performance objectives. In conjunction with the Company's transition to a public company, the Compensation Committee determined that although Mr. Hewitt's salary should be increased as described above, his target bonus amount should be reduced so that the bonus would not exceed his base salary to better align his compensation mix with what the Compensation Committee believed was market for public companies and to reflect data presented in the Pearl Meyer report. For that reason, target bonus amounts for fiscal 2013 (100% of base salary for Mr.

70

Hewitt, 75% of base salary for Mr. Baumgartner, 60% of base salary for Mr. Vanderpool and 30% of base salary for Mr. Wheaton) were established by the Compensation Committee in June 2012, with actual bonuses to be based upon achievement of the applicable performance objectives. No bonuses were to be earned under the bonus plan unless we achieved 85% of the target for the company-wide performance metrics described below. Our Compensation Committee also had the discretion to award an additional bonus to the extent that the Company exceeded the target performance metrics.

The target bonus amounts for Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner, Vanderpool and Wheaton are determined by our Compensation Committee based on consideration of our overall compensation program and market standards for compensation paid to similarly-situated executives at other companies based on their general knowledge of the competitive market. For fiscal 2013, eligibility for annual bonuses to each of Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner, Vanderpool and Wheaton was based entirely upon achievement of company-wide performance goals relating to our revenue and net income. The performance goals for each of our named executive officers used in 2013 in determining the target bonus as a percentage of the officer's base salary are set forth below:

Name	Revenue		Net Income		Total Target Bonus as Percentage of Base Salary
John T. Hewitt	50	%	50	%	100	%
Mark F. Baumgartner	37.5	%	37.5	%	75	%
T. Rufe Vanderpool	30	%	30	%	60	%
James J. Wheaton	15	%	15	%	30	%

For fiscal 2013, our target revenue goal as established in June 2012 was approximately $129.9 million and our target net income goal as established in June 2012 was $20.5 million (before typical adjustments for nonrecurring items). The Compensation Committee believed that these goals were ambitious but achievable. Accordingly, no bonuses were to be earned under the bonus plan for 2013 unless the following threshold amounts were achieved: (i) our revenue was at least $110.4 million, or (ii) our net income was at least $17.4 million (85% of target goals). Under the bonus plan, once the threshold amounts were achieved, payments were to be made in an amount equal to 25% of the total revenue or net income percentage for each additional 5% of the target achieved up to 100% of the target as illustrated in the table below:

Percentage of Target Achieved	Payout
85%	25	%
90%	50	%
95%	75	%
100%	100	%	(1)

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) The Compensation Committee had the discretion to award an additional bonus to the extent we exceeded the target performance metrics.

For example, if we achieved 85% of the revenue target, an officer with a 50% revenue component would receive 12.5% of the revenue bonus component (25% of 50%).

In May 2013, as had been its practice in prior years, the Compensation Committee evaluated the extent to which the named executive officers would be eligible for bonuses with respect to the Company's fiscal 2013 performance, based on the Company's unaudited financial statements available to the Compensation Committee at that time. That analysis indicated that the Company had achieved performance on the revenue and net income targets described above that would provide for each of the named executive officers to receive bonuses in the amount of 75% of their respective targeted payout amounts (i.e. results were 95% of the targeted amount). However, taking into account other metrics not included in the bonus formula, including the Company's relatively low growth in both systemwide revenue during fiscal 2013 and in total customer returns filed, the Compensation Committee considered a recommendation of Mr. Hewitt that the bonus payout for named executive officers be limited to 40% of each officer's targeted payout amount. This reduction to a 40% threshold was also consistent with the manner in which the Company paid incentive-based bonuses to other bonus-eligible employees. On this basis, the Compensation Committee approved the downward departure from the bonus formula to a 40% aggregate payout. On this basis, Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner, Vanderpool and Wheaton received bonus payouts in June 2013 of $187,600, $95,846, $61,680 and $39,698 respectively.

71

The following table shows the calculation of the actual bonus payouts for fiscal 2013 for our named executive officers based on the performance achieved:

	Bonus Eligibility as a Percentage of Base Salary						Actual Bonus Amount as a Percentage of Base Salary		Actual Bonus Amount
Name	Revenue		Net Income		Total
John T. Hewitt	37.5	%	37.5	%	75	%	40	%	$	187,600
Mark F. Baumgartner	28.1	%	28.1	%	56.2	%	30	%	95,846
T. Rufe Vanderpool	22.5	%	22.5	%	45	%	24	%	61,680
James J. Wheaton	11.25	%	11.25	%	22.5	%	12	%	39,698

In August 2013, subsequent to the Compensation Committee's determination of bonus payouts, the Company's Audit Committee determined that based on an analysis conducted after the Company had engaged in discussion of comments received from the Staff, the Company's prior financial statements should no longer be relied upon. This determination had the effect of delaying the preparation of the Company's audited financial statements for fiscal 2013. The Compensation Committee has now reviewed the fiscal 2013 audited financial statements, and the restated financial statements for prior years in which the named executive officers received bonuses. The Compensation Committee has given due consideration to whether the bonuses awarded in May 2013 for fiscal 2013, and for prior years, should be adjusted to reflect the Company's financial performance in each of those fiscal years, based on the changes in accounting contained in both the fiscal 2013 financial statements and in the restated financial statements for prior years. After carefully considering all of the issues involved, the Compensation Committee has determined that additional adjustment of the fiscal 2013 bonuses paid in June 2013, and the potential recoupment or "clawback" of prior year bonuses, would not be appropriate. The reasons for this determination include the following:

• Each revenue and net income target utilized for the purpose of the fiscal 2013 bonuses and for bonuses awarded in prior fiscal years was established by the Compensation Committee based on the Company's then-current revenue recognition practices. For this reason, it would be inappropriate for the Compensation Committee to recalculate fiscal 2013 bonus amounts or bonus amounts awarded in prior fiscal years, because of changes in the results in any of those fiscal years attributable to accounting changes, without also adjusting the revenue and net income targets utilized in each of those fiscal years to reflect the accounting changes.

• The fact that the primary adjustments contained in the fiscal 2013 financial statements and prior financial statements relate to timing differences in the recognition of revenue, rather than a fundamental change in franchise and area developer sales themselves. For this reason, the changes in revenue and net income in any particular prior fiscal year do not reflect adversely on the relative success of the Company in achieving its growth goals during those years, but merely a shift in timing of revenue recognition.

• The Compensation Committee took into account the expected changes to revenue and net income in establishing revised criteria for fiscal 2014 bonuses, in order to adjust for revenue changes that are solely attributable to the changes in accounting practices.

• The revenue targets used in fiscal 2013 and prior years did not include the gross-up of revenues to include the area developer's share of franchisee fees and royalties, so using the pre-existing revenue targets would actually increase the bonus payment in all years in which the maximum revenue target had not been achieved.

• Taking into account the changes in accounting practices and their effect on the audited fiscal 2013 financial statements, as compared to the unaudited draft financial statements utilized in May for the purposes of determining fiscal 2013 bonuses, the Compensation Committee determined that because of the reduction in the bonus payout to 40% described above, each of the executive officers would have been eligible for a bonus of at least the amount actually awarded even taking into account the difference in the Company's results reflected in the final audited financial statements.

• The restatement of financial results was based on an interpretation of accounting requirements related to revenue recognition and did not involve any misconduct. Therefore, the clawback provision contained in section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act is not applicable to either of Messrs. Hewitt or Baumgartner as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

At its meeting on May 31, 2013, the Compensation Committee had also established the formula and targets for determining bonuses payable in fiscal 2015 based on fiscal 2014 performance. Those targets have now been adjusted by the Compensation Committee to fully reflect the accounting changes, and actually had the effect of increasing both the revenue and

72

net income targets upon which the bonuses will be determined next year from those originally established in May 2013. In addition, the Compensation Committee determined that it would be appropriate for the bonus formula in fiscal 2014 to include a new component that will target the Company's systemwide revenue, a non-GAAP measure that reflects the growth in revenue of the Company's franchisee base, and that serves as a proxy for the Company's success in making its franchisees more successful. With the addition of this component, the components for each of our named executive officers to be used in fiscal 2014 in determining the target bonus as a percentage of the officer's base salary are set forth in the table below.

Name	Revenue			Net Income			Systemwide Revenue			Total Target Bonus as Percentage of Base Salary
John T. Hewitt		30	%		30	%		40	%		100	%
Mark F. Baumgartner		22.5	%		22.5	%		30	%		75	%
T. Rufe Vanderpool		18	%		18	%		24	%		60	%
James J. Wheaton		15	%		15	%		20	%		50	%

Long term equity compensation

1998 Stock Option Plan

Originally effective as of May 1, 1998, and as subsequently extended effective May 1, 2008, our 1998 Stock Option Plan, or the 1998 Plan, is designed to assist in attracting, retaining and motivating employees, non-employee directors and other independent contractors of outstanding ability and to promote the identification of their interests with those of the stockholders of the company.

Our Board of Directors administers the 1998 Plan and is authorized to, among other things, designate participants, grant options, determine the terms and conditions relating to options, including vesting, prescribe option agreements, interpret the stock option plan and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 1998 Plan.

The Board of Directors has the ability to amend or terminate the 1998 Plan at any time, provided that no amendment or termination will be made without stockholder approval to increase the aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the plan (except in the case of certain corporate transactions as described above), to modify eligibility under the plan or to increase materially the benefits accruing to participants under the plan. The Board of Directors may also suspend or terminate the 1998 Plan at any time, provided such termination does not adversely affect the rights of any option holders. Unless sooner terminated, the 1998 Plan will terminate on April 30, 2018.

With the adoption in August 2011of the 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan described below, no further options are expected to be granted under the 1998 Plan.

In determining the actual number of options awarded to our named executive officers, the Board of Directors considered our past grant practices and determined awards that were consistent with our overall compensation objectives. Those objectives include providing a substantial portion of named executive officer compensation in the form of long-term equity-based compensation and aligning our named executive officers' interests with those of our stockholders. Historically, the Board of Directors determined the actual number of options to be awarded to our named executive officers during a given fiscal year by assessing targeted long-term ownership levels and the relative percentage of total equity outstanding that each option grant represents.

Our 1998 Plan provides that the Board of Directors may determine the vesting schedule of options granted. Multi-year options granted to our senior officers, including our named executive officers, generally vest over multiple years, with a portion vesting in each year over the vesting period; each tranche expires five years from the date of vesting. The stock options granted under the 1998 Plan do not provide for accelerated vesting in the event of a termination or change of control. In the case of Mr. Wheaton, his options vest as to 40,000 shares each year on the last day of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ended April 30, 2011, but vest fully and become exercisable as to all options under the grant upon the termination of Mr. Wheaton's employment by him for "good reason" as defined in his employment agreement. We believe that granting options subject to the vesting schedules described above provides us with an effective mechanism to incentivize and to retain our named executive officers and to align their interest with the long-term interests of our stockholders.

2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan

On August 26, 2011, in consideration of the benefits of long-term equity incentive awards and upon the recommendation of our Compensation Committee, our Board of Directors adopted the JTH Holding, Inc. 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (referred to as the "2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan" or the "2011 Plan"). The 2011 Plan was subsequently approved by our stockholders on August 30, 2011. The Plan provides us with the ability to utilize different types of equity incentive awards (compared to only the stock options available under the 1998 Plan) as a part of our overall compensation structure.

73

Key features of the 2011 Plan include:

• All stock options, stock appreciation rights and other purchase rights must have an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the grant date.

• The maximum number of shares of our Class A Common Stock available under the 2011 Plan is 1,826,994 (as of September 26, 2013, including shares that had been previously available under the 1998 Plan). The maximum number of shares of our Class A Common Stock that may be issued under the 2011 Plan may be issued under any type of award, including incentive stock options.

• The 2011 Plan does not include any reload or "evergreen" share replenishment features.

• Without stockholder approval, we may not reprice awards or repurchase awards that are subject to forfeiture or have not yet vested.

• Any material amendments to the 2011 Plan require stockholder approval.

• The 2011 Plan is administered by our Compensation Committee.

• No dividends or Dividend Equivalents may be granted in connection with options, SARs or other Stock-Based Awards in the nature of purchase rights (as defined below). No dividends or Dividend Equivalents may be paid in connection with a performance-based award unless and until the underlying performance conditions are achieved, and any such dividends or dividend equivalents will accumulate (without interest) and become payable only at the time and to the extent the applicable award becomes payable or nonforfeitable.

In fiscal 2013, no equity awards were granted to our named executive officers, because each of them had previously received multi-year option grants that already included options vesting during fiscal 2013.

Retirement Benefits

In fiscal 2013, each of our named executive officers had the opportunity to participate in our 401(k) plan on the same basis as our other employees. We believe that the 401(k) plan provides an enhanced opportunity for our named executive officers to plan for and meet their retirement savings needs. This plan is a tax-qualified retirement plan designed to meet the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Under the 401(k) plan, participants may elect to make pre-tax savings deferrals of up to 86% of their compensation each calendar year, subject to annual limits on such deferrals (e.g., $17,000 in the 2012 calendar year and $17,500 in the 2013 calendar year) imposed by the Code. Participants who attain age 50 also may elect to make certain catch-up contributions, subject to a separate annual limit on such contributions ($5,500 in both the 2012 and 2013 calendar years) imposed by the Code.

We may in our discretion, on an annual basis, make a matching contribution with respect to a participant's elective deferrals and/or may make additional Company contributions. Historically, we have matched 50% of the amount contributed by a participant, up to 3% of the participant's compensation subject to applicable limits pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code. Each of our named executive officers participated in our 401(k) plan during fiscal 2013 and received matching contributions.

Perquisites and Other Benefits

In fiscal 2013, our named executive officers were eligible to receive the same benefits, including life and health benefits, which were available to all employees.

Section 162(m) and the Material Terms of the Performance Goals

The Compensation Committee may consider Section 162(m) of the Code when setting performance goals for our named executive officers. Section 162(m) of the Code generally sets a limit of $1 million on the amount of compensation that we may deduct for federal income tax purposes in any given year with respect to the compensation of each of our named executive officers. However, certain "performance-based" compensation that complies with the requirements of Section 162(m) is not included in the calculation of the $1 million cap. The Compensation Committee may consider Section 162(m)'s conditions for deductibility when structuring compensation arrangements for our executive officers, including our named executive officers. However, we believe that the Compensation Committee needs flexibility to pursue its incentive and retention objectives, even if this means that we may not be able to deduct a portion of executive compensation.

Employment/Severance, Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreements

Effective June 1, 2012, we entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool, and an amended employment agreement with Mr. Wheaton, pursuant to which they will be entitled to severance benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of their respective employment. The following descriptions are summaries of these agreements and are qualified by reference to the full text of the employment agreements which are filed as exhibits to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2012.

74

Employment Agreements

As indicated above, effective June 1, 2012, we entered into employment agreements with each of the named executive officers, the material terms of which are described below.

2012 Employment Agreements. Effective June 1, 2012, we entered into employment agreements with each of Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool. The employment agreements each provide for an initial term expiring April 30, 2014. The agreements are automatically renewed for successive one-year terms, unless the Company or the named executive officer gives the other written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the term.

Under the new agreements, the base salaries of Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool were increased to $469,000, $319,000 and $257,000, respectively, and those individuals will continue to be eligible to participate in the Company's annual cash bonus plan.

Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool are entitled to employee benefits generally available to all employees. They are also provided with a PDA device.

As discussed below under "-Potential Payments on Change of Control," the employment agreements provide for severance benefits to be paid to Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool upon certain qualifying terminations of their respective employment.

The employment agreements contain customary confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.

James J. Wheaton. Effective June 1, 2012, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Wheaton that conforms certain terms of his prior employment agreement to the terms of the new form of agreement utilized for Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool. The material changes that were included in the amended and restated employment agreement are discussed below under "-Potential Payments on Change of Control." The other material terms and conditions of the new agreement remain consistent with his original agreement, which was entered into effective February 7, 2011.

The agreement provides for an initial two-year term that began February 7, 2011. The agreement automatically renews for successive one-year terms, unless either party gives the other written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days prior to the expiration of the term.

Mr. Wheaton's employment entitles him to employee benefits generally available to all employees. He is also provided with a PDA device. Mr. Wheaton's employment agreement also provides that the company will pay or reimburse him for any required licenses or bar expenses related to his status as an attorney admitted to the Virginia State Bar, and for other expenses related to his bar leadership positions.

As discussed below under "-Potential Payments on Change of Control," Mr. Wheaton's agreement provides for severance benefits to be paid to him upon certain qualifying terminations.

Mr. Wheaton's employment agreement contains customary confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation provisions.

Compensation Risk Assessment

As part of its oversight of our executive compensation program, the Compensation Committee considers the impact of our executive compensation program, and the incentives created by the compensation awards that it administers, on our risk profile. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews all of our compensation policies and procedures, including the incentives that they create and factors that may increase the likelihood of excessive risk taking, to determine whether they present a significant risk to us. The Compensation Committee believes that our compensation programs are designed with the appropriate balance of risk and reward in relation to our overall business strategy and that the various components of our overall compensation program, taken as a whole, do not encourage excessive risk taking. This conclusion is based on, among other factors, the level of base salaries paid by us, the balance of short-term and long-term incentive compensation, and the establishment of goals and thresholds in compensation plans and awards that are believed to be aggressive, but achievable. The Compensation Committee believes that the risks arising from our employee compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

75

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes information concerning the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid for services rendered in all capacities by our named executive officers during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The compensation described in this table does not include medical, group life insurance or other benefits that are available generally to all of our salaried employees.

Name and Principal Position	Fiscal Year Ended April 30,		Salary				Bonus			Option Awards(1)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation (2)		All Other Compensation (3)		Total
John T. Hewitt, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer		2013	$	447,025			$	—		$	—	$	187,600	$	5,835	$	640,460
		2012	299,619				—			—		316,045		4,127		619,791
		2011	287,790				—			712,500		303,849		7,636		1,311,775
Mark F. Baumgartner, Chief Financial Officer		2013	308,826				—			—		95,846		4,848		409,520
		2012	237,738				—			—		135,675		5,184		378,597
		2011	204,277				—			—		118,800		8,961		332,038
T. Rufe Vanderpool, Chief Operating Officer		2013	250,854				—			—		61,680		7,251		319,785
		2012	204,185				—			260,100		94,500		5,750		564,535
		2011	161,856				—			99,900		61,845		—		323,601
James J. Wheaton, General Counsel, Vice President of Legal and Governmental Affairs		2013	323,075				—			—		39,698		7,041		369,814
		2012	269,200				—			—		60,840		7,476		337,516
		2011	50,000		(4	)	90,000		(5)	606,000		—		—		746,000

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Amounts in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the options granted to each named executive officer under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan, calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718, based on the fair market value, as determined by the Board of Directors, of the Company's stock on the date of grant. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 12 to the Company's audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013, included in our 2013 Annual Report.

(2) Amounts in this column were paid under the Company's annual cash bonus plans for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 performance, respectively.

(3) These amounts reflect the Company's matching contribution under the Company's 401(k) plan.

(4) Mr. Wheaton was employed by the Company beginning February 7, 2011. Mr. Wheaton's initial base salary was $260,000, subject to increase in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement.

(5) This amount reflects a $40,000 signing bonus received by Mr. Wheaton upon the commencement of his employment with the Company and a $50,000 minimum guaranteed bonus under the Company's 2011 annual cash bonus plan.

Grants of Plan Based Awards

The following table sets forth information regarding grants of plan based awards to each of the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013.

		Estimated Future Payouts under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards							All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options	Exercise Price of Option Awards ($/Share)		Grant Date Fair Value of Option Awards
Name	Grant Date
		Threshold(1)				Target	Maximum(2)
John T. Hewitt		$	—	$	469,000		$	—	—	$	—	$	—
Mark F. Baumgartner		—		239,250			—		—	—		—
T. Rufe Vanderpool		—		154,200			—		—	—		—
James J. Wheaton		—		99,300			—		—	—		—

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) No bonuses were to be earned under the 2013 annual bonus plan unless (i) our revenue was at least $110.4 million, or (ii) our net income was at least

$17.4 million, before typical adjustments for nonrecurring items. These numbers were determined prior to the accounting policy changes reflected in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) The Compensation Committee has the discretion to award an additional bonus to the extent we exceed the target performance metrics.

76

Outstanding Option Awards at Year End

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers at April 30, 2013. All grants noted below were made under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan.

	Grant Date		Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#)			Option Exercise Price		Option Expiration Date
Name			Exercisable		Unexercisable
John T. Hewitt		6/16/2008		6,060	—	$	16.50	6/16/2013
		6/16/2008		43,940	—	15.00		6/16/2013
		5/29/2009		6,060	—	16.50		5/29/2014
		5/29/2009		68,940	—	15.00		5/29/2014
		6/4/2010		24,240	—	16.50			(1)
		6/4/2010		275,760	—	15.00			(1)
Mark F. Baumgartner		6/16/2008		200,000	—	15.00			(2)
T. Rufe Vanderpool		6/16/2008		8,000	—	15.00		6/16/2013
		5/29/2009		10,000	—	15.00		5/29/2014
		6/4/2010		40,000	—	15.00			(1)
		6/3/2011		60,000	30,000	15.00			(3)
James J. Wheaton		2/7/2011		120,000	80,000	15.00			(4)

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Options vest in equal annual installments in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 with the expiration date for such options being five years after the date that they vest (June 4, 2015, April 15, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively).

(2) Options vest in equal annual installments in 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 with the expiration date for such options being five years after the date that they vest (April 15, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, respectively).

(3) Options vest in equal annual installments in 2012, 2013 and 2014 with the expiration date for such options being five years after the date that they vest (April 15, 2017, 2018 and 2019, respectively).

(4) Options vest in equal annual installments in 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015 with the expiration date for such options being five years after the date that they vest (April 15, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively).

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information regarding exercised stock options during the year ended April 30, 2013 for each of the named executive officers. We have not granted any other type of stock-based awards.

	Option Awards
Name	Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (1)		Value Realized on Exercise (2)
John T. Hewitt		50,000		$	215,909
Mark F. Baumgartner		40,000		411,600
T. Rufe Vanderpool		3,781		17,015
James J. Wheaton		—		—

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Represents the gross number of shares acquired upon exercise of vested options without taking into account any shares that may have been surrendered or withheld to cover the option exercise price or applicable tax obligations.

(2) Value realized is the gross number of options exercised multiplied by the difference between the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price.

Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2013

In 2012, we adopted our Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan ("NQDCP"), which became effective December 1, 2012. The NQDCP provides that executives who meet minimum compensation requirements are eligible to defer up to 100% of their salaries and up to 100% of their bonuses. We have agreed to credit the participants' contributions with earnings that reflect the performance of certain independent investment funds. The benefits under this plan are unsecured and are general

77

assets of the Company. Participants are generally eligible to receive payment of their vested benefit at the end of their elected deferral period or after termination of their employment with the Company for any reason or at a later date to comply with the restrictions of Section 409A. Participants may elect to receive their payments in a lump sum or installments. The Company does not make matching or other discretionary contributions to participant accounts.

The following table shows the non-qualified deferred compensation activity for each of the named executive officers who participated in our NQDCP during fiscal 2013.

	Executive Contributions in Fiscal 2013 (1)		Aggregate Earnings in Fiscal 2013 (2)		Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions		Aggregate Balance at April 30, 2013 (3)
Name
James J. Wheaton	$	8,821	$	490	$	—	$	9,311

_______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Amounts shown in this column for the NQDCP are included in the "Salary" column of the "Summary Compensation Table."

(2) The amounts shown in this column are not included in the "Summary Compensation Table" because they are not preferential or above market.

(3) The following amounts contributed to the NQDCP by the executive have also been reported in the Summary Compensation Table as compensation for fiscal 2013; Mr. Wheaton, $9,311.

Potential Payments on Change of Control

None of our named executive officers has a change in control agreement. However, the employment agreements we have entered into with each of Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner, Vanderpool and Wheaton entitle them to certain payments under their respective employment agreements upon certain qualifying terminations.

Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool. Under the employment agreements with Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool, each named executive officer is entitled to certain payments if his employment is terminated by him for Good Reason (as defined under the form of agreement), by us without Cause (as defined under the form of agreement) or as a result of the named executive officer's Employment-Related Death or Disability (as defined under the form of agreement).

If the named executive officer's employment is terminated by him for Good Reason, by us without Cause or as a result of his Employment-Related Death or Disability, he is entitled to the following: (i) the payment of his base salary through the date of termination; (ii) the payment of an amount equal to his monthly base salary multiplied by 18; (iii) the payment of an amount equal to the pro-rated bonus to which he would have been entitled; (iv) the accelerated vesting of any incentive stock awards, including options, that were not vested as of the date of his termination; (v) continued coverage at our expense under any medical, dental, life insurance and disability policies for a period of 18 months, unless the named executive officer becomes reemployed with another employer and is eligible to receive such welfare benefits from that employer; and (vi) any other amounts or benefits required to be paid to the named executive officer or that he is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement with us.

If the named executive officer's employment is terminated by him without Good Reason, by us for Cause or due to his Disability (as defined under the form of agreement), other than as a consequence of Employment-Related Death or Disability, the named executive officer is only entitled to the payment of his salary through the date of termination.

If the named executive officer's employment is terminated as a result of his death or Disability (other than as a consequence of Employment-Related Death or Disability), he is entitled to his base salary through the date of his termination, as well as the pro-rata bonus to which he would have been entitled.

Mr. Wheaton. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Wheaton is entitled to certain payments if his employment is terminated by him for Good Reason (as defined under the agreement) or by us without Cause (as defined under the agreement).

If Mr. Wheaton's employment is terminated by him for Good Reason or by us without Cause, he is entitled to the following: (i) the payment of his base salary through the date of termination; (ii) the payment of an amount equal to his monthly base salary multiplied by 24; (iii) the payment of an amount equal to two times the pro-rated bonus to which he would have been entitled; (iv) the accelerated vesting of any incentive stock awards, including options, that were not vested as of the date of his termination; (v) continued coverage at our expense under any medical, dental, life insurance and disability policies for a period of two years, unless Mr. Wheaton becomes reemployed with another employer and is eligible to receive such welfare benefits from that employer; and (vi) any other amounts or benefits required to be paid to Mr. Wheaton or that he is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy or practice or contract or agreement with us.

If Mr. Wheaton's employment is terminated by him without Good Reason or by us for Cause, Mr. Wheaton is only entitled to the payment of his salary through the date of termination.

78

If Mr. Wheaton's employment is terminated as a result of his death or disability, he is entitled to his base salary through the date of his termination, as well as the pro-rata bonus to which he would have been entitled. However, Mr. Wheaton would receive the same payments that he receives upon a termination for Good Reason or by us without Cause in the event of his Employment-Related Death or Disability (as defined under his amended and restated agreement).

Mr. Wheaton's employment agreement currently provides that with respect to a termination by him for Good Reason or by us without Cause after February 7, 2014, the monthly base salary component of his severance payment would be reduced to his monthly base salary multiplied by 12. His continuation of benefits would likewise be reduced to a period of one year, and the multiplier on his pro-rated bonus would be eliminated. After February 7, 2016, when Mr. Wheaton will have been employed by us for more than 5 years, his benefits upon a termination by him for Good Reason, by us without Cause or as a result of his Employment-Related Death or Disability would be on the same basis as provided for Messrs. Hewitt, Baumgartner and Vanderpool, as described above.

79

The following table shows the potential payments upon each named executive officer's termination. The amounts calculated in the table assume the termination occurred on April 30, 2013 and that the executive officer was paid in a lump sum payment.

	Severance Compensation					Benefits and Perquisites
Executive	Severance		Bonus			Unvested Stock Options (1)		Welfare Benefits			Total
John T. Hewitt
Voluntary termination without Good Reason	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—		$	—
Voluntary termination for Good Reason	703,500			187,600		—			18,096			909,196
Termination by Company for Cause	—			—		—			—			—
Termination by Company without Cause	703,500			187,600		—			18,096			909,196
Employment-Related Death or Disability	703,500			187,600		—			18,096			909,196
Other death	—			187,600		—			—			187,600
Other disability	—			187,600		—			—			187,600
Mark F. Baumgartner
Voluntary termination without Good Reason	—			—		—			—			—
Voluntary termination for Good Reason	478,500			95,846		—			22,017			596,363
Termination by Company for Cause	—			—		—			—			—
Termination by Company without Cause	478,500			95,846		—			22,017			596,363
Employment-Related Death or Disability	478,500			95,846		—			22,017			596,363
Other death	—			95,846		—			—			95,846
Other disability	—			95,846		—			—			95,846
T. Rufe Vanderpool
Voluntary termination without Good Reason	—			—		—			—			—
Voluntary termination for Good Reason	385,500			61,680		67,500			27,923			542,603
Termination by Company for Cause	—			—		—			—			—
Termination by Company without Cause	385,500			61,680		67,500			27,923			542,603
Employment-Related Death or Disability	385,500			61,680		—			27,923			475,103
Other death	—			61,680		—			—			61,680
Other disability	—			61,680		—			—			61,680
James J. Wheaton
Voluntary termination without Good Reason	—			—		—			—			—
Voluntary termination for Good Reason	662,000			39,698		180,000			37,231			918,929
Termination by Company for Cause	—			—		—			—			—
Termination by Company without Cause	662,000			39,698		180,000			37,231			918,929
Employment-Related Death or Disability	662,000			39,698		—			37,231			738,929
Other death	—			39,698		—			—			39,698
Other disability	—			39,698		—			—			39,698

______________________________________________________________________________

(1) Calculated based on the closing price of the Company's Class A Common stock on April 30, 2013, which was $17.25 per share; and the exercise price of unvested options, which is $15.00 per share.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Messrs. D'Angelo, Golding and Ibbotson served as members of our Compensation Committee in fiscal 2013. None of the current members of our Compensation Committee is or has at any time during the past year been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee. For a description of related party transactions involving members of our Compensation Committee, see "Item 13—Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence."

80

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management And Related Stockholder Matters.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

We have two compensation plans under which, as of April 30, 2013, our securities are authorized for issuance, as follows:

Plan category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights	Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
	(a)	(b)		(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
1998 Stock Option Plan	2,270,125	$	14.79	—
2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan	264,558	15.00		2,027,439
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	—	—		—
Total	2,534,683	$	14.81	2,027,439

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth, as of September 16, 2013, information regarding beneficial ownership of our capital stock by:

• each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock;

•each of our directors;

•each of our named executive officers; and

•all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of capital stock shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable.

Our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 13,023,265 of our Class A common stock (including shares issuable as a result of the conversion of exchangeable shares) and 900,000 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding as of September 16, 2013.

Class A common stock subject to stock options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013, are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these options and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each of the stockholders in the table below is c/o JTH Holding, Inc., 1716 Corporate Landing Parkway, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23454.

81

	Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned
	Number		Percent
5% Stockholders:
Datatax Business Services Limited(1)		4,680,000	33.6	%
Edison Venture Fund IV, L.P.(2)		1,204,200	8.6	%
Envest Funds(3)		881,097	6.3	%
Named Executive Officers and Directors:
Mark F. Baumgartner(4)		285,984	2	%
Gordon D'Angelo(5)		24,000	*
John R. Garel(3)		889,724	6.4	%
Gary P. Golding(2)		1,204,200	8.6	%
John T. Hewitt(6)		2,403,422	16.6	%
Steven Ibbotson(1)(7)		4,856,908	34.8	%
Ross N. Longfield(8)		42,530	*
Ellen M. McDowell(9)		91,387	*
George T. Robson(10)		144,931	1	%
T. Rufe Vanderpool(11)		113,781	*
James J. Wheaton(12)		124,000	*
All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(13)		10,180,867	67.4	%

______________________________________________________________________________

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1) Includes 1,000,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exchange of the exchangeable shares. Steven Ibbotson, one of our directors, together with his immediate family, owns a 100% interest in Datatax. As a result, pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, Mr. Ibbotson is deemed to own the 4,680,000 shares of Class A common stock held by Datatax. The address for Datatax Business Services Limited is 2109 Oxford St., London, Ontario, Canada NSY 553.

(2) Mr. Golding, one of our directors, is a General Partner of Edison Partners IV, L.P., the manager of Edison Venture Fund IV, L.P. and, as a result, pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, is deemed to beneficially own the 1,204,200 shares of Class A common stock held by Edison Venture Fund IV, L.P. The address for Edison Venture Fund IV, L.P. is 1009 Lenox Drive #4, Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648.

(3) Includes (i) 8,627 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013 and (ii) 120,134 shares of Class A common stock owned by Envest II, LLC and 11,500 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013 held by Envest II, LLC, the voting power of which is held by Envest Management II, LLC, the Manager for Envest II, LLC; and (iii) 710,963 shares of Class A common stock owned by Envest III, LLC and 38,500 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013 held by Envest III, LLC, the voting power of which is held by Envest Management III, LLC, the Manager for Envest III, LLC. Mr. Garel, one of our directors, is a manager of both Envest Management II and Envest Management III and, as a result, pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, is deemed to beneficially own the 881,097 shares of Class A common stock held by Envest II and Envest III. The address for Envest II and Envest III is 2101 Parks Avenue, Suite 401, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23451.

(4) Includes 10,083 shares of Class A common stock held in our 401(k) plan and 200,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013.

(5) Includes 20,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013.

(6) Includes 900,000 shares of Class B common stock, 138,912 shares of Class A common stock held in our 401(k) plan and 375,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013.

(7) Includes (i) 38,627shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013 and (ii) 8,400 shares of Class A common stock owned by 714718 Alberta, Ltd. Steven Ibbotson, one of our directors, owns a 100% interest in 714718 Alberta, Ltd. As a result, pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, Mr. Ibbotson is deemed to own the 8,400 shares of Class A common stock held by 714718 Alberta, Ltd. The address for 714718 Alberta, Ltd. is #150 3015 5th Avenue NE, Calgary, Alberta Canada, T2A6T8.

(8) Includes 38,627 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013.

(9) Includes 30,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013 and 15,000 shares held in a trust of which she is the trustee.

(10) Includes 38,627 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013.

(11) Includes 110,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013.

(12) Includes 120,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013.

(13) Includes 900,000 shares of Class B common stock, 148,995 shares of Class A common stock held in our 401(k) plan and 1,029,508 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 16, 2013.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Other than compensation arrangements, we describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last fiscal year, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

• the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

82

• any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers are described in other sections of this annual report.

Stock issuances and repurchases

In the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013, we repurchased an aggregate of 166,235 shares of our Class A common stock from certain of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our Class A common stock for an aggregate repurchase price of approximately $15.72.

During fiscal 2013, we repurchased shares of our Class A common stock from the following persons in the following amounts: Mark Baumgartner ($436,965), John T. Hewitt ($415,540), Ross Longfield ($105,000), George Robson ($313,560), Rufe Vanderpool ($39,705) and Edison Venture Fund IV, L.P. ($1,302,426). The repurchases for Mark Baumgartner ($436,965), John T. Hewitt ($415,540), George Robson ($208,560) and Edison Venture Fund IV, L.P. ($1,302,426) took place during the fiscal quarter ended April 30, 2013. Information regarding purchases of such shares from affiliates of the Company is provided in other sections of this annual report. Repurchases conducted during fiscal 2013, prior to going public, were at a price of $15.00 per share, which was based on the fair value of our shares at those dates. Repurchases after we were public were effected at a repurchase price of $15.80 per share, which was based on the average closing price of the Class A Common Stock for the five trading days prior to the date of repurchase.

Policy for review of related party transactions

We have adopted a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our Audit Committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest must first be presented to our Audit Committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our Audit Committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our Board of Directors.

Director Independence

Our Board of Directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based on the review of each director's background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, the Board of Directors has determined that six of our eight directors are "independent" under the rules and regulations of the SEC and NASDAQ. In making this determination, our Board of Directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our Board of Directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock. Mr. Hewitt was not deemed independent as a result of his service as our Chief Executive Officer and Ms. McDowell is not deemed independent as a result of her familial relationship with Mr. Hewitt, as described in Item 10.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by KPMG LLP for the audit of our annual financial statements for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, and fees billed for other services rendered by KPMG LLP for those years. Fees disclosed below include fees actually billed and expected to be billed for services relating to the applicable fiscal year.

Fiscal Year	2013		2012
Audit fees	$	662,135	$	587,580
Tax fees	48,274		162,654
All other fees	1,650		1,650
Total fees	$	712,059	$	751,884

Audit fees consist of fees for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company's financial statements and review of financial statements included in our quarterly reports and services typically provided by the independent auditor in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements. In addition, audit fees for fiscal 2013 include $330,000 in fees

83

incurred in connection with the restatement and audit fees for fiscal 2012 include $285,010 in fees incurred in connection with our planned initial public offering and registration statements filings.

Tax fees consist of fees for services related to tax compliance, tax planning, tax consultation and tax advice. The amounts included in the table above consist of fees incurred relating to tax credit studies and other tax advisory services.

The Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures for pre-approving audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditor so that the provision of such services does not impair the auditor's independence. Under the Audit Committee's pre-approval policy, the terms and fees of all engagements require specific Audit Committee approval.

In determining whether to pre-approve audit or non-audit services, the Audit Committee considers whether such services are consistent with the SEC's rules on auditor independence. The Audit Committee also considers whether the independent auditor is best positioned to provide the most effective and efficient service and whether the service might enhance our ability to manage or control risk or improve audit quality. These factors are considered as a whole and no one factor is necessarily determinative. The Audit Committee considers the relationship between fees for audit and non-audit services in deciding whether to pre-approve any such services. The Audit Committee may determine for each fiscal year the appropriate ratio between fees for audit services and fees for audit-related services, tax services and all other services.

The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The member or members to whom such authority is delegated are required to report any pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

The Audit Committee has concluded that the provision of non-audit services provided to the Company by its independent accountant during the 2013 fiscal year was compatible with maintaining the independent accountant's independence.

84

PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Financial Statements.

The following financial statements of the Company are included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Audited Financial Statements for the Years Ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of April 30, 2013 and 2012		F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011		F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the Year Ended April 30, 2013		F-5
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the Year Ended April 30, 2012		F-6
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity for the Year Ended April 30, 2011		F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011		F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-11

85

(b) Exhibits.

Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description
3.1	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JTH Holding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on September 2, 2011).
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of JTH Holding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on September 2, 2011).
4.3	Share Exchange Agreement among DataTax Business Services Limited, Liberty Tax Holding Corporation, Liberty Tax Service Inc. and JTH Tax, Inc. dated as of October 16, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on September 2, 2011).
4.4	Support Agreement between JTH Tax, Inc. and Liberty Tax Holding Corporation dated as of October 16, 2001(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on September 2, 2011).
4.5	Specimen Common Stock Certificate of JTH Holding, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Amendment No. 2 to Form 10, File No. 000-54660 dated June 1, 2012).
10.1	JTH Holding, Inc. 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on February 3, 2012).
10.2	JTH Tax, Inc. Stock Option Plan dated as of May 1, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on September 2, 2011).
10.3	Form of Stock Option Agreement under Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on September 2, 2011).
10.4	Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Employees via JTH Holding, Inc. 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on October 15, 2012).
10.5	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for Employees via JTH Holding, Inc. 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (filed herewith).
10.6	Employment Agreement for John T. Hewitt dated June 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1, of Form 8-K, File No. 000-54660 filed on June 14, 2012).
10.7	Employment Agreement for Mark F. Baumgartner dated June 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Form 8-K, File No. 000-54660 filed on June 14, 2012).
10.8	Employment Agreement for T. Rufe Vanderpool dated June 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Form 8-K, File No. 000-54660 filed on June 14, 2012).
10.9	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement for James J. Wheaton dated June 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Form 8-K, File No. 000-54660 filed on June 14, 2012).
10.10	Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of April 30, 2012 among JTH Holding, Inc. and SunTrust Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 1 to Form 10, File No. 000-54660 filed on May 18, 2012).
10.11	Security Agreement among JTH Holding, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries and SunTrust Bank dated as of April 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Amendment No. 1 to Form 10, File No. 000-54660 filed on May 18, 2012).

86

Exhibit Number		Exhibit Description
10.12		Pledge Agreement among JTH Holding, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries and SunTrust Bank dated as of April 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 1 to Form 10, File No. 000-54660 filed on May 18, 2012).
10.13		Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement among certain subsidiaries of JTH Holding, Inc. and SunTrust Bank dated April 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Amendment No. 1 to Form 10, File No. 000-54660 filed on May 18, 2012).
10.14		Waiver and Amendment to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of December 19, 2012 among JTH Holding, Inc. and SunTrust Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, File No. 000-1104659 filed on December 26, 2012).
10.15		Supplement and Joinder Agreement dated as of December 28, 2012 among JTH Holding, Inc. and SunTrust Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, File No. 000-1104659 filed on December 18, 2012).
10.16		Waiver to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement with SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, File No. 000-1104659 filed on March 12, 2013).
10.17		Standstill Agreement between JTH Holding, Inc., SunTrust Bank and certain of JTH Holding, Inc.'s subsidiaries dated as of August 5, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, File No. 001-35588 filed on August 6, 2013).
10.18		Waiver to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement with SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent dated as of August 29, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K, File No. 001-35588 filed on August 29, 2013).
10.19	†	Amended and Restated Distributor Agreement between NetSpend Corporation and JTH Tax, Inc. dated as of June 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1, File No. 333-176655 filed on November 7, 2011).
10.20		Form of Franchise Agreement for United States Franchisees (filed herewith).
10.21		Form of Area Developer Agreement for United States Area Developers (filed herewith).
21.1		Subsidiaries of JTH Holding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to Form 10, File No. 000-54660 dated April 18, 2012).
23.1		Consent of KPMG LLP (filed herewith).
31.1		Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
31.2		Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
32.1		Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).
32.2		Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith).

_______________________________________________________________________________

†     Confidential treatment has been requested for the redacted portions of this agreement. A complete copy of the agreement, including the redacted portions, has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

87

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	JTH HOLDING, INC.. (Registrant)
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ JOHN T. HEWITT
		John T. Hewitt Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ MARK F. BAUMGARTNER
		Mark F. Baumgartner Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ THOMAS S. DANIELS
		Thomas S. Daniels Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John T. Hewitt and Mark F. Baumgartner, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and on his behalf, and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to execute and sign any and all amendments or post-effective amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof and the registrant hereby confers like authority on its behalf.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ JOHN T. HEWITT
		John T. Hewitt Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ MARK F. BAUMGARTNER
		Mark F. Baumgartner Chief Financial Officer, (Principal Financial Officer)
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ THOMAS S. DANIELS
		Thomas S. Daniels Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ GORDON D'ANGELO
		Gordon D'Angelo Director
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ JOHN R. GAREL
		John R. Garel Director
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ GARY P. GOLDING
		Gary P. Golding Director
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ STEVEN IBBOTSON
		Steven Ibbotson Director

88

Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ ROSS LONGFIELD
		Ross Longfield Director
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ ELLEN MCDOWELL
		Ellen McDowell Director
Dated: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ GEORGE T. ROBSON
		George T. Robson Director

89

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements

As of April 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(With Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Thereon)

90

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

JTH Holding, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of JTH Holding, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of April 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended April 30, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of JTH Holding, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended April 30, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in note 19 to the consolidated financial statements, the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011 have been restated to correct certain misstatements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Norfolk, Virginia

September 26, 2013

F-1

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(In thousands)

	2013			2012
				As Restated (1)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	19,013		$	19,848
Receivables (note 2):
Trade accounts	41,856			38,321
Notes	34,156			30,283
Interest, net	877			674
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(5,583		)	(4,496		)
Total receivables, net	71,306			64,782
Available-for-sale securities (note 4)	3,619			—
Deferred income taxes (note 10)	4,232			3,901
Other current assets	4,963			5,614
Total current assets	103,133			94,145
Property, equipment, and software, net (notes 3 and 8)	33,037			23,948
Notes receivable, excluding current portion, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts of $1,101 and $794 for 2013 and 2012, respectively (note 2)	14,352			11,711
Goodwill (note 5)	5,685			5,400
Other intangible assets, net (note 5)	10,921			10,314
Deferred income taxes (note 10)	—			4,093
Other assets, net	2,402			2,585
Total assets (note 6)	$	169,530		$	152,196
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt (note 8)	$	3,400		$	2,736
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (notes 9 and 16)	11,954			14,170
Due to area developers (note 2)	18,248			15,956
Income taxes payable (note 10)	5,897			6,689
Deferred revenue - short-term portion	7,555			6,920
Total current liabilities	47,054			46,471
Long-term debt, excluding current installments (note 8)	24,283			26,249
Revolving credit facility (note 7)	—			—
Deferred revenue - long-term portion	10,381			12,411
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards (note 12)	5,111			—
Deferred income taxes (note 10)	865			—
Total liabilities	87,694			85,131
Stockholders' equity (notes 4, 9, 11, 12, and 14):
Class A preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 190,000 shares authorized, 0 and 170,320 shares issued and outstanding at April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively	—			2,129
Special voting preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 10 shares authorized, issued and outstanding	—			—
Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 21,200,000 shares authorized, 11,975,128 and 10,343,957 shares issued and outstanding at April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively	120			103
Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 900,000 shares issued and outstanding	9			9
Exchangeable shares, $0.01 par value, 100,000 shares issued and outstanding	1			1
Additional paid-in capital	1,920			3,182
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes	1,194			676
Retained earnings	78,592			60,965
Total stockholders' equity	81,836			67,065
Commitments, contingencies, and subsequent events (notes 6, 7, 16, and 17)
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	169,530		$	152,196

⁽¹⁾ As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-2

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011

(In thousands)

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated (1)			As Restated (1)
Revenues:
Franchise fees	$	8,721		$	7,996		$	8,780
Area developer fees	7,699			6,702			6,335
Royalties and advertising fees	73,129			70,016			66,182
Financial products	30,345			22,903			16,507
Interest income (note 2)	13,848			12,406			11,322
Tax preparation fees, net of discounts	10,148			7,026			4,789
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other revenue	3,723			4,176			4,021
Total revenues	147,613			131,225			117,936
Operating expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits	37,998			29,802			25,162
General and administrative expenses	31,212			26,878			22,472
Area developer expense	25,736			23,872			23,094
Advertising expense	15,293			15,346			15,078
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges (notes 3 and 5)	6,538			5,999			5,439
Costs associated with postponed IPO	—			1,348			—
Total operating expenses	116,777			103,245			91,245
Income from operations	30,836			27,980			26,691
Other income (expense):
Foreign currency transaction gains	—			4			75
Interest expense (notes 7, 8, and 9)	(2,039		)	(1,854		)	(1,954		)
Income before income taxes	28,797			26,130			24,812
Income tax expense (note 10)	11,170			9,747			10,142
Net income	$	17,627		$	16,383		$	14,670
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.26		$	1.17		$	0.85
Diluted	1.25			1.16			0.83

⁽¹⁾ As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

Years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011

(In thousands)

	2013			2012		2011
				As Restated (1)		As Restated (1)
Net income	$	17,627		$	16,383	$	14,670
Interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes (note 9)	438			196		(164		)
Unrealized gain on equity securities available-for-sale, net of taxes (note 4)	387			—		—
Foreign currency translation adjustment	(307		)	99		424
Comprehensive income	$	18,145		$	16,678	$	14,930

⁽¹⁾ As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity

Year ended April 30, 2013

(In thousands)

	Class A					Class B			Class A					Special voting preferred stock
	Common stock					Common stock			Preferred stock
	Shares		Amount			Shares	Amount		Shares		Amount			Shares	Amount
Balance at May 1, 2012 (As Restated)1	10,344		$	103		900	$	9	170		$	2,129		—	$	—
Exercise of stock options (note 11)	350		4			—	—		—		—			—	—
Repurchase of common stock	(422	)	(4		)	—	—		—		—			—	—
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock	1,703		17			—	—		(170	)	(2,129		)	—	—
Balance at April 30, 2013	11,975		$	120		900	$	9	—		$	—		—	$	—

	Exchangeable shares			Additional paid-in capital			Accumulated other comprehensive income			Retained earnings
	Shares	Amount										Total
Balance at May 1, 2012 (As Restated)1	100	$	1	$	3,182		$	676		$	60,965	$	67,065
Exercise of stock options (note 11)	—	—		3,797			—			—		3,801
Repurchase of common stock	—	—		(6,452		)	—			—		(6,456		)
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock	—	—		2,112			—			—		—
Stock-based compensation expense (note 11)	—	—		1,704			—			—		1,704
Conversion of stock-based compensation awards from equity to liability classification (notes 11 and 12)	—	—		(2,694		)	—			—		(2,694		)
Tax benefit of stock option exercises (note 9)	—	—		271			—			—		271
Net income (As Restated)1	—	—		—			—			17,627		17,627
Interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes (note 8)	—	—		—			438			—		438
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—	—		—			(307		)	—		(307		)
Unrealized gain on equity securities available-for-sale, net of taxes	—	—		—			387			—		387
Comprehensive income												18,145
Balance at April 30, 2013	100	$	1	$	1,920		$	1,194		$	78,592	$	81,836

   See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity

Year ended April 30, 2012

(In thousands)

	Class A					Class B			Class A			Special voting preferred stock
	Common stock					Common stock			Preferred stock
	Shares		Amount			Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount
Balance at May 1, 2011 (As Restated)1	10,519		$	105		900	$	9	170	$	2,129	—	$	—
Exercise of stock options (note 11)	110		1			—	—		—	—		—	—
Repurchase of common stock	(285	)	(3		)	—	—		—	—		—	—
Balance at April 30, 2012 (As Restated)1	10,344		$	103		900	$	9	170	$	2,129	—	$	—

	Exchangeable shares			Additional paid-in capital			Accumulated other comprehensive income		Retained earnings
	Shares	Amount									Total
Balance at May 1, 2011 (As Restated)1	100	$	1	$	4,811		$	381	$	44,582	$	52,018
Exercise of stock options (note 11)	—	—		741			—		—		742
Repurchase of common stock	—	—		(4,257		)	—		—		(4,260		)
Stock-based compensation expense (note 11)	—	—		1,429			—		—		1,429
Tax benefit of stock option exercises (note 9)	—	—		458			—		—		458
Net income (As Restated)1	—	—		—			—		16,383		16,383
Interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes (note 8)	—	—		—			196		—		196
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—	—		—			99		—		99
Comprehensive income											16,678
Balance at April 30, 2012 (As Restated)1	100	$	1	$	3,182		$	676	$	60,965	$	67,065

⁽¹⁾ As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity

Year ended April 30, 2011

(In thousands)

	Class A					Class B			Class A					Special voting preferred stock
	Common stock					Common stock			Preferred stock
	Shares		Amount			Shares	Amount		Shares		Amount			Shares	Amount
Balance at May 1, 2010 (As Reported)	10,730		$	107		900	$	9	190		$	2,375		—	$	—
Restatement adjustment	—		—			—	—		—		—			—	—
Balance at May 1, 2010 (As Restated)1	10,730		107			900	9		190		2,375			—	—
Exercise of stock options (note 11)	460		5			—	—		—		—			—	—
Repurchase of common stock	(686	)	(7		)	—	—		—		—			—	—
Repurchase of preferred stock	—		—			—	—		(18	)	(227		)	—	—
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock	15		—			—	—		(2	)	(19		)	—	—
Balance at April 30, 2011 (As Restated)1	10,519		$	105		900	$	9	170		$	2,129		—	$	—

	Exchangeable shares			Additional paid-in capital			Accumulated other comprehensive income			Retained earnings
	Shares	Amount											Total
Balance at May 1, 2010 (As Reported)	100	$	1	$	9,159		$	121		$	63,424		$	75,196
Restatement adjustment	—	—		—			—			(31,017		)	(31,017		)
Balance at May 1, 2010 (As Restated)1	100	1		9,159			121			32,407			44,179
Exercise of stock options (note 11)	—	—		3,800			—			—			3,805
Repurchase of common stock	—	—		(10,069		)	—			—			(10,076		)
Repurchase of preferred stock	—	—		—			—			(2,495		)	(2,722		)
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock	—	—		19			—			—			—
Stock-based compensation expense (note 11)	—	—		1,494			—			—			1,494
Tax benefit of stock option exercises (note 9)	—	—		408			—			—			408
Net income (As Restated)1	—	—		—			—			14,670			14,670
Interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes (note 8)	—	—		—			(164		)	—			(164		)
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—	—		—			424			—			424
Comprehensive income													14,930
Balance at April 30, 2011 (As Restated)1	100	$	1	$	4,811		$	381		$	44,582		$	52,018

⁽¹⁾ As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011

(In thousands)

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated (1)			As Restated (1)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	17,627		$	16,383		$	14,670
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for doubtful accounts	7,098			5,788			5,497
Depreciation and amortization	5,750			5,511			5,001
Amortization of deferred financing costs	301			418			254
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets	788			488			438
Stock-based compensation expense related to equity classified awards	1,496			1,429			1,494
Stock-based compensation expense related to liability classified awards	2,625			—			—
Gain on sale of company-owned offices	(777		)	(973		)	(1,109		)
Equity in loss of affiliate	193			138			—
Deferred tax expense	4,119			2,304			1,671
Changes in assets and liabilities increasing (decreasing) cash flows from operating activities:
Trade receivable	(27,722		)	(25,230		)	(20,803		)
Notes and interest receivable	16,505			16,401			13,466
Prepaid expenses and other assets	210			(95		)	149
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	(1,837		)	(3,559		)	4,041
Due to area developers	5,213			3,989			4,417
Income taxes	(508		)	221			61
Deferred revenue	(2,640		)	(2,770		)	(4,472		)
Net cash provided by operating activities	28,441			20,443			24,775
Cash flows from investing activities:
Issuance of operating loans to franchisees	(75,605		)	(67,969		)	(56,400		)
Payments received on operating loans from franchisees	68,782			60,918			50,921
Purchases of area developer rights and company-owned offices	(5,980		)	(4,741		)	(3,091		)
Proceeds from sale of company-owned offices and area developer rights	4,072			2,146			1,711
Purchase of marketable equity securities	(2,980		)	—			—
Purchase of equity method investment	—			(1,009		)	—
Purchases of property and equipment	(11,928		)	(10,288		)	(7,051		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(23,639		)	(20,943		)	(13,910		)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options	3,801			742			3,805
Repurchase of common stock	(6,456		)	(4,260		)	(10,076		)
Repurchase of preferred stock	—			—			(2,722		)
Term debt borrowings	—			25,000			—
Repayment of long-term debt	(2,953		)	(2,118		)	(2,284		)
Borrowings under revolving credit facility	121,216			124,270			135,484
Repayments under revolving credit facility	(121,216		)	(124,270		)	(135,484		)
Payment for debt issue costs	(289		)	(1,123		)	(333		)
Tax benefit of stock option exercises	271			458			408
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(5,626		)	18,699			(11,202		)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, net	(11		)	(13		)	(113		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(835		)	18,186			(450		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	19,848			1,662			2,112
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	19,013		$	19,848		$	1,662

⁽¹⁾ As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

Years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011

(In thousands)

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated (1)			As Restated (1)
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest	$	1,872		$	1,640		$	1,671
Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds	7,328			7,222			8,032
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:
During the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company acquired certain assets from franchisees and area developers as follows:
Fair value of assets purchased	$	10,714		$	12,050		$	6,826
Receivables applied	(6,804		)	(10,120		)	(5,233		)
Accounts payable canceled	2,922			2,961			2,405
Notes payable issued	(1,655		)	(1,540		)	(1,936		)
Elimination of related deferred revenue	803			1,390			1,029
Cash paid to franchisees	$	5,980		$	4,741		$	3,091
During the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company sold certain assets to franchisees and area developers as follows:
Book value of assets sold	$	6,517		$	5,929		$	4,913
Gain on sale	(417		)	(191		)	1
Deferred revenue	2,846			1,370			1,267
Applied from acquisitions of franchise territories	—			—			(120		)
Notes received	(4,874		)	(4,962		)	(4,350		)
Cash received from franchisees	$	4,072		$	2,146		$	1,711
Accrued capitalized software costs included in accounts payable	$	733		$	345		$	1,368

⁽¹⁾ As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(1) Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

(a)   Organization and Plan of Reorganization

JTH Holding, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, is a holding company engaged through its subsidiaries as a franchisor and operator of a system of income tax preparation offices located in the United States and Canada. The Company's principal operations are conducted through JTH Tax, Inc. (d/b/a Liberty Tax Service) the Company's largest subsidiary. Through this system of income tax preparation offices, the Company also facilitates to its customers refund-based tax settlement financial products such as refund anticipation loans, electronic refund checks, and personal income tax refund discounting. The Company also offers online tax preparation services.

(b)   Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

On August 1, 2013, the Company concluded that previously issued consolidated financial statements should not be relied upon due to revenue recognition adjustments. The Company's decision to restate its consolidated financial statements was based upon the results of an internal review of the Company's historical revenue recognition policies and their application. The Company has restated its consolidated balance sheet as of April 30, 2012 and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011. See note 19 for a detailed description of the impact of corrections on previously issued consolidated financial statements.

(c)   Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of JTH Holding, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Assets and liabilities of the Company's Canadian operations have been translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the end of the year. The revenues and expenses have been translated using the average exchange rates in effect each month of the year. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in income when incurred. The Company consolidates entities in which it has a controlling interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. The Company also considers for consolidation an entity, in which the Company has certain interest, where a controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (VIE) is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The Company does not possess any ownership interests in franchisee entities; however, the Company may provide financial support to franchisee entities. Because the Company's franchise arrangements provide franchisee entities the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance, the Company does not consider itself the primary beneficiary of any such entity that might be a VIE. Based on the results of management's analysis of potential VIEs, the Company has not consolidated any franchise or other entities. The Company's maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with potential VIEs is attributable to accounts and notes receivables and future lease payments due from franchisees. When the Company does not have a controlling interest in an entity, but exerts significant influence over the entity, the Company applies the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(d)   Office Count

The following table shows the U.S. office activity for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the number of Canadian and Company-owned offices at the end of each year:

F-10

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(1) Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

	Tax Season
	2013		2012		2011
Franchised U.S. offices, beginning of period	3,845		3,549		3,233
U.S. offices opened	596		676		622
U.S. offices purchased from the Company	60		37		47
U.S. offices acquired by the Company	(64	)	(76	)	(37	)
U.S. offices closed	(409	)	(341	)	(316	)
Franchised U.S. offices, end of period	4,028		3,845		3,549
Franchised Canadian offices, end of period	231		244		241
Total franchised offices	4,259		4,089		3,790
Company-owned offices, end of period
U.S.	234		75		41
Canadian	27		19		14
Total	261		94		55
Total offices	4,520		4,183		3,845

(e)   Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

(f)   Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts and accrue finance charges at 18% annually if unpaid after 30 days. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all possible means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its accounts receivable.

(g)    Notes Receivable

Notes receivable are recorded less unrecognized revenue, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Unrecognized revenue relates to the financed portion of franchise fees and area developer (AD) fees and, in the case of sales of company-owned offices, the financed portion of gains related to such sales, in each case where revenue has not yet been recognized. The Company provides an allowance against accrued interest on a delinquent note when a scheduled payment becomes 90 days past due. Notes are written off against the allowance when all possible means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

(h)   Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts includes the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company's existing accounts and notes receivable. Because the repayment of accounts and notes receivable is dependent on the performance of the underlying franchises, management estimates the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a comparison of amounts due to the estimated fair value of the underlying franchises.

F-11

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(1) Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(i)   Property, Equipment, and Software

Property, equipment, and software are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets, generally three to five years for computer equipment, three to seven years for software, seven years for furniture and fixtures, and twenty to thirty-five years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Certain allowable costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and typically amortized over 36 months.

(j)    Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The reporting unit for the acquisition of assets from various franchisees is considered to be the franchise territory, and these assets are operated as company-owned offices. Goodwill is tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level and consists of two steps. First, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit and compares it with its carrying amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. Fair value of the reporting unit for company-owned offices is determined using the net fees of the offices in the franchise territory. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

  (k)    Investments

During 2013, the Company purchased corporate equity securities. The Company classified this investment as available-for-sale securities and recognizes the unrealized gain on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders' equity section of the balance sheets. Cash flows for the purchase of this investment are classified as investing activities.

(l)    Deferred Revenue

Area development fees received are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the initial contract term of each area developer agreement, subject to the cumulative amount of revenue recognized not exceeding the amount of cash received. Deferred revenue represents the amount of cash received for AD fees in excess of the revenue recognized.

(m)   Revenue Recognition

The Company typically grants franchise rights to franchisees for a term of 5 years. In exchange for franchise fees and royalties and advertising fees, the Company is obligated by its franchise agreements to provide training, an operations manual, site selection guidance, tax preparation software, operational assistance, tax and technical support, the ability to perform electronic filing and marketing and advertising. Franchise fee revenue for the sales of individual territories is recognized when the obligations of the Company to prepare the franchisee for operation are substantially complete and cash has been received. No franchise fee is recognized related to the Company's sale of a zero franchise fee territory. Direct costs related to territories sold with no franchise fee are deferred until the related royalty revenue is recognized.

Area developer rights are granted for a term of 10 years. Area development fees are deferred until the AD has paid 20% of the fee. Once 20% of the fee has been paid, area developer fees are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the initial contract term of each area developer agreement with the cumulative amount of revenue recognized not to exceed the amount of cash received. Amounts due to ADs for their services under an area development agreement are expensed as the related franchise fees and royalty revenues are recognized.

Royalties and advertising fees are recognized currently as franchise territories generate sales. Tax return preparation fees and financial products revenue are recognized as revenue in the period the related tax return is filed or prepared for the customer. Discounts for promotional programs are recorded at the time the return is prepared and are recorded as reductions to revenues.

F-12

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(1) Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Interest income is recognized when cash is received for notes associated with franchise fees or area developer fees. For all other notes, interest income is recognized when earned, and is recorded net of an allowance.

Gains on sales of Company-owned offices are recognized when the purchase price is paid. Losses on sales of Company-owned offices are recognized immediately.

(n)    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities and recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in hedging relationships, changes in fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flows being hedged, until the hedged item affects earnings.

The Company only enters into a derivative contract when it intends to designate the contract as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument's effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method used to measure ineffectiveness. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the cash flow hedge is de-designated because a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring, or management determines to remove the designation of the cash flow hedge.

In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings. When it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting and recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income related to the hedging relationship.

At April 30, 2013, the Company did not have any outstanding derivative instruments or hedging activities; however, at April 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had interest rate swaps in place.

(o)  Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company has elected to classify accrued interest in interest expense, and accrued penalties, if any, in general and administrative expenses.

(p)   Long-Lived Assets

The Company's long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Recognition and measurement of

F-13

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(1) Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

a potential impairment is performed for these assets at the lowest level where cash flows are individually identifiable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. Assets to be disposed of are separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. These assets and liabilities are classified as held-for-sale and are presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.

(q)   Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, interest rate swap agreements, net of applicable taxes and the unrealized gain on equity securities available for sale, net of taxes, and is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders' equity and comprehensive income.

(r)   Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred.

(s)   Stock-Based Compensation

For equity classified employee stock-based compensation, the Company records costs of its employee stock-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. For liability classified awards, the Company records costs based on the fair value at the reporting date. Changes in fair value are recorded to stock compensation expense and additional paid-in capital as appropriate. The Company reflects the excess tax benefits recognized in equity related to stock option exercises as financing cash flows. The Company recognizes compensation costs for an award that has a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Compensation costs related to restricted stock units are based on the grant-date fair value and are amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period.

(t)   Costs Associated with Postponed IPO

During April 2012, the Company determined it would postpone its planned initial public offering and, accordingly, expensed the direct, incremental fees charged by attorneys, accountants and printers that had been incurred and capitalized to date.

(u)   Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period to prepare these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(v)    Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2011, Financial Accounting Standards Board (''FASB'') issued Accounting Standards Update (''ASU'') 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This update changes the methods for presenting comprehensive income, and eliminates the method of including comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity. Under ASU 2011-05, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments in this ASU did not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Because it only affects presentation, this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This amendment provides the option of first using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If a company concludes that it is more likely than not that fair value exceeds carrying value, the two-step test for impairment is not required. The amendment includes a revised

F-14

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(1) Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

list of considerations in completing the qualitative assessment. The Company adopted this ASU in fiscal 2013 but doing so did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

(w)   Segment Reporting

Management has identified two operating segments, U.S. operations and Canadian operations. Although there are two operating segments, each segment is engaged in providing tax return preparation and related services and products. These two operating segments, which have similar gross margin and sales trends, have been aggregated into a single reporting segment because both segments are similar in the nature of services offered, production process, type of customer, the distribution methods, and the regulatory environment that they operate in.

Canadian operations contributed $5,936,000, $5,411,000 and $6,759,000 in revenues for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(x)   Supplier Concentration

The Company has used a third-party financial institution to provide certain financial products to its customers, pursuant to an agreement that was scheduled to expire on October 16, 2014. For the year ended April 30, 2012, a significant portion of the Company's customer's financial products were provided by this financial institution. On August 27, 2012, the Company delivered a termination notice with respect to that agreement that became effective September 16, 2012. The parties have agreed to mediation regarding the termination, and the agreement provides for arbitration if the mediation does not resolve the parties' dispute. The Company believes the outcome of these proceedings will not significantly impact its results of operations or financial position. The Company believes there will be little impact on its customers because the Company has been able to offer similar financial products through contractual relationships with other third-parties and internal capabilities.

(2) Notes and Accounts Receivable

The Company provides financing to franchisees for the purchase of franchises, clusters of territories, Company-owned offices and/or for working capital and equipment needs. The franchise-related notes generally are payable over five years and the working capital and equipment notes generally are due within one year. All notes bear interest at 12%. Activity related to notes receivable for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	2013			2012
				As Restated
	(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of year	$	79,838		$	70,564
Notes received for:
Sales of franchises and clusters of territories	6,770			8,131
Sales of certain assets to franchisees and ADs	15,130			12,554
Franchisee to franchisee note assumptions	11,259			7,439
Working capital and equipment loans to franchisees	75,642			67,969
Refinancing of accounts receivable	18,527			16,787
	127,328			112,880
Repayment of notes	(95,664		)	(82,258		)
Notes canceled	(21,981		)	(21,188		)
Foreign currency adjustment	(181		)	(160		)
Balance at end of year	89,340			79,838
Unrecognized revenue portion of notes receivable	(39,731		)	(37,050		)
Notes receivable less unrecognized revenue	$	49,609		$	42,788

Most of the notes receivable are due from the Company's franchisees and ADs and are collateralized by the underlying franchise and are guaranteed by the respective franchisee or AD and franchise or AD owner(s). The franchisees' ability to repay

F-15

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(2) Notes and Accounts Receivable (Continued)

the notes is dependent upon both the performance of the tax preparation industry as a whole and the individual or ADs' franchises or areas.

The refinancing of accounts receivable results from a franchisee electing to deliver to the Company a promissory note for past-due royalties and advertising fees that have been previously recorded as accounts receivable in the financial statements.

Notes canceled is comprised of the cancellation of existing unpaid notes of selling franchisees in franchisee to franchisee sales that include the assumption of debt by the acquiring franchisee, and any unpaid notes receivable from a franchisee or AD related to specific territories or clusters of territories that the Company reacquires. In the latter transactions, the cancellation of notes is part of the consideration paid by the Company, and any excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of assets acquired is written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Management believes that the recorded allowance is adequate based upon its consideration of the estimated value of the franchises and ADs supporting the receivables. Any adverse change in the tax preparation industry could affect the Company's estimate of the allowance.

Notes and accounts receivable include royalties billed that relate to territories operated by franchisees located in AD territories. The Company has recorded amounts payable to ADs for their share of these receivables of $18,248,000 and $15,956,000 at April 30, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Beginning balance	$	5,290		$	4,827		$	3,455
Additions charged to expense	7,098			5,788			5,497
Write-offs	(5,655		)	(5,595		)	(4,224		)
Foreign currency adjustment	(49		)	270			99
Ending balance	$	6,684		$	5,290		$	4,827

Management considers accounts and notes receivable to be impaired if the amounts due exceed the fair value of the underlying franchise and estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts based on that excess. Amounts due include the recorded value of the accounts and notes receivable less unrecognized revenue and reduced by the allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, the related deferred revenue and amounts owed to the franchisee by the Company. In establishing the fair value of the underlying franchise, management considers net fees of open offices and the number of unopened offices.

F-16

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(2) Notes and Accounts Receivable (Continued)

The allowance for doubtful accounts at April 30, 2013, and 2012 is allocated as follows:

	2013			2012
				As Restated
	(In thousands)
Impaired:
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	$	9,399		$	6,728
Accounts receivable	5,907			4,375
Less allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, related deferred revenue and amounts due franchisees	(2,336		)	(1,704		)
Net amount due	$	12,970		$	9,399
Allowance for doubtful accounts for impaired notes and accounts receivable	$	6,120		$	4,488
Nonimpaired:
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	$	42,459		$	37,936
Accounts receivable	37,650			35,259
Less allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, related deferred revenue and amounts due franchisees	(19,992		)	(17,432		)
Net amount due	$	60,117		$	55,763
Allowance for doubtful accounts for nonimpaired notes and accounts receivable	$	564		$	802
Total allowance for doubtful accounts	$	6,684		$	5,290

The aging of accounts and notes receivable at April 30, 2013 is as follows:

	2013
	Total past due		Allowance for uncollected interest			Current		Total receivables
	(In thousands)
Accounts receivable	$	16,821	$	(1,701	)	$	26,736	$	41,856
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	9,747		(1,372		)	42,111		50,486
Total	$	26,568	$	(3,073	)	$	68,847	$	92,342

The aging of accounts and notes receivable at April 30, 2012 is as follows:

	2012
	As Restated
	Total past due		Allowance for uncollected interest			Current		Total receivables
	(In thousands)
Accounts receivable	$	18,419	$	(1,313	)	$	21,215	$	38,321
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	6,476		(1,202		)	38,188		43,462
Total	$	24,895	$	(2,515	)	$	59,403	$	81,783

Accounts receivable are considered to be past due if unpaid after 30 days and notes receivable are considered past due if unpaid after 90 days, at which time the notes are put on nonaccrual status.

F-17

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(2) Notes and Accounts Receivable (Continued)

The Company's average investment in impaired notes receivable during the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 was $8,063,000 and $6,367,000, respectively. Interest income related to impaired notes was $794,000, $423,000, and $519,000for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The Company's investment in notes receivable on nonaccrual status at April 30, 2013 and 2012 was $8,375,000 and $5,274,000, respectively.

Unrecognized revenue relates to the financed portion of franchise fees and area developer fees and, in the case of sales of company-owned offices, the financed portion of gains related to such sales, in each case where revenue has not yet been recognized. For franchise fees and gains related to the sale of company-owned offices, revenue is recorded as note payments are received by the Company. Payments on area developer fee notes receivable generate a corresponding increase in deferred revenue, which is amortized into revenue over the life of the area developer contract, generally 10 years. Although the timing of actual payments will determine revenues recognized in future periods, the scheduled contractual note payments on the unrecognized portion of these notes for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

	2014		2015		2016		2017		2018		Thereafter		Total
Franchise fees and company-owned offices	$	8,082	$	5,066	$	2,934	$	2,458	$	62	$	—	$	18,602
Area developer fees	3,982		3,670		3,758		3,652		3,086		2,981		21,129
Total	$	12,064	$	8,736	$	6,692	$	6,110	$	3,148	$	2,981	$	39,731

(3) Property, Equipment, and Software, Net

Property, equipment, and software at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Land & land improvements	$	1,328	$	997
Buildings and building improvements	7,602		6,826
Leasehold improvements	225		292
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment	6,388		5,053
Software	36,500		27,462
	52,043		40,630
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	19,006		16,682
Property, equipment, and software, net	$	33,037	$	23,948

Total depreciation expense was $3,069,000, $3,562,000, and $3,438,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The software included above includes both internally developed software and purchased software. Included in software are $21,688,000 and $13,243,000 of assets that had not been placed in service at April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

(4) Investments

During the year ended April 30, 2013, the Company purchased corporate equity securities, as a strategic investment in a business partner, for $2,980,000. The Company classifies this investment as available-for-sale and recognizes unrealized gain on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders' equity section of the balance sheets. The unrealized gain, net of tax, on the available-for-sale securities at April 30, 2013 was $387,000.

(5) Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

F-18

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(5) Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

	Goodwill			Accumulated impairment loss			Net
	(In thousands)
Balance at April 30, 2011 (As Restated)	$	3,457		$	(345	)	$	3,112
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	4,859			—			4,859
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(2,159		)	76			(2,083		)
Impairments	—			(488		)	(488		)
Balance at April 30, 2012 (As Restated)	6,157			(757		)	5,400
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	3,449			—			3,449
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(3,149		)	610			(2,539		)
Impairments	—			(625		)	(625		)
Balance at April 30, 2013	$	6,457		$	(772	)	$	5,685

The Company performed its annual impairment review of goodwill and recorded impairment of $625,000 and $488,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Goodwill related to assets acquired from franchisees was $3,772,000 and $3,487,000 at April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Components of intangible assets are as follows:

	April 30, 2013
	Weighted average amortization period	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount
	(In thousands)
Amortizable intangible assets:
Acquired customer lists	7 years	$	1,603	$	(171	)	$	1,432
Assets acquired from franchisees:
Customer lists	4 years	1,834		(582		)	1,252
Reacquired rights	2 years	1,640		(905		)	735
Area developer rights	10 years	9,842		(2,340		)	7,502
Total		$	14,919	$	(3,998	)	$	10,921

	April 30, 2012
	As Restated
	Weighted average amortization period	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount
	(In thousands)
Amortizable intangible assets:
Assets acquired from franchisees:
Customer lists	4 years	$	1,795	$	(490	)	$	1,305
Reacquired rights	2 years	1,575		(705		)	870
Area developer rights	10 years	10,429		(2,290		)	8,139
Total		$	13,799	$	(3,485	)	$	10,314

For the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company acquired assets from various franchisees for $7,899,000 and $8,446,000, respectively. These acquisitions were accounted for as business combinations, with the value first being allocated to the identifiable intangible assets (the customer list and the reacquired rights) and the remainder being allocated to goodwill. The acquired businesses are operated as Company-owned offices until a buyer is found.

F-19

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(5) Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Continued)

The purchase price of assets acquired from franchisees was allocated as follows:

	2013		2012
			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Customer lists	$	3,234	$	1,913
Reacquired rights	1,216		1,674
Goodwill	3,449		4,859
Total	$	7,899	$	8,446

In December 2012, the Company purchased certain assets of an online tax preparation software provider for $1,603,000. The entire purchase price has been allocated to identifiable intangible assets.

For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, amortization expense, impairment charges, and write-downs are as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands)
Amortization expense, excluding impairment charges	$	2,681	$	1,949	$	1,563
Impairment charges and write-downs	$	788	$	488	$	438

The Company expects that the assets will be sold before the end of their estimated useful life. Therefore, during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, impairment analyses were performed for amortizable intangible assets. As a result, the carrying values of assets acquired from franchisees and area developer rights were reduced by the amounts disclosed in the table above, and were recorded to depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges on the consolidated statements of income. The Company estimated the fair value of the assets acquired from franchisees based on historical transactions involving sales of Company-owned offices. Write-downs of assets acquired from franchisees relate to purchases of offices that the Company decided not to operate.

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

	Amortization expense
	(In thousands)
Year ending April 30:
2014	$	2,317
2015	1,941
2016	1,641
2017	1,354
2018	1,153
	$	8,406

(6) Leases

The Company is obligated under various operating leases for office space that expire at various dates. At April 30, 2013, future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year, together with amounts due from franchisees under subleases, are as follows:

F-20

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(6) Leases (Continued)

	Lease payments		Sublease receipts
	(In thousands)
Year ending April 30:
2014	$	4,338	$	2,393
2015	1,915		1,094
2016	865		490
2017	633		389
2018	318		136
Thereafter	386		110
Total minimum lease payments	$	8,455	$	4,612

Total rent expense for operating leases, net of subleases, was $3,220,000, $2,352,000, and $1,805,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

(7) Credit Facility

In February 2008, JTH Tax, Inc. entered into a revolving credit facility. This revolving credit facility, which provided for maximum allowable borrowings of $125 million, was replaced effective April 30, 2012. The current credit facility consists of a $25 million term loan and a $105 million revolving credit facility, with an accordion feature permitting the Company to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $70 million. On December 28, 2012, the Company utilized the accordion feature to increase the borrowing limit under the revolving credit facility by $38.4 million, increasing the maximum borrowings under that portion of its credit facility to $143.4 million.

The term loan amortizes on a quarterly basis and matures on April 30, 2017, and the revolving loan also expires on April 30, 2017. The outstanding borrowings on both loans accrue interest, which is paid monthly, at an adjusted one-month LIBOR rate plus a margin that varies from 1.50% to 2.25%, depending on the Company's leverage ratio. At April 30, 2013, the interest rate was 1.95%. A commitment fee that varies from 0.25% to 0.50% depending on the Company's leverage ratio on the unused portion of the credit facility, is paid monthly. This indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of the Company's assets, including the assets of its subsidiaries.

The credit facility contains certain financial covenants that the Company must meet, including leverage and fixed charge coverage ratios, as well as minimum net worth requirements. In addition, the Company must reduce the outstanding balance under its revolving loan to zero for a period of at least 45 consecutive days each fiscal year. The Company's borrowing availability on the credit facility at April 30, 2013 was $98,638,000. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under its revolving credit facility, and at April 30, 2013, the balance of the term loan was $23,750,000. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants of its credit facility at April 30, 2013. At January 31, 2013, the Company was not in compliance with its leverage ratio requirement due to an unprecedented delay in the start of the federal tax season attributable to the last minute fiscal cliff resolution by Congress. In March 2013, the Company obtained a waiver from its creditors for this covenant failure. The accounting policy changes that have resulted in the restatements of our financial statements resulted in our inability to satisfy several credit facility covenants related to the delivery and accuracy of our financial reports. The Company obtained a waiver of these failures from our bank syndicate in August 2013.

The credit facility also contains certain events of default that if they occur may cause the bank syndicate to terminate the credit facility and declare amounts owed to become immediately payable. At April 30, 2013, except for the event of default noted above, the Company has not incurred an event of default.

(8) Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt at April 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

F-21

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(8) Long-Term Debt (Continued)

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Term loan payable in quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012 of 1.25%,1.875%, 2.5%, 2.5% and 3.125% of the original amount borrowed for the years ending April 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively	$	23,750	$	25,000
Mortgage note payable to a bank in monthly installments of $16 including interest at 6.06% through September 2016; at which time a balloon payment of $2,213 is payable; collateralized by land and building	2,370		2,411
Notes payable for acquired assets from franchisees, interest rates ranging from 0% to 12%; due May 2013 through June 2013	1,439		1,401
Other debt	124		173
Total long-term debt	27,683		28,985
Less current installments	3,400		2,736
Total long-term debt, less current installments	$	24,283	$	26,249

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at April 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending April 30:
2014	$	3,400
2015	2,590
2016	2,582
2017	19,111
Total long-term debt	$	27,683

(9) Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company uses interest-rate-related derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest rates on its variable-rate line of credit and forward contracts to manage its exposure to foreign currency fluctuation related to short-term advances made to its Canadian subsidiary. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments nor does it enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging.

By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company owes the counterparty, and therefore, the Company is not exposed to the counterparty's credit risk in those circumstances. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties. The derivative instruments entered into by the Company do not contain credit-risk-related contingent features.

Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The market risk associated with interest rates is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

The Company assesses interest rate risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rates that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company maintains risk management control systems to monitor interest rate risk attributable to both the Company's outstanding or forecasted debt obligations and forecasted revenues as well as the Company's offsetting hedge positions. The risk management control systems involve the use of analytical techniques, including cash flow sensitivity analysis, to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates on the Company's future cash flows.

It is the policy of the Company to enter into forward contracts at the time short-term advances are made to its Canadian subsidiary.

F-22

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(9) Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (Continued)

Interest rate swap agreements.    On July 1, 2009, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with a financial institution to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the one-month LIBOR interest rate on its line of credit. These swaps effectively changed the variable-rate line of credit into a fixed-rate line of credit. For the notional amounts, the Company received a variable interest rate based on the one-month LIBOR and pays a fixed interest rate of 2.49% to 2.52%, depending on the agreement. The notional amounts of the interest rate swaps varied from $10,000,000 to $70,000,000 per month, in relation to the Company's forecasted seasonal borrowings. These interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges. At April 30, 2012, the fair value of interest rate swaps was a liability of $694,000, and was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses. During the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, $0 and $92,000 of income, respectively, were recognized in the consolidated statements of income due to the ineffectiveness of these interest rate swaps. The interest rate swap agreements expired in March 2013.

Forward contracts related to foreign currency exchange rates.    In connection with short-term advances made to its Canadian subsidiary related to personal income tax refund discounting, the Company enters into forward contracts to eliminate the exposure related to foreign currency fluctuations. Under the terms of the forward currency contracts, the exchange rate for repayments is fixed at the time advance is made and the advances are repaid prior to April 30 of each year. These forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, there were no forward contracts outstanding. During the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, no amounts have been recognized in the statements of income due to the ineffectiveness of these foreign currency hedges.

At April 30, 2013, there are no deferred gains on derivative instruments accumulated in other comprehensive income that are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next 12 months.

(10) Income Taxes

Total income taxes were calculated for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Income taxes from continuing operations	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142
Tax benefit of stock option exercises	(271		)	(458		)	(408		)
Interest rate swap agreements	257			152			(104		)
Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities	252			—			—
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—			(550		)	167
Total income taxes	$	11,408		$	8,891		$	9,797

F-23

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

Components of income tax expense for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Current:
Federal	$	5,368		$	5,961		$	6,324
State	1,254			1,160			1,292
Foreign	429			322			855
Current tax expense	7,051			7,443			8,471
Deferred:
Federal	3,365			1,963			1,331
State	787			382			272
Foreign	(33		)	(41		)	68
Deferred tax expense	4,119			2,304			1,671
Total income tax expense	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142

For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, income before taxes consists of the following:

	2013		2012		2011
			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands)
U.S. operations	$	27,434	$	24,859	$	22,148
Foreign operations	1,363		1,271		2,664
	$	28,797	$	26,130	$	24,812

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income from continuing operations as a result of the following for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Computed "expected" income tax expense	$	10,079		$	9,145		$	8,684
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,455			1,033			1,048
Nondeductible items, net	421			297			356
Tax credits	(545		)	(445		)	—
Other	(240		)	(283		)	54
Total income tax expense	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142

F-24

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

The tax effect of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Unexercised nonqualified stock options	$	2,425	$	1,192
Allowance for doubtful accounts	3,501		2,593
Interest rate swap agreements	—		257
Deferred revenue	4,948		7,398
Other	441		208
Total deferred tax assets	11,315		11,648
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, equipment, software, and other intangible assets	7,258		3,480
Prepaid expenses	438		174
Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities	252		—
Total deferred tax liabilities	7,948		3,654
Net deferred tax asset	$	3,367	$	7,994

In assessing the realizability of the gross deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.

The Company has adopted the accounting and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions, which require a two-step approach to evaluate tax positions. This approach involves recognizing any tax positions that are more likely than not to occur and then measuring those positions to determine the amounts to be recognized in the financial statements. The Company has determined no reserves for uncertain tax positions were required at April 30, 2012.

Foreign subsidiary net earnings that were considered permanently reinvested were $1,363,000, $1,271,000 and $2,664,000 for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Because these foreign subsidiary net earnings are considered permanently reinvested, the amount of deferred tax liability that would need to be provided if these earnings were not reinvested is not reasonably determinable.

At April 30, 2013, the tax years that remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service are the years ended April 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and years that remain open for other major taxing jurisdictions are the years ended April 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

(11) Stockholders' Equity

(a) Preferred Stock and Exchangeable Shares

The Company has 190,000 shares of authorized Class A preferred stock with a par value of $0.01, of which 170,320 were issued and outstanding at April 30, 2012 and 0 were outstanding at April 30, 2013 because effective June 15, 2012, two of the Company's major shareholders elected to convert 170,320 shares of Class A preferred stock to 1,703,200 shares of Class A

F-25

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(11) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

common stock. For the years ended April 30, 2011 and 2012, the outstanding shares of Class A preferred stock are presented on the consolidated balance sheets at their original purchase price.

The holders of the Class A preferred stock were entitled to a dividend if a dividend is declared for common stock and were to receive a dividend as if each share of preferred stock had been converted to Class A common stock in accordance with the conversion ratio, and a liquidation preference upon the liquidation, dissolution, or consolidation of the Company. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or consolidation, the holders of Class A preferred stock would be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company, after payment or provision for payment of the debts or other liabilities of the Company, the original issue price per share for each share of Class A preferred stock then outstanding, plus an amount equal to the original issue price per share multiplied by 10% per annum from the original issue date, compounded annually to the date of such distribution. The liquidation value of a share of outstanding Class A preferred stock was $43.15 as of April 30, 2012.

A holder of the Class A preferred stock, at the holder's option, could elect to convert each share of the Class A preferred stock into 10 shares of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A common stock.

During 2011, the Company repurchased 18,146 shares of its Class A preferred stock for $2,722,000.

In October 2001, the Company acquired the remaining 40% of the outstanding common stock of the Canadian subsidiary in a transaction that was accounted for as a purchase. The Company issued consideration to the minority shareholder consisting of 1,600,000 shares of Class A common stock, 10 shares of special voting preferred stock, and 100,000 shares of exchangeable shares of a Canadian subsidiary in exchange for $2,000,000 in cash and the 40% minority interest in the Canadian subsidiary. The 100,000 exchangeable shares are exchangeable at any time at a 10:1 ratio into the Class A common stock of the Company. The special voting preferred shares issued have a $0.01 par value and no liquidation value and entitle the holder to vote each share as if it represented 100,000 shares of Class A common stock. These shares will be canceled as the holder exchanges the exchangeable shares.

(b) Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 21,200,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share. Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges and are identical in all respects as to all matters, except the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to elect one more director than the number of directors elected by holders of all other classes of stock combined. Also, a holder of Class B common stock may, at the holder's option, elect to convert the Class B common stock into an equal number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A common stock.

(c) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Foreign currency adjustment	$	807	$	1,113
Unrealized gain on equity securities available for sale, net of taxes	387		—
Interest rate swap agreements, net of tax	—		(437		)
	$	1,194	$	676

(d) Earnings per Share

Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock is computed using the two-class method. Basic net income per share is computed by allocating undistributed earnings to common shares and participating securities (Class A preferred stock and exchangeable shares) and using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and, if dilutive, the potential common shares outstanding during the period. Potential common shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and non-vested restricted shares. The dilutive effect of outstanding stock options is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. Additionally, the computation of the diluted net income per share of Class A common stock assumes the conversion of Class B common stock, Class A preferred stock and

F-26

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(11) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

exchangeable shares, while the diluted net income per share of Class B common stock does not assume conversion of those shares.

The rights, including liquidation and dividends rights, of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting. As a result, the undistributed earnings for each year are allocated based on the contractual participation rights of the Class A and Class B as if the earnings for the year had been distributed. Participating securities include Class A preferred stock and exchangeable shares, which have dividend rights that are identical to Class A and Class B common stock.

The computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	2013
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings	$	16,386		$	1,241
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(247		)	(18		)
Exchangeable shares	(1,171		)	(89		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	14,968		$	1,134
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	11,883,214			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	1.26		$	1.26
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	14,968		$	1,134
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	1,134			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	265			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,260			—
	$	17,627		$	1,134
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	11,883,214			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities and the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	210,560			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	78,584			5,054
	14,072,358			905,054
Diluted net income per share	$	1.25		$	1.25

F-27

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(11) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

	2012
	As Restated
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings	$	15,076		$	1,307
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(1,836		)	(159		)
Exchangeable shares	(1,078		)	(94		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	12,162		$	1,054
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	10,383,780			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	1.17		$	1.17
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	12,162		$	1,054
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	1,054			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,995			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,172			—
	$	16,383		$	1,054
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	10,383,780			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,703,200			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	180,956			11,644
	14,167,936			911,644
Diluted net income per share	$	1.16		$	1.16

F-28

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(11) Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

	2011
	As Restated
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings, based on net income	$	13,521		$	1,149
Preferred stock redeemed, treated as dividend (Note 19)	(2,300		)	(195		)
Allocation of undistributed earnings, as adjusted	11,221			954
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(1,448		)	(123		)
Exchangeable shares	(783		)	(67		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	8,990		$	764
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	10,588,954			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	0.85		$	0.85
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	8,990		$	764
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	764			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,572			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	849			—
	$	12,175		$	764
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	10,588,954			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,850,800			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	322,494			20,241
	14,662,248			920,241
Diluted net income per share	$	0.83		$	0.83

Diluted net income per share excludes the impact of shares of common stock from the exercise of options to purchase 2,402,183, 2,278,225 and 1,894,250 shares for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, because the effect would be antidilutive.

(12) Stock Compensation Plan

(a)     Stock Options

In May 1998, the board of directors approved the JTH Holding, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the 1998 Plan). Employees and outside directors were eligible to receive awards under the Plan, and a total of 6,100,000 shares of Class A common stock were authorized for grant under the 1998 Plan. The 1998 Plan was readopted by the board of directors in May 2008 and was replaced by a new plan in August 2011 (the New Plan). At April 30, 2013, 2,027,439 shares of Class A common stock are available for

F-29

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(12) Stock Compensation Plan (Continued)

grant under the New Plan. Stock options generally vest from six months to five years from the date of grant and generally expire five years from the vesting date.

The following table summarizes the information for options granted in the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

	2013	2012	2011
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$1.80	$2.30	$2.54
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	13.0% -14.9%	14.9% - 15.0%	14.6% - 15.7%
Expected terms	4-6 years	4 - 6 years	4 - 6 years
Risk-free interest rates	0.6%-1.0%	0.8% - 1.9%	1.2% - 2.3%

Stock option activity during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is as follows:

	Number of options		Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at April 30, 2010	1,970,720		$	11.61
Granted	1,048,800		15.03
Exercised	(460,162	)	8.27
Canceled	(98,020	)	10.08
Outstanding at April 30, 2011	2,461,338		13.77
Granted	433,670		15.00
Exercised	(110,125	)	6.74
Canceled	(55,870	)	14.88
Outstanding at April 30, 2012	2,729,013		14.21
Granted	332,035		15.00
Exercised	(349,500	)	10.88
Canceled	(176,865	)	13.65
Outstanding at April 30, 2013	2,534,683		14.81

Stock options were granted to employees of the Company except for options granted to nonemployee directors of 43,135, 80,000, and 80,000 stock options during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $1,686,000, $900,000, and $3,100,000 during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

F-30

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(12) Stock Compensation Plan (Continued)

Nonvested stock options (options that did not vest in the period in which granted) activity during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

	Nonvested options		Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at April 30, 2010	177,500		$	14.65
Granted	702,500		15.00
Vested	(275,000	)	14.78
Canceled	—		—
Outstanding at April 30, 2011	605,000		15.00
Granted	433,670		15.00
Vested	(577,450	)	15.00
Canceled	(8,720	)	15.00
Outstanding at April 30, 2012	452,500		15.00
Granted	332,035		15.00
Vested	(596,935	)	15.00
Canceled	(55,100	)	15.00
Outstanding at April 30, 2013	132,500		15.00

At April 30, 2013, unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock options are $859,000. These costs are expected to be recognized between 2014 and 2015.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2013:

Number of shares outstanding at April 30, 2013	Range of exercise prices		Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	Number of shares exercisable at April 30, 2013	Weighted average exercise price
117,500	$	10.50	$	10.50	1.9	117,500	$	10.50
2,152,625	14.00 - 16.50		15.02		2.9	2,020,125	15.02
264,558	15.00		15.00		3.8	264,558	15.00
						2,402,183

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013, the cash settlement of certain stock option transactions caused a change in the classification of certain outstanding stock options to a liability instrument from an equity instrument, which resulted in an increase in stock compensation expense of $2,625,000. At April 30, 2013, the value of the liability for the 997,824 options that changed classifications from an equity to a liability instrument was $5,111,000. The following table summarizes the information used to value the liability classified stock-based compensation awards:

	April 30, 2013
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$5.12
Dividend yield	—%
Expected volatility	36.2%
Expected terms	2.90
Risk-free interest rates	0.36%

F-31

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(12) Stock Compensation Plan (Continued)

(b)     Restricted Stock Units

During the year ended April 30, 2013, the Company awarded 15,971 shares of restricted stock units to its non-employee directors. The weighted average fair value at grant date was $13.50 and the vesting or service period is between 16-18 months. Compensation costs associated with these restricted shares are amortized over the service period and recognized as an increase in additional paid-in capital.

The Company uses the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash equivalents, receivables, other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and due to area developers:    The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company had cash equivalents of $16,798,000 and $18,848,000, respectively, invested in money market accounts.

Notes receivable:    The carrying amount of the Company's notes receivable approximates fair value based upon the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the interest rate currently offered by the Company, which approximates rates currently offered by local lending institutions for loans of similar terms to individuals/entities with comparable credit risk.

Long-term debt:    The carrying amount of the Company's long-term debt approximates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the interest rates offered by the lenders, which approximates rates currently offered by local lending institutions for loans of similar terms to companies with comparable credit risk.

Concentrations of credit risks:    Financial instruments that could potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risks consist of cash equivalents and accounts and notes receivable with its franchisees.

The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents balances.

The Company manages credit risk by evaluating the financial position of the franchisee, value of the franchises, as well as the personal guarantee of the individual franchisees. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, there were no significant concentrations of credit risk associated with any individual franchisee or group of franchisees. The Company maintains an allowance for potential losses based on its expected collectibility of the receivables, which the Company believes is adequate for its credit loss exposure. The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information at April 30, 2013 and 2012.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis are classified according to a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

• Level 1—Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

• Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, and model-based valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

At April 30, 2013 and 2012, the following tables present, for each of the fair value hierarchy levels, the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis:

F-32

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(13) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

			April 30, 2013 Fair value measurements using
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
			(In thousands)
Assets:
Recurring:
Cash equivalents	$	16,798	$	16,798	$	—	$	—
Equity securities, available for sale	3,619		3,619		—		—
	$	20,417	$	20,417	$	—	$	—
Nonrecurring:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	$	7,973	$	—	$	—	$	7,973
Impaired goodwill	1,254		—		—		1,254
Impaired reacquired rights	286		—		—		286
Impaired customer lists	453		—		—		453
	$	9,966	$	—	$	—	$	9,966
Liabilities:
Recurring:
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards	$	5,111	$	—	$	5,111	$	—

			April 30, 2012 As Restated Fair value measurements using
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
			(In thousands)
Assets:
Recurring:
Cash equivalents	$	18,848	$	18,848	$	—	$	—
Nonrecurring:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	$	5,746	$	—	$	—	$	5,746
Impaired goodwill	1,477		—		—		1,477
Impaired reacquired rights	412		—		—		412
Impaired customer lists	564		—		—		564
	$	8,199	$	—	$	—	$	8,199
Liabilities:
Recurring:
Interest rate swap agreements	$	694	$	—	$	694	$	—

The Company's policy is to recognize transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy on the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 or 2 recurring fair value measurements for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012.

Management considers accounts and notes receivable to be impaired if the amounts due exceed the fair value of the underlying franchise. In establishing the estimated fair value of the underlying franchise consideration is given to the net fees of open offices and the number of unopened offices.

F-33

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(13) Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

Management considers intangible assets, reacquired rights, customer list and goodwill, associated with a Company-owned office to be impaired if the net carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the underlying office. In establishing the fair value of a customer list, consideration is given to historical transactions involving sales of Company-owned offices and the net fees of the underlying office.

The fair value of the Company's interest swap agreements is the difference between the present value of interest payments due under the current swap agreements and similar swap agreements using a market rate of interest on date of valuation.

(14) Related-Party Transactions

The Company considers directors and their affiliated companies, executive officers and their immediate family members to be related parties. For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company repurchased common and Class A preferred stock from related parties as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Common stock:
Shares repurchased	191,000		52,000		98,000
Amount	$	3,010,000	$	787,000	$	1,471,000
Preferred stock:
Shares repurchased	—		—		18,000
Amount	$	—	$	—	$	2,722,000

At April 30, 2013 and 2012, notes receivable from related parties are as follows:

	2013		2012
Note receivable	$	22,000	$	21,000
Repayments received during the year	2,000		971,000

Interest rates on these notes approximate prevailing market rates at the time of their issuance.

(15) Employee 401(k) Plan

The Company sponsors a defined-contribution 401(k) profit sharing plan. Under the plan, employees who are 18 years of age and have completed 90 days of service are eligible to make voluntary contributions to the plan. The Company matches 50% of each employee's contribution up to 3% of the employee's salary. Total compensation expense related to these contributions was $412,000, $375,000, and $305,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

(16) Commitments and Contingencies

ERC class action litigation.    The Company was sued in November 2011 in federal courts in Arkansas, California, Florida and Illinois, and additional lawsuits were filed in federal courts in January 2012 in Maryland and North Carolina, in February 2012 in Wisconsin, and in May 2012 in New York and Minnesota, since the initial filings. In April 2012, a motion to consolidate all of the then-pending cases before a single judge in federal court in the Northern District of Illinois was granted, and in June 2012, the plaintiffs filed a new complaint in the consolidated action. The consolidated complaint alleges that an electronic refund check (ERC) represents a form of refund anticipation loan (RAL) because the taxpayer is "loaned" the tax preparation fee, and that an ERC is therefore subject to federal truth-in-lending disclosure and state law requirements regulating RALs. The plaintiffs therefore allege violations of state-specific RAL and other consumer statutes. The lawsuit purports to be a class action, and the plaintiffs allege potential damages in excess of $5 million, but we may be able to recover any damages from the providers of the financial products that designed the programs and related disclosures. The Company is aware that virtually identical lawsuits have been filed against several of its competitors. The Company has not concluded that a loss related to this matter is probable, nor has the Company accrued a loss contingency related to this matter. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims in this case, and intends to defend the case vigorously, but there can be no assurances as to the outcome or the impact on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The case is at an early procedural stage.

F-34

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(16) Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

South Carolina litigation.    In November 2010, several former customers of one of the Company's South Carolina franchisees initiated a purported class action against the Company, its chief executive officer and another of the Company's employees in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, in a case styled Martin v. JTH Tax,  Inc. Class action status was denied in February 2013, and the case was settled in June 2013.  The settlement amount is immaterial and has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Republic Bank Dispute. In August 2012, the Company terminated an agreement with one of its financial product providers, Republic Bank & Trust Company, which would otherwise have expired in October 2014. The Company's right to terminate the agreement is being disputed by Republic Bank & Trust Company, and the parties conducted a contractually-required mediation in late June 2013. If the mediation does not resolve the parties' dispute, the agreement provides for arbitration of the dispute. At this stage, an arbitration proceeding has not been commenced, but the Company believes that the outcome of this dispute will not significantly impact its results of operation or financial position.

The Company is also party to claims and lawsuits that are considered to be ordinary, routine litigation incidental to the business, including claims and lawsuits concerning the preparation of customers' income tax returns, the fees charged to customers for various products and services, relationships with franchisees, intellectual property disputes, employment matters and contract disputes. Although the Company cannot provide assurance that it will ultimately prevail in each instance, the Company believes the amount, if any, it will be required to pay in the discharge of liabilities or settlements in these claims will not have a material adverse impact on its consolidated results of operations.

(17) Subsequent Events

On May 31, 2013, the Company authorized the grant of 16,348 restricted stock units and 9,490 stock options to the nonemployee directors of the Company. The grant price of the restricted stock units and the exercise price of the options is $16.38. The options will vest after six months and can be exercised over a five-year period after the vesting date. The restricted stock will have a vesting period of 18 months.

On September 20, 2013, the Company authorized the grant of 397,284 options and 7,134 restricted stock units to certain employees and non-employee directors of the Company. The exercise price of the options will be $17.95 per share, which is the fair value at grant date. The options will vest between six months and three years and may generally be exercised over a five-year period after the vesting date. The restricted stock units will generally have a vesting period that expires on June 30, 2015.

(18) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

As discussed in greater detail in Note 19, the Company determined the need to restate its previously issued consolidated financial information for the quarterly periods ended July 31, 2012, October 31, 2012, January 31, 2013 and each of the quarterly periods in the year ended April 30, 2012.    

	Three Months Ended
	July 31, 2012			October 31, 2012			January 31, 2013		April 30, 2013
	As Restated			As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	7,244		$	9,482		$	37,921	$	92,966
Net income (loss)	$	(6,363	)	$	(6,111	)	$	1,673	$	28,428
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.52	)	$	(0.47	)	$	0.12	$	2.04
Diluted	$	(0.52	)	$	(0.47	)	$	0.12	$	2.01

F-35

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(18) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Continued)

	Three Months Ended
	July 31, 2011			October 31, 2011			January 31, 2012		April 30, 2012
	As Restated			As Restated			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	6,332		$	8,248		$	44,226	$	72,419
Net income (loss)	$	(4,551	)	$	(5,366	)	$	5,266	$	21,034
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.48	)	$	0.38	$	1.51
Diluted	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.48	)	$	0.37	$	1.49

Because most of the Company's customers file their tax returns during the period from January through April of each year, most of the Company's revenues are earned during this period. As a result, the Company generally operates at a loss through the first eight months of the fiscal year.

The following tables summarize the effects of the restatement and presentation reclassifications on our previously issued unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements:

	Three Months Ended January 31, 2013
	As Reported		Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	30,538	$	7,383	$	37,921
Net income	$	1,112	$	561	$	1,673
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	0.08	$	0.04	$	0.12
Diluted	$	0.08	$	0.04	$	0.12

	Three Months Ended October 31, 2012								Three Months Ended July 31, 2012
	As Reported			Adjustments		As Restated			As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	7,289		$	2,193	$	9,482		$	6,786		$	458		$	7,244
Net income (loss)	$	(6,698	)	$	587	$	(6,111	)	$	(6,152	)	$	(211	)	$	(6,363	)
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.51	)	$	0.04	$	(0.47	)	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.52	)
Diluted	$	(0.51	)	$	0.04	$	(0.47	)	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.52	)

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(18) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Continued)

	Three Months Ended April 30, 2012							Three Months Ended January 31, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated		As Reported		Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	59,789	$	12,630		$	72,419	$	35,650	$	8,576	$	44,226
Net income (loss)	$	22,039	$	(1,005	)	$	21,034	$	4,677	$	589	$	5,266
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.58	$	(0.07	)	$	1.51	$	0.33	$	0.05	$	0.38
Diluted	$	1.56	$	(0.07	)	$	1.49	$	0.33	$	0.04	$	0.37

	Three Months Ended October 31, 2011									Three Months Ended July 31, 2011
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated			As Reported			Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	8,793		$	(545	)	$	8,248		$	4,868		$	1,464	$	6,332
Net income (loss)	$	(4,326	)	$	(1,040	)	$	(5,366	)	$	(4,979	)	$	428	$	(4,551	)
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.38	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.48	)	$	(0.44	)	$	0.04	$	(0.40	)
Diluted	$	(0.38	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.48	)	$	(0.44	)	$	0.04	$	(0.40	)

The adjustments reflected in the table above include the following:

• Adjustments to revenue to include the change to gross presentation for the AD portion of franchise fees and royalties, the net impact of charging our franchise fee recognition policy to receipt of funds and the net impact of recognizing area developer fees over the life of the agreement instead of upfront.

• Adjustments to net income include the revenue adjustments mentioned above, expense adjustments for the gross presentation of amounts due ADs, changes to the provision for bad debt due to the elimination of the provision for refunds, adjustments to amortization due to the purchase price allocation for company-owned offices and adjustments to the provision for income taxes due to the restatement adjustments.

(19) Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

On August 1, 2013, the Company concluded that previously issued consolidated financial statements should not be relied upon due to revenue recognition adjustments. The Company's decision to restate its consolidated financial statements was based upon the results of an internal review of the Company's historical revenue recognition policies and their application. The Company has restated its consolidated balance sheet as of April 30, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011. Additionally, the Company has restated the unaudited quarterly financial information for each quarter in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2012 and for the first three quarters of the year ended April 30, 2013 as shown in Note 18.

Impact of Corrections on Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

Adjustments were made for the following items:

• We determined that our area developer agreements do not constitute a franchise relationship for accounting purposes. Therefore, instead of recording revenue at the inception of the area developer relationship under franchise accounting, we now record these fees over the life of the area developer contract, which is typically 10 years. Additionally, our financial statements now show the portion of franchise fees, interest and royalties that the AD is entitled to receive from us in our revenue captions, with an equal amount of expense shown in a new operating expense caption, area developer expense. These amounts were previously presented on a net basis.

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(19) Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements (Continued)

• We changed our revenue recognition policy for franchise fees to record revenue as amounts are received from the franchisee. Previously, we generally recorded such revenues at the time of sale, net of expected note cancellations related to the amount financed. Therefore, under the new revenue recognition policy any portion of franchise fees that is financed is only reflected as revenue as the note payments are made.

• We also revised our methodology for the allocation of the purchase price associated with the acquisitions of businesses from franchisees. Historically, we allocated the entire purchase price to an identifiable intangible asset, customer list. The new methodology allocates the purchase price to all identifiable intangible assets, which consist of reacquired rights and customer list. Any unallocated purchase price is recorded as goodwill.

The following table presents the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated balance sheets:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
	(in thousands)
Receivables:
Notes	$	41,889		$	(11,606	)	$	30,283
Interest	1,610			(936		)	674
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(5,044		)	548			(4,496		)
Total receivables, net	76,776			(11,994		)	64,782
Deferred income taxes	41			3,860			3,901
Total current assets	102,279			(8,134		)	94,145
Notes receivable, excluding current portion	37,949			(25,444		)	12,505
Allowance for uncollectible amounts for long-term notes receivable	(2,086		)	1,292			(794		)
Goodwill	1,913			3,487			5,400
Other intangibles, net	22,158			(11,844		)	10,314
Deferred income taxes	—			4,093			4,093
Other assets, net	2,580			5			2,585
Total assets	188,741			(36,545		)	152,196
Due to area developers	21,893			(5,937		)	15,956
Deferred income taxes	1,222			(1,222		)	—
Deferred revenue - short-term portion	3,270			3,650			6,920
Total current liabilities	49,980			(3,509		)	46,471
Deferred revenue - long-term portion	—			12,411			12,411
Deferred income taxes	12,310			(12,310		)	—
Total liabilities	88,539			(3,408		)	85,131
Retained earnings	94,102			(33,137		)	60,965
Total stockholders' equity	100,202			(33,137		)	67,065
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	188,741			(36,545		)	152,196

The adjustments reflected in the table above include:

• Adjustments to notes receivable to present balance net of the unrecognized revenue portion of notes

• Adjustments to interest receivable to convert from accrual basis to cash basis for notes related to unrecognized revenue

• Adjustments to allowance for doubtful accounts includes the impact of the change in our franchise fee revenue recognition policy

F-38

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(19) Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements (Continued)

• Adjustments to deferred income taxes, long-term portion shown in other assets, net and income taxes payable reflect the impact of the restatement adjustments

• Adjustments to goodwill and a portion of the other intangibles, net relate to the revised purchase price allocation methodology for businesses acquired from franchisees

• Adjustments to other intangibles includes the net impact of the elimination of the deferred revenue balance of repurchased area developer areas

• Adjustments to due to area developer to conform to net presentation for notes related to unrecognized revenue

• Adjustments to deferred revenue to reflect the recognition of area developer fees over the life of their agreement

• Adjustments to stockholders' equity reflects the cumulative impact of all of the restatement adjustments

The following tables present the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of income:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Franchise fees	$	15,073	$	(7,077	)	$	7,996
Provision for refunds	928		(928		)	—
Area developer fees	—		6,702			6,702
Royalties and advertising fees	49,964		20,052			70,016
Interest income	11,437		969			12,406
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other assets and other revenue	3,625		551			4,176
Total revenues	109,100		22,125			131,225
General and administrative expenses	25,780		1,098			26,878
Area developer expense	—		23,872			23,872
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	7,169		(1,170		)	5,999
Total operating expenses	79,445		23,800			103,245
Income from operations	29,655		(1,675		)	27,980
Income before income taxes	27,805		(1,675		)	26,130
Income tax expense	10,394		(647		)	9,747
Net income	17,411		(1,028		)	16,383
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.24	$	(0.07	)	$	1.17
Diluted	$	1.23	$	(0.07	)	$	1.16

F-39

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(19) Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements (Continued)

	April 30, 2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Franchise fees	$	14,354	$	(5,574	)	$	8,780
Provision for refunds	1,206		(1,206		)	—
Area developer fees	—		6,335			6,335
Royalties and advertising fees	46,879		19,303			66,182
Interest income	10,110		1,212			11,322
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other assets and other revenue	4,091		(70		)	4,021
Total revenues	95,524		22,412			117,936
General and administrative expenses	20,707		1,765			22,472
Area developer expense	—		23,094			23,094
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	6,062		(623		)	5,439
Total operating expenses	67,009		24,236			91,245
Income from operations	28,515		(1,824		)	26,691
Income before income taxes	26,636		(1,824		)	24,812
Income tax expense	10,874		(732		)	10,142
Net income	15,762		(1,092		)	14,670
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.10	$	(0.25	)	$	0.85
Diluted	$	1.08	$	(0.25	)	$	0.83

The adjustments reflected in the tables above include:

• Adjustments to franchise fees includes the reclassification of area developer fees to a separate caption, the net impact of changing our franchise fee recognition policy to receipt of funds and the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion

• Adjustments to provision for refunds is due to the change in our franchise fee recognition policy

• Adjustments to area developer fees is the net effect of reclassifying AD fees out of franchisee fees and the impact of recognizing revenue over the life of the agreement

• Adjustments to royalties and advertising reflects the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion of royalties

• Adjustments to interest income reflect the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion of interest and the conversion to cash basis from accrual basis for interest on notes related to unrecognized revenue

• Adjustments to general and administrative expense reflects the increase in the provision for bad debts due to the elimination of the provision for refunds

• Adjustments to area developer expense reflects the change to a gross presentation for franchise fees, royalties and interest owed to area developer

• Adjustments to amortization and impairment charges are the net effect of the change in purchase price allocation for company-owned offices acquired from franchisees and the impact of a smaller balance of area developer rights due to the netting of deferred revenue upon reacquisition

• Adjustments to the provision for income taxes reflects the impact of the restatement adjustments

• Adjustment for the year ended April 30, 2011 to the basic and diluted net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock reflects the repurchase of preferred stock as a reduction of net income attributable to common stockholders

F-40

JTH HOLDING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 30, 2013 and 2012

(19) Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements (Continued)

The following tables present the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Net income	$	17,411	$	(1,028	)	$	16,383
Comprehensive income	$	17,706	$	(1,028	)	$	16,678
	April 30, 2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Net income	$	15,762	$	(1,092	)	$	14,670
Comprehensive income	$	16,022	$	(1,092	)	$	14,930

The explanations for the restatement adjustments shown above are detailed on the previous pages.

The restatement had no impact on net operating, investing or financing activities within the consolidated statements of cash flows.

F-41

EX-10.5

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

via

JTH HOLDING, INC.

2011 EQUITY AND CASH INCENTIVE

This Agreement is made as of _____________, 20__ by and between JTH Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and ______________________________ (“Employee”).

Whereas, as of _____________, 20__ (“Date of Grant”), pursuant to the terms and conditions of the JTH Holding, Inc. 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (“Plan”), the Board of Employees of the Company authorized the grant to the Employee of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and subject to the terms of the Plan; and

Whereas, the Employee desires to acquire and accept the RSUs on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

IT IS AGREED

1. Grant of RSUs. The Company hereby grants the Employee ______ RSUs, each RSU corresponding to one share of the Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value of $0.01 per share. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, each RSU represents an unsecured promise of the Company to deliver, and the right of the Employee to receive, one share of the Common Stock of the Company, par value of $0.01 per share, at the time and on the terms and conditions set forth herein. As a holder of RSUs, the Employee has only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

2. Vesting. These RSUs are subject to vesting. These RSUs will become vested and payable in full on _________________________________, provided the Employee serves continuously on the Board of Employees of the Company from the Date of Grant until such time. No RSUs shall vest or become payable after termination of the Employee’s service on the Board of Employees of the Company.

3. Settlement of Award. Subject to the terms of this Section 3 and 4 below, the Company shall issue to the Employee one share of Class A Common Stock for each RSU that has become vested and payable under Section 2 above and shall deliver to the Employee such shares as soon as practicable (and within thirty (30) days) after the vesting date. The RSUs shall be forfeited if they are not vested and payable prior to the termination of the Employee’s service on the Board of Employees of the Company.

4. Shareholder Rights. Except as set forth in Section 6 below,the Employee shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any RSUs until issuance of the shares of Common Stock. The Company may include on any certificates or notations representing shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to this Agreement such legends referring to any representations, restrictions or any other applicable statements as the Company, in its discretion, shall deem appropriate.

1

5. Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Termination for Cause.

(i) If the Employee’s service on the Board of the Employees of the Company is terminated for Cause (as defined in section 6(c)(ii) of this Agreement), the RSUs shall terminate and be forfeited effective as of the effective date of the Employee’s termination of service for Cause.

(ii) "Cause" for the purposes of this Agreement shall mean a commission by the Employee of a felony or other criminal conduct injurious to the Company or any Affiliate, gross negligence, fraud or intentional misconduct or breach of any fiduciary duty to the Company or removal of the Employee from the Board of Employees of the Company.

(iii) In the event the Employee’s service on the Board of Employees of the Company is terminated for Cause, the Employee will not be entitled to receive and will forfeit any shares of Common Stock that have not been delivered previously to the Employee (even if the RSUs previously become payable), and the Employee shall return to the Company the Economic Value (as later defined herein) of any Common Stock acquired via RSUs awarded hereunder to the Employee within the six-month period prior to the date of termination of service on the Board of Employees of the Company. In that event, the Employee hereby agrees to remit the Economic Value to the Company in cash within 30 days of the Company's demand therefore. "Economic Value" for the purposes of this Agreement shall mean an amount equal to the then fair market value of the Common Stock=. The Company, in its discretion, may require the Employee to return to the Company the Economic Value in the form of any Common Stock that the Employee still holds and that was acquired under the RSUs.

(b)    Competing With the Company, Breach of Confidentiality. If the Employee’s service on the Board of Employees of the Company terminates for any reason, the Board of Employees, in its discretion, may require the Employee to return to the Company the Economic Value of any Common Stock acquired via RSUs awarded hereunder by the Employee within the six-month period prior to the date of the Employee’s termination or thereafter if the Employee at any time during the term of his or her service on the Board of Employees of the Company and for an additional period of one (1) year thereafter, without the Company's prior written consent, directly or indirectly, engages in the business of or owns or controls an interest in (except as a passive investor owning less than two percent (2%) of the equity securities of a publicly owned corporation), or acts as a Employee, officer or employee of, or consultant to any partnership, joint venture, corporation or other business entity directly or indirectly engaged in any business that competes with the Company anywhere in the actual geographic location in which the Company conducts business in the United States at the time of the Employee’s termination. In that event, the Employee agrees to remit the Economic Value to the Company in the same manner as provided in Section 5(a)(iii).

The time period during which the restrictions set forth in this section 5(b) apply shall be extended by the length of time during which the Employee violates the restrictions in any respect.

6.    Cash Dividends. For so long as the Employee holds outstanding RSUs under this Agreement, if the Company pays any cash dividends on its Common Stock, then the Company will pay the Employee in cash for each outstanding RSU covered by this Agreement as of the record date for such dividend the per share amount of such dividend that the Employee would

2

have received had the Employee owned the underlying shares of Common Stock as of the record date of the dividend if, and only if, the RSUs become earned and payable and the related shares of Common Stock are issued to the Employee. In that case, the Company shall pay such cash amounts to the Employee at the same time the related shares of Common Stock are delivered.

7.     Adjustments. If and to the extent that the number of issued shares of Common Stock shall be increased or reduced by any stock dividend or split, recapitalization, reclassification, combination of shares, or any similar change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock, the Company shall proportionally adjust the number and kind of RSUs, to such extent and in such manner as shall as closely as possible maintain the Employee’s proportionate interest in the Company and his or her rights hereunder; provided, however, that proportional adjustment shall not include the grant to the Employee of any preemptive right with respect to the issue and sale of Common Stock of the Company.

8.    Nonassignability. The Award shall not be assignable or transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution in the event of the death of the Employee. No transfer of the Award by the Employee by will or by the laws of descent and distribution shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of the will, if any, and such other evidence as the Company may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions of the Award.

9. Company Representations. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Employee that:

(a) The Company, by appropriate and all required action, is duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and consummate all of the transactions contemplated hereunder in accordance with its terms; and

(b) The shares of Common Stock, when issued and delivered by the Company to the Employee in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable.

10.      Employee Representations. The Employee hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a) The Employee is acquiring the RSUs and shall acquire any Common Stock hereunder for his or her own account and not with a view towards the distribution thereof other than a distribution that in the opinion of counsel for the Company would not violate the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act");

(b) The Employee understands that he or she must bear the economic risk of the investment in the Common Stock awarded , which cannot be sold unless they are registered under the 1933 Act or an exemption therefrom is available thereunder and that the Company is under no obligation to register the RSUs for sale under the 1933 Act;

(c) In the Employee’s negotiations with the Company, the Employee has had both the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the officers and Employees of the Company and all persons acting on its behalf concerning the terms and conditions of the offer made hereunder and to obtain any additional information to the extent the Company possesses or may possess such information or can acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense.

3

(d) The Employee is aware that the Company shall place stop transfer orders with its transfer agent against the transfer of any shares of Common Stock in the absence of registration under the 1933 Act or an exemption therefrom as provided herein.

11. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Employee hereby agrees that he or she shall not sell, transfer by any means or otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock acquired under RSUs acquired by him or her without registration under the 1933 Act, or in the event that they are not so registered, unless (i) an exemption from the 1933 Act registration requirements is available thereunder and (ii) the Employee has furnished the Company with notice of the proposed transfer and the Company’s legal counsel, in its reasonable opinion, shall deem the proposed transfer to be exempt.

(b) If the shares of Common Stock have not been registered under the 1933 Act, the certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock may bear the following legends:

“The shares of Common Stock represented by this certificate have been acquired for investment and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or under the Securities Act of any State. The shares of Common Stock represented by this Certificate may not be sold or transferred in the absence of an effective registration statement for the shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and such state laws as may be applicable, or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company that registration is not required”

“The shares represented by this Certificate have been acquired pursuant the JTH Holding, Inc. 2011 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan, a copy of which is on file with the Company, and may not be transferred, pledged or disposed of except in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.”

12.    Code Section 409A. This Agreement is intended to be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A. The Plan shall be interpreted in a manner to carry out such intent. Notwithstanding the foregoing and any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company reserves the right to amend the Agreement and/or restructure, terminate or replace the RSUs in order to cause the RSUs to not be subject to Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Committee, nor the Company, nor any Affiliate, employee, Employee or other person shall be liable to the Employee in the event that the RSUS results in taxation under Code Section 409A.

13. No Right to Continued Service. Neither the Plan, the granting of this Award nor any other action taken pursuant to the Plan or this Award constitutes or is evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Employee will remain in service on the Board of Employees of the Company for any period of time or at any particular rate of compensation.

14.    Miscellaneous.

(a) Notices. All notices, requests, deliveries, payments, demands and other communications that are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either delivered personally or sent via registered or certified mail, or by private courier, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the parties at their respective addresses, or to such other address as either shall have specified by notice in writing to the other.

4

(b) Conflict with the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall in all respects be controlling.

(c) Waiver. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

(d) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended except by writing executed by the Employee and the Company. The parties acknowledge that they have not relied upon any prior oral representations with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(e) Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, and to the extent not prohibited herein, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto and as provided above, their respective heirs, successors, assigns and representatives any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities.

(f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, except to the extent federal law applies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 5(a) and (b) of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia. Any dispute arising out of this Agreement shall be resolved in either the Circuit Court for the City of Virginia Beach or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia. The Employee hereby submits to the jurisdiction of these courts and agrees that venue properly lies in those courts with respect to any action, suit, claim or dispute arising under or with respect to this Agreement. The parties hereto waive any right they might have to a jury trial. The provisions of this Agreement are offered by each party as a material inducement to enter into this Agreement.

[Signatures on the following page]

5

In witness whereof, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

JTH Holding, Inc.

_______________________________________________

Name:

Title:

Employee

_______________________________________________

6

EX-10.20

FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT B

1

Franchise Agreement September 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SectionPage

1. GRANT OF FRANCHISE3

2. TERM, RENEWAL AND BUYBACK3

3. TERRITORY3

4. FEES AND PAYMENTS4

5. OBLIGATIONS OF FRANCHISOR    7

6. OBLIGATIONS OF FRANCHISEE8

7. REPORTS AND REVIEW11

8. TERMINATION12

9. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS13

10. ADDITIONAL IN-TERM AND POST-TERM COVENANTS14

11. OPTION TO PURCHASE ASSETS16

12. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION16

13. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR17

14. DEATH OR INCAPACITY17

15. ASSIGNABILITY AND FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL17

16. NON-WAIVER OF BREACH19

17. GOVERNING LAW19

18. MODIFICATION20

19. RELEASE OF PRIOR CLAIMS20

20. NOTICES20

21. FULLUNDERSTANDING    20

22. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS21

23. GUARANTY21

24. COUNTERPARTS21

25. SEVERABILITY21

26. HEADINGS    21

Signature Page…………………………………………………………………………………...22

Schedule A – Territory…………………………………………………………………………A-1

Schedules B-1 to B-5 – Special Stipulations…………………………………..................    B-1-B-5

2

Franchise Agreement September 2013

3

Franchise Agreement September 2013

1. GRANT OF FRANCHISE

Liberty Tax Service (“Liberty,” “Liberty Tax”) has developed a system for the operation of tax return preparation offices. The Liberty system utilizes special marketing techniques and operating procedures to facilitate the provision of tax return preparation and related services.

You, meaning the franchisee and all signators identified on the signature page to this franchise agreement (“Agreement” or “Franchise Agreement”), in your personal capacity, have applied for a franchise that utilizes Liberty’s system and Liberty’s trade names, service marks, and trademarks (collectively, the “Marks”) (“Franchised Business” or “Franchise”). Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Liberty grants to you a Liberty Tax Service franchise. This Agreement will allow you to operate a tax return preparation business using Liberty’s system and Liberty’s Marks within the territory described on Schedule A (“Territory”). You agree to abide by the terms of this Agreement.

You recognize and agree that the nature of the tax return preparation business is such that complete uniformity is not always practical or desirable and that Liberty, in Liberty’s sole discretion, may vary the terms of this Agreement and the standards of operation of the Franchised Business to accommodate the peculiarities of a particular situation and/or territory. You have no recourse against Liberty if other franchisees are granted allowances that you are not granted.

2. TERM, RENEWAL AND BUYBACK

a.    Term. This Agreement will be effective for a five-year term beginning on the effective date specified on the signature page of this Agreement (“Effective Date”).

b.    Renewal. You may renew for another five-year term by signing Liberty’s then current franchise agreement if you have met the Target Volume specified in Section 6.f. of this Agreement and are otherwise in compliance with this Agreement. You may continue to renew future franchise agreements in this manner if you are in compliance with all agreements between you and Liberty. You must exercise a general release of all claims that you might have against Liberty to renew. Liberty may not raise royalties or advertising fees that you pay to Liberty upon any future renewal, or impose a renewal fee. Further, Liberty may not change the boundaries of your Territory, the level and type of territorial exclusivity or the territorial rights you have. Other terms and conditions may vary. If you wish to renew, you must notify Liberty in writing at least 180 days before the expiration of this Agreement.

c.    Buyback. Between May 1 and August 31 of any year, Liberty has the right to purchase your Franchised Business for the greater of $150,000 or 200% of Gross Receipts of the Territory for the previous twelve months, or such shorter time as an office in the Territory may have been in operation. You understand that this is a premium price above fair value and does not vest any rights in you. The term “Gross Receipts” as used in this Agreement means all revenue from all services and products offered by the Franchised Business (including, but not limited to, revenue from individual, corporate, estate and partnership tax returns), excluding only customer discounts, any transmitter, software or electronic filing fee, and sales tax, but not service fees for credit card transactions.

3. TERRITORY

a. Territory Generally. Your Territory is described in Schedule A of this Agreement (“Territory”).

4

Franchise Agreement September 2013

b.General Rights & Restrictions. You may operate as many tax return preparation offices in the Territory as you determine to be appropriate. You may not operate outside your Territory. Liberty may grant franchises for areas outside your Territory or operate company offices in such areas. Except as described below, Liberty may not establish franchised or company owned outlets or other channels of distribution of similar products or services in your Territory. Liberty may grant franchises in your Territory that operate a different line of business. Liberty may distribute Liberty tax return preparation products and services by means other than retail or storefront locations in your Territory, including the sale of gift cards for this service. No other franchisee using the Marks may operate a tax return preparation office in your Territory. Liberty may advertise in your Territory. You may not advertise in areas outside your Territory or in media that extends outside your Territory, without Liberty’s expressed written approval.

c.Misplaced Offices. If you locate an office outside your Territory, even if Liberty approved such site location, you agree upon discovery of this fact to promptly abandon the office and refrain from any further targeted solicitation (e.g., direct mail, telephone calls, etc.) of customers residing in the territory containing the misplaced office. If Liberty learns that Liberty or another franchisee has erroneously located an office in your Territory, you agree to accept the abandonment of the office and, in the case of a misplaced office operated by another franchisee, the discontinuation of further targeted solicitation of customers located in your Territory, in full satisfaction of any claim against Liberty, Liberty’s past and present employees, and Liberty’s past and present franchisees, in relation to the misplaced office. Liberty has a reasonable time to correct any such error after Liberty learns of it. No person or entity is a third-party beneficiary of this Section.

d. National and Regional Retail Business Outlets. Liberty may negotiate agreements with national or regional retail businesses. If there is an outlet of such a national or regional business in your Territory that is subject to such an agreement, you may choose to operate a tax return preparation service office in that outlet by communicating that decision to Liberty by December 1 before a given Tax Season, or such earlier date provided by Liberty in order to meet the requirements of that business. If you choose not to operate in an outlet that exists in your Territory, Liberty may operate in that outlet in your Territory and all associated revenue and expenses shall belong to Liberty. Additionally, Liberty will retain the right to service the customers associated with that outlet in the future.

4.FEES AND PAYMENTS

a. Initial and Resale Franchise Fee. The initial franchise fee and resale franchise fees are $40,000. The resale franchise fee applies to a territory that has been previously sold. If a territory includes existing operations, the total cost will vary depending upon the Gross Receipts of the Territory and other pertinent market and economic factors.

b.    Down Payment and Approval. You must submit a minimum of 20% of the initial or resale franchise fee as a deposit after you have held the Liberty Franchise Disclosure Document for at least fourteen (14) calendar days and prior to attending Effective Operations Training (“EOT”). Liberty will refund this deposit to you upon your request at any time before you attend EOT. If you receive financing, you will be required to submit a deposit of up to $25,000 prior to closing for your operational expenses (“Operational Supply Deposit”). We will refund to you the initial or resale franchise fee (including deposits) if we do not approve your application or if you do not pass EOT in accordance with our passing standards, provided that you return to us all materials which we distributed to you during training. After closing, Liberty will hold and make available for return to you any Operational Supply Deposit that you were required to submit, upon your written request to Liberty with substantiation as to the expenses to be paid by you with the Operational Supply Deposit. We do not pay interest on the Operational Supply Deposit.

5

Franchise Agreement September 2013

The initial and resale franchise fee is fully earned and nonrefundable when both parties execute this Agreement.

c. Reverse Royalty. If Liberty receives tax preparation fees from individuals located in your Territory through the use of Liberty’s online tax preparation services while you have a Liberty Tax Service office open in that Territory, Liberty agrees to use commercially reasonable means to track and identify those revenues and pay or credit to you 14% of those tax preparation fees within sixty (60) days after the end of each Tax Season in its sole discretion. The term “Tax Season” means the time period of January 2 – April 30.

d.    Royalties. You must pay a royalty to Liberty in the amount of 14% of Gross Receipts subject to the following minimums (“Minimum Royalties”):

i) Year One. For the period ending April 30 following the Effective Date of this Agreement, if you operated or were required to have operated an office in the Territory for any part of Tax Season ending in that April, the minimum royalty is $5,000 per Territory.

(ii)    Year Two. For the period beginning May 1 following the Effective Date of this Agreement through the following April 30,the minimum royalty is $8,000 per Territory.

(iii)    Year Three and Beyond. Thereafter, the minimum royalty is $11,000 per Territory for each successive period beginning May 1 through the following April 30.

(iv) Developed Territory. For a territory that contains or that had in the most recent Tax     Season prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement, an existing company, franchisee or other Liberty tax preparation office (“Developed Territory”), you must pay royalties as set forth above depending upon how long any office has been operated in the Territory. For example, if it is your first year operating in a territory but an office has     been operated in the Territory by Liberty or another franchisee through one Tax Season,     then the Territory would be subject to Year Two royalties for the year that you first operate     in the Territory. An office includes, but is not limited to, locations such as kiosks or temporary locations where tax return preparation services are provided.

e. Area Developers. If you are in or become part of an area covered by an Area Developer, Liberty may pay to the Area Developer a portion of the initial franchisee fee and royalties that you pay to Liberty.

f.    Advertising Fee. You must pay an advertising fee of 5% of the Gross Receipts each month.

g.    Payment Period. You must pay the royalty owed by the 5th of each month based on Gross Receipts for the preceding month, and any balance owed to achieve Minimum Royalty on May 5 for each fiscal year ending April 30. You must pay advertising fees by the 5^th of each month based on Gross Receipts for the preceding month. Liberty reserves the right to modify this payment schedule in Liberty’s Operations Manual.

h.    Interest. You must pay interest of 12% (compounded daily) per year, or the maximum permitted by law if less, on any amounts owed to Liberty that are more than fifteen (15) days past due.

i.    Transfer Fee. If you transfer your Franchised Business, or a majority ownership interest in it, you must pay Liberty a transfer fee of $5,000 at the time of transfer. This fee is subject to increase or

6

Franchise Agreement September 2013

decrease in future franchise agreements by the amount of change in the Consumer Price Index – All Urban Consumers, published by the U.S. Department of Labor, or a reasonably similar successor index, from the index as of the Effective Date.

j.    Customer Refunds, Penalty and Interest, Send a Friend. If you do not resolve a customer service complaint or pay penalty and interest on an erroneous return prepared in your office, or misdeliver a customer check, or fail to pay a Send a Friend or E-Send a Friend referral, and the customer contacts Liberty, if Liberty believes there is a reasonable basis for the complaint, payment of penalty and interest, or payment of the Send a Friend referral, Liberty may issue a refund of fees paid by the customer, pay to the customer the penalty and interest or amount of misdelivered check, or pay the Send a Friend referral, and bill you. You agree to pay the charges. Your obligation to pay penalty and interest for tax return preparation errors made by you continues after the expiration or termination of this Agreement or sale of the Franchised Business.

k.    Automatic payment transfer. All of the tax preparation, transmitter, software, and electronic filing fees, and any rebates that you receive from Financial Products or customers who purchase Financial Products, shall initially be paid to Liberty. The term “Financial Products” as used in this Agreement means refund-based loan programs and/or a means for customers to obtain a refund using electronic deposit services that Liberty, or a company associated with Liberty, may offer to you. Liberty will remit any remaining balance to you from the above described fees and rebates after deducting monies you owe to Liberty and deducting monies to hold for application to upcoming amounts due to Liberty.

l.    Sales or Gross Receipts Tax. If required by the state or locality where your Territory is located, the initial franchise fee, royalties, and advertising fees will be subject to sales or gross receipts tax. You must pay these taxes to Liberty at the same time and in the same manner as you pay the royalties and fees to Liberty.

m.    Transmitter, Software, or Electronic Filing Fee. Liberty reserves the right to impose a fee charged to you or customers related to transmission of Financial Products, the provision of software, or the electronic filing of tax returns and, if charged to customers, may rebate a portion of the fee to you. Liberty may vary the dollar amount of the fee and may change its name. Any such fee is not included in your Gross Receipts.

n. Call Center. If you elect to use Liberty’s call center to handle customer appointments, customer follow up, tax school calls, or other calls, you must pay to Liberty a fee for each such call pursuant to Liberty’s schedule of call center charges. This schedule is subject to future modification by Liberty.

o. Cash in a Flash Financing Set up Fee. If you elect to apply for cash in a flash financing through Liberty, you must pay to Liberty any set up fee that Liberty imposes pursuant to Liberty’s schedule of fees. This schedule is subject to future modification by Liberty.

p.Assessment Related to Understatement of Revenues. Pursuant to the rights and obligations specified in Section 7 of this Agreement, if Liberty determines that you are underreporting Gross Receipts, you must pay to Liberty the additional royalties on the undisclosed amount. If the excess determined following a review is more than two percent (2%) of the Gross Receipts for the period in question, you must also pay the costs of the review. Additionally, if a review results from your failure to maintain and/or provide records as required in Section 7, you must pay the costs of the review, regardless of the result. The costs of any review pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be determined by Liberty. Liberty’s acceptance of payments of royalties or Gross Receipts reports shall be without prejudice and shall in no

7

Franchise Agreement September 2013

case constitute a waiver of Liberty’s rights to claim any delinquent royalties, or to require a review of your books of accounts and records, as provided for herein.

5. OBLIGATIONS OF FRANCHISOR

a. Training. Liberty provides for new franchisees a required five (5) day or longer EOT and a required one (1) day Hands on Training (“HOT”) taught by an existing franchisee at their Liberty Tax office. Liberty does not charge for EOT or HOT but you are responsible for all expenses you incur as a result of training, such as travel, lodging and meals.

b. Operations Manual. Liberty will loan you a copy of Liberty’s Operations Manual (“Manual”) to offer guidance in the operation of your Franchised Business.

c. Site Selection. Liberty provides guidance and advice to you regarding the selection of the location of your office(s). You may not sign a lease or locate an office until Liberty approves the location of your office. Liberty’s approval of the location of a site is not a guarantee of success in that location or a warranty or assurance as to any aspect of the office or its location.

d. Advertising and Marketing. Liberty raises fees related to marketing through the advertising fees paid under Liberty’s franchise agreements. Liberty will contribute advertising fees from company offices. Liberty disburses advertising fees to develop, produce, distribute and/or conduct advertising programs, marketing programs, public relations, and marketing research. Liberty spends advertising fees on a national, regional or local basis for television, electronic, radio and print advertising as Liberty determines to be appropriate. Liberty may produce advertising in-house and/or through an advertising agency. Liberty pays all costs of such activities, including a share of corporate overhead related to advertising and marketing, with advertising fees. You may also use your own advertising material provided that Liberty first approves it for compliance.

e. Software. Liberty provides tax return preparation software.

f. Tax and Technical Support. Liberty provides reasonable telephone and/or internet support for your questions regarding federal and state individual income tax return preparation, electronic filing, and the use of software specified by Liberty. However, Liberty will not provide support on any equipment that does not meet Liberty’s then current specifications or relates to the operating system of a computer.

g. Electronic Filing. Liberty provides the ability to electronically file individual federal and some individual state tax returns if such method of filing is reasonably available from the respective taxing authority. You must have a valid Electronic Filing Identification Number (“EFIN”).

h. Financial Products. If reasonably available and feasible (in Liberty’s sole determination), Liberty will offer you the ability to participate in Financial Products. If offered, your participation in Financial Products programs is subject to mutual agreement between you, Liberty and the Financial Products provider.

i. Operational Support. Liberty advises you in the budgeting for and operation of your Franchised Business.

j. Advanced and Update Training and Conference Calls. Liberty provides and may require your attendance at advanced training for experienced franchisees. Liberty also provides and requires

8

Franchise Agreement September 2013

attendance by all franchisees at update training. Liberty may offer advanced and update training at various sites that Liberty selects across the country, or Liberty may offer such training on the web or electronically. The agenda for advanced training varies, but often will focus on improving business management skills in order to increase profitability. Liberty does not charge for advanced or update training, but you are responsible for all expenses that you incur as a result of attending training, such as travel, lodging and meals. Liberty may also require that you attend a reasonable number of toll free conference calls to learn the latest operational and marketing tips. Such calls may either be attended live or through online replay.

k. Supply Source. Liberty will offer for sale or locate a source for purchasing supplies, forms and equipment that may be necessary to conduct the Franchised Business, as reasonably determined by Liberty.

l. Leasing. Liberty may make arrangements to refer you to a company that offers leasing of furniture, fixtures, signs, equipment, and possibly provides loans for franchise fees and working capital. These leasing or loan programs will be financed and administered by a third party. Liberty cannot guarantee that you will be offered leasing or loans, as the third party company will make individual determinations.

m. Financing through Liberty. Liberty may, in Liberty’s sole discretion, provide financing for a portion of the initial franchise fee or other costs associated with the Franchised Business. The terms of such financing are subject to change. You must be in compliance with this Agreement to qualify for any such financing. Further, if Liberty provides financing to you, you agree to submit monthly financial information to Liberty including, but not limited to, an income statement, balance sheet, and supporting documents. You agree to provide any requested document at the time and in the format required by Liberty.

n. Group Discounts. Liberty may provide you with the opportunity to participate in group purchasing programs that offer group discounts. The discounts and terms for these opportunities will vary.

o. Area Developers. In those areas where Liberty presently or in the future uses an Area Developer, Liberty reserves the right to delegate some portion of the responsibility for the following duties to the Area Developer: site selection assistance, limited marketing assistance, and operating assistance. However, Area Developers do not have any authority to approve advertising or marketing material of any kind.

6. OBLIGATIONS OF FRANCHISEE

a.    Training. You must attend and successfully complete Liberty’s EOT and HOT before you may operate a Liberty office. Liberty may allow or require a general manager to attend on your behalf.

b.    Use of Liberty Marks.

(i) Liberty allows you to use Liberty’s Marks. Liberty allows you to use Liberty’s Marks to hold out your Liberty Tax Service business to the public. You agree to exclusively use Liberty’s Marks as Liberty develops them for this purpose only.

(ii) You must obtain prior advertising approval. You must either use pre-approved advertising templates that Liberty or Liberty’s approved vendors provide, or you must obtain Liberty’s prior written consent before using the Marks in any way and before using any marketing or promotional material, including internet advertising.

9

Franchise Agreement September 2013

(iii) No private website allowed. You may not have a website for your Franchised Business without Liberty’s prior written approval.

(iv) Marketing to National Companies. You must obtain written permission from Liberty before marketing on the premises (building and parking lot) of any national company. National companies include, by way of example, Wal-Mart, K-mart, and Sears.

(v) No use of “Liberty” within a company name. You may not use the word “Liberty” or “Libtax” as any part of the name of a corporation, LLC or other entity. However, “Liberty Tax Service” followed by your entity number shall be your “doing business as” name for an entity that owns this Franchise, sometimes also called your “assumed name,” “trading as” name, or “fictitious name.”

(vi) No confusingly similar marks. You agree not to use any marks which could be confused with Liberty’s Marks.

(vii) Liberty may update or change Liberty’s Marks. Liberty may replace, modify or add to the Marks. If Liberty replaces, modifies or creates additional marks, you agree to update or replace your signs, supplies, etc., to reflect the new marks in the time frame Liberty provides and at your own expense. Liberty will not change exterior signage requirements more than once every four (4) years unless legally required.

c.    Signs. You must display an exterior lighted sign at each of your offices. Liberty must approve all signs before you order or display them.

d.    Starting Date. In a territory that has not contained or had in the most recent Tax Season an existing company, franchisee or other Liberty tax preparation office (“Undeveloped Territory”), you agree to begin operation and be open for business no later than the January 8 following the Effective Date of this Agreement and agree to be open for business no later than the January 2 for each year thereafter. For a Developed Territory, you agree to begin operations and be open for business no later than the January 2 following the Effective Date of this Agreement and for every year thereafter.

e.    Operating Hours. You agree to exercise your best efforts to promote the Franchised Business and agree, at a minimum, to be open for business during the hours specified in the Operations Manual.

f.    Target Volume. You must use your best efforts to promote the Franchised Business. Beginning in your fifth (5^th) Tax Season and continuing in each Tax Season thereafter, you must prepare at least 1000 federal income tax returns in your Territory (“Target Volume”).

g.    Software. You must use the software that Liberty provides. You may not use, install or allow to be installed any other federal or state personal income tax return preparation or electronic filing software on any computers used in the Franchised Business without Liberty’s prior written consent.

h.    Telephone Number and Email Account. You must obtain and maintain a Liberty Tax Service telephone number to be used solely to transact the Franchised Business. You may purchase a white and yellow page listing through our approved vendor and may be required to purchase a yellow page advertisement and/or contribute to a group listing or advertisement per Liberty’s recommendations. You also must provide and maintain an email account sufficient for communications between you and Liberty.

10

Franchise Agreement September 2013

i.    Equipment. You must obtain and use a computer system that meets Liberty’s current specifications and any modifications to these specifications. All work stations, including tax return preparation and processing computers, must be purchased from Liberty’s approved vendor. Liberty may update the specifications. When the specifications are updated, you must update or upgrade the computer system, at your sole cost. Specifications will not be updated during a Tax Season except upon an emergency, as reasonably determined by Liberty.

j.    Insurance. During the term of this Agreement, you must procure and maintain an insurance policy or policies with at least the following coverage or such other coverage as may be specified in the Operations Manual: (i) Comprehensive General Liability of $1 million per office, (ii) Worker’s Compensation as required by your state law. You must name Liberty as an additional insured on these policies.

k.    Electronic Filing. If Liberty provides or recommends a source for electronically filing tax returns, you are required to offer electronic filing and to use this source exclusively for all electronic filing.

l.    Financial Products. In the event that Liberty negotiates an agreement with a third party Provider to allow you to offer Financial Products, you are required to exclusively use such Providers as Liberty designates and to offer Financial Products to your customers.

m.    Operations Manual. You acknowledge the importance of consistency of quality, service and operation among all Liberty Tax franchised offices and, therefore, agree to operate the Franchised Business in conformity with all standards to be maintained, techniques and operating procedures that Liberty may prescribe in Liberty’s manuals or otherwise in writing, and to refrain from deviating therefrom without Liberty’s prior written consent. Liberty will loan you a copy of the Manual and provide you with other relevant manuals. Liberty may modify the Manual or any other manual, in order to adjust for competitive changes, technological advancements, legal requirements and attempts to improve in the marketplace. You agree to operate the Franchised Business according to the manuals and any modifications including, but not limited to, the Manual, as may be updated or supplemented by memoranda, bulletin, email or other similar mechanism that together with the Manual, contain the mandatory and suggested procedures and specifications that are prescribed for the Franchised Business.

n.    Participation. You agree that the services of the Franchised Business will be provided under your direct supervision and control and/or under the direct supervision and control of a full-time general manager who has been approved by, and not later disapproved by Liberty. Liberty will not approve a general manager prior to their successful completion of EOT.

o.    Return Check. You must prepare each income tax return accurately and in accordance with federal, state and local laws. You must check each return thoroughly.

p.    Tax School. If you complete EOT before September 1 of the year of the Effective Date of this Agreement, and in any event during every year after your first Tax Season, you must conduct an intensive 6 to 10 week tax course in the period of September through December in accordance with the specifications in the Manual. Additionally, you must conduct a one-week tax course during every January, including the January of your first (1^st) Tax Season, in accordance with the specifications in the Manual.

q.    Employee Training. You shall conduct and require each of your employees to attend an employee policy and procedure training course as specified by Liberty. You are solely responsible for hiring, firing, compensating, paying applicable payroll taxes and day to day supervision and control over your employees.

11

Franchise Agreement September 2013

r. Customer Service. You shall employ and train sufficient personnel to accommodate all customers without undue delay. You shall provide all services and abide by all customer service policies described in the Manual, including, but not limited to, the money back guarantee. You must operate in a manner that protects the goodwill, reputation and Marks of the Franchised Business.

s.    Office Condition. You shall maintain offices that are neat and professional in appearance. Further, you may not offer products or services through your Liberty offices other than the franchise services authorized here (i.e., tax preparation, electronic filing, and Financial Products, all processed and reported through Liberty’s systems) without Liberty’s prior written approval.

t.    Supplies and Furniture. You agree that in order to establish a standard and consistent delivery of Liberty Tax services, certain items must be used in the operation of the Franchised Business. You must use the items set forth as required in the Manual (e.g. client envelopes and folders, interview worksheets, interior signs sets). You are responsible for the cost of all items needed to conduct the Franchised Business including, but not limited to, supplies, furniture, equipment, leasing and real estate costs.

u.    Laws and Regulations. You agree to comply with all federal, state and local laws, regulations, ordinances and the like. You will abide by all legal requirements and be solely responsible for securing any necessary permits, certificates, licenses and consents to operate your business.

v. Audits. If the IRS or any governmental agency audits or investigates your Liberty Tax operations, or otherwise requires that you provide documents to the IRS related to the Franchised Business, you agree to notify Liberty promptly upon receiving notice of the audit, investigation or request for documents. You agree to promptly provide Liberty with the findings of any audit or investigation.

w.EFIN. You must obtain by January 2 of your first Tax Season and maintain throughout the entire term of this Agreement, an EFIN from the IRS. You hereby authorize the IRS and any state tax authority to disclose to Liberty the reasons for any EFIN denial or suspension and to provide Liberty with copies of all EFIN application materials, suspension and denial notices.

x.    Site Selection and Leases.    As described in Section 5.c., Liberty provides guidance to you regarding the selection of the location of your office and all office locations must be approved by Liberty prior to your execution of a lease for that site. You are required to attempt to ensure that any lease entered into for an approved location contains a provision that the lessor consents to an assignment of the lease to Liberty with the right to sublease at Liberty’s option. You agree to provide Liberty with a copy of the lease for each approved location within seven (7) days of execution.

7. REPORTS AND REVIEW

a.    Gross Receipt Report. You must send Liberty a Gross Receipt report in the manner and form and at the times Liberty specifies. Presently, you must report your Gross Receipts on the fifth (5th) of the month for Gross Receipts received during the prior month.

b.    Profit and Loss. By May 30 of each year, you must send Liberty an unaudited profit and loss statement of the Franchised Business, in the manner and form Liberty specifies, for the twelve (12) month period ending April 30.

12

Franchise Agreement September 2013

c.    Review. You agree to permit Liberty and/or Liberty’s agents the right to enter your Liberty Tax offices during normal business hours, without prior notice, and inspect your operations and inspect and copy all of your paper and electronic business records related to the Franchised Business and any other operations taking place at your Franchised Business. This includes, but is not limited to, the right to inspect and copy all tax returns and bank statements that may be indicative of revenues from the Franchised Business. Liberty also has the right to require that you implement a plan to resolve issues that Liberty discovers.

d.    Mail Reviews. If Liberty requests a copy of your customer receipts (paper and/or electronic) or any other business records, including, but not limited to customer taxpayer records related to the Franchised Business, you must send Liberty these records at your expense within five (5) days of receiving Liberty’s request.

e.    Electronic Review. Liberty may cause programs to run on your computer systems that may send information to Liberty. Liberty agrees that the use of such programs will not unreasonably interfere with your operation of the Franchised Business and you agree to allow such programs to run without interference by you. You hereby grant Liberty the right to access the computer systems in your office and authorize Liberty to obtain any and all information related to the Franchised Business. You acknowledge that Liberty will use information obtained from your computer system to make business decisions.

f.    Costs of Review. Depending on the circumstances, you may be responsible for the costs of a review as more fully set forth in Section 4(p).

g.Background Information. You authorize Liberty to obtain background information relating to your employment, credit and financial history and criminal and driving records during the term of this Agreement.

8. TERMINATION

a.Nonrenewal. You may terminate this Agreement by not renewing; that is by not notifying Liberty in writing of your desire to renew at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of this Agreement. If you terminate pursuant to this Section, you must still comply with all of the post-termination provisions of this Agreement.

b.Termination Without Notice and Opportunity to Cure. Liberty may terminate this Agreement without notice and the opportunity to cure for any of the following reasons:

(i)    If you become insolvent, are unable to pay debts as they come due or take any steps to seek protection from creditors, or if a receiver (permanent or temporary) is appointed by a creditor or a court of competent authority, or if you make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(ii)    If a final judgment of record against you or your Franchised Business remains unsatisfied for thirty (30) days or longer;

(iii)    If we determine that you, or someone acting under your supervision and control, has committed a material violation of any law, ordinance, rule or regulation of a governmental agency or department reasonably associated with the operation of the Franchised Business;

13

Franchise Agreement September 2013

(iv)    If you abandon the Franchised Business or discontinue the active operation of the Franchised Business for three (3) business days during any Tax Season or seven (7) business days otherwise, except where active operation was not reasonably possible;

(v)    If you fail to open for business in the Territory by January 2 or January 8 of any year, as specified pursuant to Section 6.d.;

(vi)    If you operate any offices or advertise outside the Territory without Liberty’s permission;

(vii)    If you fail to meet the Target Volume specified in Section 6.f. above in the Territory during your fifth Tax Season or in any Tax Season thereafter;

(viii)    If you fail to use the software, electronic filing services or Financial Products Liberty provides or recommends;

(ix)        If you do not obtain an EFIN from the IRS for each office in the Territory by January 2 of your first Tax Season or if any of such EFINs are suspended for any reason at any time thereafter;

(x)        If you include a materially false representation or omission of fact in your Confidential Franchise Application to Liberty or if you under-report Gross Receipts, falsify financial data, make a false submission with regard to any required reports or otherwise commit an act of fraud with respect to your acquisition or operation of the Franchised Business or your rights or obligations under this Agreement;

(xi)        If you commit three (3) or more breaches of this Agreement, the Operations Manual, or any other agreement (including promissory notes) with Liberty, in any twelve (12) month period regardless of whether such breaches were cured after notice; or

(xii)    If you fail to timely execute all documents necessary for renewal.

c.Termination with Notice and Opportunity to Cure. No fewer than seven (7) days after Liberty has sent you notice of your opportunity to cure, Liberty may terminate this Agreement if:

(i) You violate any term or condition of this Agreement, the Operations Manual, or any other agreement with Liberty;

(ii) Any amount owing to Liberty, whether related to the Territory or not, is more than thirty (30) days past due;

(iii) You fail to comply with IRS standards applicable to e-file providers as stated in IRS Publication 1345 or another or successor IRS publication applicable to e-file providers; or

(iv) You are more than sixty (60) days in default of any loan, lease or sublease agreement with a third party, affecting the Franchised Business.

9. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS

14

Franchise Agreement September 2013

If this Agreement expires, is not renewed or is terminated for any reason by any party, including a sale of the Franchised Business, you must immediately:

a. Sell to Liberty (if Liberty elects pursuant to Section 11) any or all equipment, signs, trade fixtures, and furnishings used in the Franchised Business, or if Liberty does not so elect, remove all Marks or other distinguishing indicia from all of your offices and other premises; and

b. Stop identifying yourself as a Liberty Tax franchisee, never hold out as a former Liberty Tax franchisee and forever cease the use of any of the Marks or any other marks that may be confused with the Marks; and

c. Stop using all literature and forms received from Liberty and other items bearing the Marks; and

d. Pay to Liberty all amounts owing to Liberty, whether related to the Territory or not; and

e. Transfer to Liberty all telephone numbers, listings and advertisements used in relation to the Franchised Business and deliver to Liberty copies of such documents of transfer; and

f. Assign to Liberty (if Liberty elects), and upon lessor’s consent, any interest that you have in any lease, sublease or any other agreement related to the Franchised Business; and

g. Deliver to Liberty any original and all copies, including electronic copies and media, of lists and other sources of information containing the names, addresses, e-mail addresses, or phone numbers of customers of the Franchised Business; and

h. Deliver to Liberty any original and all copies, including electronic copies and media, containing customer tax returns, files, and records; and

i. Deliver to Liberty the copy of the Manual and any updates which Liberty loaned to you; and

j. Cancel all fictitious name listings which you have filed that utilize any of the Marks; and

k. Adhere to all applicable provisions contained herein including, but not limited to, the post-term covenants not to compete and not to solicit.

10. ADDITIONAL IN-TERM AND POST-TERM COVENANTS

a.    In-Term Covenant Not to Compete.During the term of this Agreement, you agree not to directly or indirectly, for a fee or charge, in the United States or Canada, prepare or electronically file income tax returns, or offer Financial Products, except in your capacity as a Liberty Tax Service franchisee using the Liberty Tax Service system to offer such products and services.

b.    Post-Term Covenant Not to Compete. For a period of two (2) years following the termination, expiration, transfer or other disposition of the Franchised Business, or your removal as a Signator to this Agreement, you agree not to directly or indirectly, for a fee or charge, prepare or electronically file income tax returns, or offer Financial Products, within the Territory or within twenty-five (25) miles of the boundaries of the Territory.

15

Franchise Agreement September 2013

c.    Liquidated Monetary Damages. If you fail to comply with either of the above covenants not to compete, you agree to pay Liberty, as partial liquidated monetary damages, royalties and advertising fees as set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement against the greater of: (1) the total Gross Receipts during your last fiscal year (May 1- April 30) of operation for each Territory in which you are in breach; or (2) the total revenue you received in breach of a covenant not to compete. The greater of these two dollar figures shall be multiplied by two (2) to give consideration to lost, repeat, and referral business to Liberty. You acknowledge that any breach of the covenants not to compete causes damage to the integrity of Liberty’s franchised system, loss of franchisee and customer goodwill and irreparable harm. You specifically acknowledge that the full measure of these damages is greater than that specified herein.

d. Covenant Not to Solicit. For a period of two (2) years following the termination, expiration, transfer or other disposition of the Franchised Business, or your removal as a Signator to this Agreement, you agree that you will not, within the Territory or within twenty-five (25) miles of the boundaries of the Territory, directly or indirectly solicit any person or entity served by any of your prior Liberty offices within the last twelve (12) months that were a Liberty franchisee, for the purpose of offering such person or entity, for a fee or charge, income tax preparation, electronic filing of tax returns, or Financial Products. You further agree for a period of two (2) years following the termination, expiration, transfer or other disposition of the Franchised Business, or your removal as a Signator to this Agreement, not to employ or solicit for employment without Liberty’s prior written consent any of Liberty’s employees or those of any other of Liberty’s franchisees, or induce any such employee to leave his or her employ.

e. Covenant Not to Lease. You agree that during the term of this Agreement, you will not lease, sub-lease, assign or guaranty a lease in the Territory to or for a person or entity who will offer income tax preparation at such an office. You also agree that upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, if Liberty or a duly authorized Liberty franchisee desires to use any of your former Liberty office locations in the Territory, you will use reasonable good faith efforts to help Liberty secure possession of the office locations through a lease assignment or otherwise. Otherwise, you agree to use reasonable, good faith efforts to ensure that, for a twenty-four (24) month period after non-renewal or termination of this Agreement, no person or entity will offer income tax preparation at the properties where your former Liberty offices were located. ”Good faith efforts” include a duty not to sub-lease or assign the leases of your office location to a person or entity who will offer income tax preparation at such office locations.

f.No Harmful Acts. You agree not to disparage Liberty or its current and former employees or directors. During the term of this Agreement, you also agree not to do any act harmful, prejudicial or injurious to Liberty.

g.    Section 10 Conditions Required for Grant of Franchise. You hereby acknowledge that the qualifications to be a Liberty franchisee are special, unique and extraordinary, and that Liberty would not enter into this Agreement without the inclusion of the conditions set forth in Section 10.

h.Waivers. You acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Section 10 are reasonable, valid and not contrary to the public interest. You waive all defenses to the strict enforcement of Section 10. You further agree that Liberty is entitled to a temporary restraining order, preliminary and/or permanent injunction for any breach of duties under any of the non-monetary obligations of Sections 9 and 10. You hereby waive any requirement that Liberty post a bond related to any temporary restraining order or injunctions requested as a result of an alleged violation of Sections 9 and 10.

i.Survival. The covenants contained in Section 10 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

16

Franchise Agreement September 2013

j.Severability. If any covenant or provision within Section 10 is determined to be void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, it shall be deemed severed and removed from this Agreement and shall not affect or impair the validity of any other covenant or provision of this Agreement. Further, these obligations are considered independent of any other provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by either party to this Agreement against the other, whether based upon this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of these obligations.

11. OPTION TO PURCHASE ASSETS

Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, you hereby grant Liberty or its assignee the option to purchase from you some or all of the assets (including, but not limited to, supplies, equipment, signs, furnishings and fixtures) of the Franchised Business. Liberty may exercise this option by transmitting notice to you within thirty (30) days from the effective date of expiration or termination. If Liberty elects to exercise this option, the purchase price for the assets of the Franchised Business, will be the “adjusted book value” as described below. Liberty will have the right to set off and reduce the purchase price by any and all amounts owed by you to Liberty or any of Liberty’s affiliates. The “adjusted book value” is the book value of the assets of the Franchised Business as listed on the balance sheet in the financial statements of the Franchised Business as of the date of the termination or expiration. There shall be no allocation for goodwill or any similar adjustment in the adjusted book value.

12. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

a.    Disclosure.    Liberty possesses confidential information including, but not limited to, methods of operation, service and other methods, techniques, formats, specifications, procedures, information, systems, knowledge of and experience in operating and franchising offices, customer information and marketing information (“Confidential Information”). Liberty may disclose some or all of the Confidential Information to you and your representatives while you operate the Franchised Business. During the term of this Agreement and following the expiration or termination of this Agreement, you covenant not to directly or indirectly communicate, divulge, or use any Confidential Information for your personal benefit or the benefit of any other person or legal entity except as specifically provided by the terms of this Agreement or permitted by Liberty in writing prior to disclosure. Upon the transfer, expiration, termination or nonrenewal of this Agreement, you agree that you will never use or disclose, and will not permit any of your representatives to use or disclose, Liberty’s Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever, including, without limitation, in the design, development or operation of any business substantially similar to the Franchised Business. This provision shall not apply to information that: (i) at the time of disclosure is readily available to the public; (ii) after disclosure becomes readily available to the trade or public other than through breach of this Agreement; (iii) is subsequently lawfully and in good faith obtained by you from an independent third party without breach of this Agreement; (iv) was in your possession prior to the date of our disclosure to you; or (v) is disclosed to others in accordance with the terms of a prior written authorization between you and Liberty. The protections granted in this Section shall be in addition to all other protections for Confidential Information provided by law or equity.

b.    Interest. You will acquire no interest in Liberty’s Confidential Information, but are provided the right to use Confidential Information disclosed to you for the purposes of developing and operating the Franchised Business pursuant to this Agreement. You acknowledge that it would be an unfair method of competition to use or duplicate any Confidential Information other than in connection with the operation of the Franchised Business. No part of the Liberty Tax franchise system nor any document or exhibit

17

Franchise Agreement September 2013

forming any part thereof shall be distributed, utilized or reproduced in any form or by any means, without Liberty’s prior written consent.

c.    Use.    You agree that you will: (i) refrain from using Confidential Information for any purpose other than the operation of the Franchised Business pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) maintain absolute confidentiality of Confidential Information during and after the term of this Agreement; (iii) not make unauthorized copies of any portion of Confidential Information; and (iv) adopt and implement all reasonable procedures, including, but not limited to, those required by Liberty, to prevent unauthorized use of or disclosure of Confidential Information, including, but not limited to, restrictions on disclosure to your employees and the use of nondisclosure and non-competition clauses in employment agreements with employees that have access to Confidential Information.

13. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

You and Liberty are independent contractors to each other. Neither you nor Liberty are an agent, fiduciary, partner, employee, or a participant in a joint venture and neither you nor Liberty have the authority to hold out as such to third parties. You do not have any authority to bind or obligate Liberty. Liberty is not and will not be liable for any act, omission, debt, or other obligation of yours.

You are responsible for all claims, demands, losses, damages and/or contractual liability to third parties related to the operation of the Franchised Business. You agree to defend, indemnify and hold Liberty and its employees harmless from all claims, demands, losses, damages, and/or contractual liability to third parties.

14. DEATH OR INCAPACITY

a.    Assistance and Reimbursement. In the event of the death or incapacity of Franchisee, Liberty is entitled, but not required, to render assistance to maintain smooth and continued operation of the Franchised Business. Liberty shall be entitled to reimbursement from Franchisee or Franchisee's estate for reasonable expenditures incurred.

b. Time Requirements. Pursuant to this Section, death or incapacity shall not be grounds for termination of this Agreement unless:

i) Franchisee or his/her legal representative fails for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days after such death or incapacity to commence action to assign this Agreement according to controlling state law regarding the affairs of a deceased or incapacitated person and the terms of this Agreement; or

ii) Such assignment is not completed within one (1) year after death or incapacity.

c. Termination. Liberty shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if one of the conditions listed in 14(b) are not satisfied within the time frame provided. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to limit the provisions of Section 8 regarding termination. Further, the terms and conditions of Section 15 apply to a transfer upon death or incapacity.

15. ASSIGNABILITY AND FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL

18

Franchise Agreement September 2013

a.Assignability Generally. Liberty may assign this Agreement to an assignee who agrees to remain bound by its terms. Liberty does not permit a sub-license of the Franchise. Your interest under this Agreement or your ownership in the Franchise may be transferred or assigned only if you comply with the provisions in this Section. No interest may be transferred unless you are in full compliance with this Agreement and current in all monies owed to Liberty. Pursuant to Liberty’s request, any transfer of an ownership interest in this Agreement must be joined by all signatories to this Agreement, except in the case of death or legal disability.

b.First Right of Refusal. If you have received and desire to accept a signed, bona fide offer to purchase or otherwise transfer the Franchise or any interest in the Franchise, Liberty shall have the option ("Right of First Refusal") to purchase the Franchise or interest. You shall offer the Right of First Refusal by providing written notice to Liberty and including a copy of the signed offer to purchase that you received (collectively “Notice”). Liberty shall have the right to purchase the Franchise or interest in the Franchise for the price and upon the terms set out in the Notice; however, Liberty may substitute cash for any non-cash form of payment proposed and Liberty shall have sixty (60) days after the exercise of Liberty’s Right of First Refusal to close the purchase. Liberty will notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the Notice if it plans to exercise the Right of First Refusal. Upon the transmission of notice by Liberty that it plans to exercise the Right of First Refusal, there shall immediately arise between Liberty and Franchisee, or its owners, a binding contract of purchase and sale at the price and terms contained in the Notice previously provided by you.

c.Transfer to Controlled Entity. A transfer to a "Controlled Entity" shall not trigger the Right of First Refusal. A "Controlled Entity" is an entity in which Franchisee is the beneficial owner of 100% of each class of voting ownership interest. At the time of the desired transfer of interest to a Controlled Entity, you must notify Liberty in writing of the name of the Controlled Entity and the name and address of each officer, director, shareholder, member, partner, or similar person and their respective ownership interest. Each such person of the Controlled Entity shall sign the amendment and release forms and/or franchise agreement as required by Liberty at the time of transfer. Currently, Liberty does not charge a transfer fee for this type of transaction.

d.Transfer of Interest Within Franchisee. A transfer of interest within a Franchisee that is an entity shall not trigger the Right of First Refusal provided that only the percentage ownership is changing and not the identity of the owners. At the time of the desired transfer of interest within an entity, you must notify Liberty in writing of the name and address of each officer, director, shareholder, member, partner or similar person and their respective ownership interest prior to and following the proposed transfer. Each such person of the Controlled Entity shall sign the amendment and release forms and/or franchise agreement as required by Liberty at the time of transfer. Further, if the transfer of interest results in a majority ownership change, you must pay to Liberty the transfer fee required at the time of transfer.

e.Right of First Refusal Not Exercised By Liberty. If Liberty does not exercise the Right of First Refusal, you may transfer the Franchise or ownership interest therein according to the terms set forth in the Notice, provided that you satisfy the conditions of Sections 15(f) below and complete the sale within ninety (90) days from the date that Liberty received Notice from you. If you do not conclude the proposed sale transaction within this ninety (90) day period, Liberty’s Right of First Refusal shall continue in full force and effect.

f.Additional Requirements and Restrictions Regarding Transfers.

19

Franchise Agreement September 2013

i) The proposed transferee(s) must complete Liberty’s franchise application and pass Liberty’s application screening in place at the time of transfer;

ii) The proposed transferee(s) must sign the Liberty amendment forms and/or franchise agreement in place at the time of transfer, and must personally assume and be bound by all of the terms, covenants and conditions therein;

iii) The proposed transferee(s) must attend and successfully complete EOT and HOT;

iv) You shall sign the transfer and release forms required by Liberty at the time of transfer and pay the transfer fee described in Section 4.i. of this Agreement; and

v) Except as to approved transfers within the Liberty system as described in this Section, you may not give, transfer or sell all or substantially all of the assets of your Franchised Business during the term of this Agreement, or for a two (2) year period after its expiration or termination, to a person or entity who might be reasonably expected to use any such assets to offer income tax preparation in the Territory or within ten (10) miles of the boundaries of the Territory.

16. NON-WAIVER OF BREACH

The failure of either party hereto to enforce any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such terms or conditions or of either party's rights thereafter to enforce each and every term and condition of this Agreement.

17. GOVERNING LAW

a.    Virginia Law. This Agreement is effective upon its acceptance in Virginia by Liberty’s authorized officer. Virginia law governs all claims that in any way relate to or arise out of this Agreement or any of the dealings of the parties hereto. However, the Virginia Retail Franchising Act does not apply to any claims by or on your behalf if the Territory shown on Schedule A is outside of Virginia.

b.    Jurisdiction and Venue. In any suit brought by Liberty that in any way relates to or arises out of this Agreement or any of the dealings of the parties hereto, you consent to venue and personal jurisdiction in the state and federal court of the city or county of Liberty’s National Office (presently Virginia Beach, Virginia state courts and the United States District Court in Norfolk, Virginia). In any suit brought against Liberty, including Liberty’s present or former employees or agents, that in any way relates to or arises out of this Agreement or any of the dealings of the parties hereto, venue shall be proper only in the federal court district and division located nearest Liberty’s National Office (presently the U.S. District Court in Norfolk, Virginia), or if neither federal subject matter nor diversity jurisdiction exists, in the city or county state court where Liberty’s National Office is located (presently the City of Virginia Beach, Virginia).

c.    Jury Waiver. In any trial between any of the parties hereto, including present or former employees or agents of Liberty, that in any way relates to or arises out of this Agreement or any of the dealings of the parties hereto, you and Liberty agree to waive the rights to a jury trial and instead have such action tried by a judge.

d.    Class Action Waiver. You agree that any claim you may have against Liberty, including Liberty’s past or present employees or agents, shall be brought individually and you shall not join such claim with claims of any other person or entity or bring, join or participate in a class action against Liberty.

20

Franchise Agreement September 2013

e.    No Punitive Damages. In any lawsuit, dispute or claim between or against any of the parties hereto, including present or former agents or employees of Liberty’s, that in any way relates to or arises out of this Agreement or any of the dealings of the parties hereto, you and Liberty agree to waive the rights, if any, to seek or recover punitive damages.

f. Area Developers. If your Territory is or becomes located in an Area Developer area, you agree not to bring any claim, including a lawsuit, against the Area Developer, or its owners, employees or independent contractors, except as to a claim unrelated to the Liberty franchise, such as an automobile accident. Area Developers are a third party beneficiary of this clause. Further, you agree that if you breach this clause, you will pay to Liberty and/or the Area Developer all attorney fees and other costs that Liberty and the Area Developer incur to defend the Area Developer in such an action, regardless of who prevails.

g. Survival. Any provisions of this Agreement that by their nature extend beyond the expiration or termination of this Agreement, shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement and be fully binding and enforceable as though termination or expiration had not occurred.

18. MODIFICATION

No modifications to this Agreement will have any effect unless such modification is in writing and signed by you and by Liberty’s authorized officer. However, Liberty may modify the provisions of the Operations Manual, without your consent.

19. RELEASE OF PRIOR CLAIMS

By executing this Agreement, the undersigned entity, if any, and individuals, on behalf of yourselves and your heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns, and each assignee of this Agreement, hereby forever release and discharge Liberty, its past and present employees, agents, area developers, officers and directors, including Liberty's parent, subsidiary and affiliated corporations, their respective past and present employees, agents, officers and directors, from any and all claims relating to or arising out of any franchise agreement between the parties executed prior to the date of this Agreement, and all other claims relating to any dealings between any of the parties. However, this release does not apply to Liberty’s renewal obligations the same or similar to those in Section 2.b. above, as contained in any prior or other franchise agreement.

20. NOTICES

You shall give any notice or request hereunder by mail or courier, postage fully prepaid, delivered personally to Liberty’s CEO, at Liberty’s National Office, presently 1716 Corporate Landing Parkway, Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23454, Telephone: (757) 493-8855. Liberty may also give any such notice to you in the same manner at the address indicated below the Franchisee’s signature on this Agreement, or such other more current address as Liberty may have for you. Liberty may also give notice to you by e-mail.

21. FULL UNDERSTANDING

This Agreement is the entire agreement between you and Liberty. This Agreement supersedes all other prior oral and written agreements and understandings between you and Liberty with respect to the subject

21

Franchise Agreement September 2013

matter herein. Nothing in this or in any related agreement, however, is intended to disclaim the representations Liberty made in the Franchise Disclosure Document Liberty furnished to you.

22. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

You acknowledge that you have read Liberty’s franchise disclosure document and this Agreement and that you are familiar with their contents. You acknowledge that you have independently investigated the business offered hereunder and base your decision to purchase solely on such investigation. Except as may be stated in Item 19 of Liberty’s Franchise Disclosure Document, you acknowledge that no person is authorized to make and no person has made any representations to you as to the actual, projected or potential sales, volumes, revenues, profits or success of any Liberty Tax franchise. You further acknowledge and agree that you are not a third party beneficiary to any agreement between Liberty and any other franchisee.

23. GUARANTY

The Franchisee named at the top of the following page agrees to abide by the terms of this Agreement. The signature of an individual or individuals constitutes their personal agreement to such terms. The signature of an individual or individuals on behalf of an entity constitutes the entity’s agreement to such terms.

In addition, the signatures of all individuals on this Agreement, in any capacity, also constitute their personal joint and several agreement to perform all the obligations in and relating to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the obligations stated in section 17above concerningGoverning Law, including but not limited to, the application of Virginia Law, the Jurisdiction and Venue clause, the Jury Waiver, the Class Action Waiver, and the limitation to Compensatory Damages only, the obligation to make payments specified herein, pay any other promissory notes and other debts due to Liberty, and pay for products later ordered from Liberty. All Signators waive any right to presentment, demand or notice of non-performance and the right to require Liberty to proceed against the other Signators.

24. COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

25. SEVERABILITY

If any covenant or provision within this Agreement is determined to be void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, it shall be deemed severed and removed from this Agreement and shall not effect or impair the validity of any other covenant or provision of this Agreement and no covenant or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to be dependent upon any other unless specifically expressed herein.

26. HEADINGS

The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for reference only and shall not be deemed to have any legal effect or meaning.

22

Franchise Agreement September 2013

Franchisee:__________________________________________    Entity Number:______________

SIGNATORS:

By:    By:

(Signature)                            (Signature)

(Printed Name)                        (Printed Name)

Title:    Title:

Address:    Address:

Ownership Percentage:_____%             Ownership Percentage:_____%

By:    By:

(Signature)                        (Signature)

(Printed Name)                        (Printed Name)

Title:    Title:

Address:    Address:

Ownership Percentage:_____%            Ownership Percentage:_____%

JTH TAX, INC. d/b/a

LIBERTY TAX SERVICE

By:

John Hewitt, CEO, or Rufe Vanderpool, COO

Effective Date:

23

Franchise Agreement September 2013

SCHEDULE "A" TO THE FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

Territory

The Franchise Territory* is as follows:

*Note: When a Territory description includes a road, avenue, street, parkway, highway, route or similar roadway, the Territory includes the U.S. Postal addresses assigned to either side of the roadway. When a Territory description excludes a road, avenue, street, parkway, highway, route or similar roadway, the Territory excludes the U.S. Postal addresses assigned to either side of such roadway. If a map of the Territory is attached, the map approximates the Territory, but the above legal description controls as to the Territory's precise boundaries.

A-0

Franchise Agreement September 2013

SCHEDULE “B-1” TO THE FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

Special Stipulation- Grandfathered Client Exclusion

To the extent of any conflict between the following and the provisions of the Franchise Agreement, the following Special Stipulation shall control:

You elect to pay Liberty a one-time fee of $5.00 per tax preparation client currently served by your tax preparation practice and thereby exclude from Gross Receipts the income received from such clients for tax preparation only. You shall furnish to Liberty at the time of the closing of this transaction a list in a form satisfactory to Liberty of the names and social security numbers of these pre-existing clients.

These grandfathered clients will be counted for purposes of determining Target Volume.

It is further understood that the In-Term and Post-Term Covenants Not to Compete found in Sections 10.a. and 10.b. of this Agreement shall not apply to tax preparation work for clients covered by this stipulation.

This Special Stipulation, the accompanying one-time fee and list of pre-existing clients, as referenced above, must be fully and completely provided at the time of the closing of this transaction and will not be accepted thereafter.

Except to the extent modified above, the terms of the Franchise Agreement remain in full force and effect.

FRANCHISEE:                     JTH TAX, INC. d/b/a

LIBERTY TAX SERVICE

By:__________________________            By:__________________________

John Hewitt, CEO, or Rufe Vanderpool, COO

By:__________________________            Effective Date:_________________

B-1-1

Franchise Agreement February 2012

SCHEDULE “B-2” TO THE FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

Special Stipulation- Multiple Territories        Entity:_________

To the extent of any conflict between the following and the provisions of the Franchise Agreement, the Special Stipulation shall control:

1. Opening Schedule.     You are acquiring multiple Territories from Liberty and you and we have agreed that you shall open tax preparation offices in these Territories pursuant to the following schedule:

Number of Territories in Which

Calendar Year Tax Seasonto Initially Open an Office

2014

2015

2016

You agree that for Liberty’s consideration in allowing the schedule set forth above, Liberty may keep as non-refundable any and all security deposits and franchise fees you may have paid to Liberty at any time. If you and Liberty do not subsequently agree which territories will open in each of the years specified above, and you subsequently are in breach of this Agreement or another franchise agreement as to duties related to the set up and opening of the territory or territories in question, Liberty may issue a notice to cure and/or terminate any of the territory(ies) up to the amount of territories that were to open that year. For example, if you are to open one (1) territory in a given year out of three (3) territories that you purchase, and you and Liberty do not subsequently agree as to which of the three (3) territories shall open in that year, and you fail to open any office in a timely fashion for that year, Liberty may terminate any one (1) of your franchise agreements of Liberty’s choosing. If you and Liberty subsequently agree which territories will open in a given year, and you breach your duties to set up and open that or those territory(ies), Liberty may serve a notice to cure and/or terminate your franchise agreement as to the unopened territory(ies) only. Liberty may allow changes to this opening schedule, but is under no duty to do so. Liberty requires a change fee of $3,500 per change. If any of your territory(ies) are terminated or otherwise sold during the years listed above under Calendar Year Tax Season, that decrease in the number of territories shall reduce your obligation to open an office by the last Calendar Year Tax Season listed unless otherwise approved by Liberty.

2. Royalties and Advertising Fees. You shall pay royalties and advertising fees according to the schedule in the applicable Franchise Agreement. However, the age of each of your territories will be deemed to commence from the first (1^st) Tax Season during which you have agreed to initially open an office in that territory pursuant to this Stipulation (unless you open an office sooner, then that date will control). For example, for a Territory in which you are to first open an office for the second (2^nd) Tax Season following the Effective Date of this Agreement, such Tax Season will be deemed the first year of that Territory for purposes of royalties and advertising fees. This provision shall not apply to purchases of developed/active/operating territories.

3. Target Volume. The age of each of your territories for the purposes of achieving the required Target Volume set forth in the related franchise agreement shall be calculated in the same manner as set forth in Section 2 of this Stipulation.

B-2-2

Franchise Agreement September 2013

Except to the extent modified above, the terms of the Franchise Agreement remain in full force and effect.

FRANCHISEE:                     JTH TAX, INC., DBA

LIBERTY TAX SERVICE

By:__________________________            By:__________________________

John Hewitt, CEO, or Rufe Vanderpool, COO

By:__________________________            Effective Date:_________________

B-2-3

Franchise Agreement September 2013

SCHEDULE “B-3” TO THE FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

Special Stipulations- Try Before You Buy

To the extent of any conflict between the following and the provisions of the Franchise Agreement, the following special stipulation(s) shall control:

1. You agree to operate the territory (“Rental Territory”) described below for the tax season January 2, 2014 - April 15, 2014 (“2014 Calendar Year Tax Season”). This Rental Territory shall be deemed part of your existing Franchise Agreement and not a new franchise. If you own multiple territories, Liberty will deem and select which franchise agreement this Special Stipulation will relate to unless it is clearly specified otherwise. Except as modified by this Special Stipulation, the rights, duties and obligations in your existing Franchise Agreement shall control as to this Rental Territory. You specifically agree that section 10 of your Franchise Agreement will apply to the Rental Territory, regardless of whether you purchase the Rental Territory.

Rental Territory: ____________________________________

2. You shall be obligated to pay all royalties and other amounts due and payable to Liberty with respect to the Rental Territory and the 2014 Calendar Year Tax Season as provided below:

a.    You must pay a royalty of 14% of Gross Receipts per Territory for the period ending April 30th following the Effective Date of this Franchise Agreement;

b.    You must pay an advertising fee of 5% of Gross Receipts per Territory each month; and

c.    You must pay the royalty owed by the 5th of each month based on Gross Receipts for the preceding month. You must pay advertising fees by the 5th of each month based on Gross Receipts for the preceding month.

3.    a.    If you determine not to purchase the Rental Territory, you must notify your Area

Developer in writing of your election not to purchase the Rental Territory no later than

March 1, 2014.

b.    If you desire to purchase the Rental Territory, you shall notify your Area Developer of your election on or before March 1, 2014 that so Liberty may send to you a then current Franchise Disclosure Document (“FDD”) and a separate franchise agreement for the Rental Territory. You must hold the FDD at least fourteen (14) calendar days. Liberty will allow you to finance the purchase of the Rental Territory under the terms of the 2014 Spring Expansion program. If this Rental Territory is not purchased by April 30, 2014, the offer to sell the Rental Territory is rescinded and you shall have no further rights to purchase that Territory.

c.    If you elect not to purchase the Rental Territory, you will continue to perform all of your obligations with respect to offices opened within the Rental Territory throughout the 2014 Calendar Year Tax Season to the extent they are applicable, and will deliver to Liberty’s national office all customer files and contact information for the Rental Territory no later than April 30, 2014. In addition, all further revenue associated with the Rental Territory, along with the future right to service the customers of the territory, belong to Liberty or Liberty’s designee.

B-3-0

Franchise Agreement September 2013

d. If you purchase the Rental Territory, for the purposes of Section 4.d. of the new franchise agreement you enter into for that Territory, the 2015 Calendar Year Tax Season will constitute “Year One,” the 2016 Calendar Year Tax Season will be deemed “Year Two,” etc.

Except to the extent modified above, the terms of the Franchise Agreement remain in full force and effect.

FRANCHISEE:                    JTH TAX, INC. d/b/a

LIBERTY TAX SERVICE

By:_____________________________        By:_________________________

John Hewitt, CEO, or Rufe Vanderpool, COO

By: ____________________________        Effective Date: _______________

Entity:_______________

B-3-1

Franchise Agreement September 2013

SCHEDULE “B-4” TO THE FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

Special Stipulation – Rent to Own

To the extent of any conflict between the following and the provisions of the Franchise Agreement, the following Special Stipulation shall control:

1. You agree to operate the territory (“Rental Territory”) described below for the tax season January 2, 2014 - April 15, 2014 (“2014 Calendar Year Tax Season”). This Rental Territory shall be deemed part of your existing franchise agreement and not a new franchise. If you own multiple territories, Liberty will deem and select which franchise agreement this Special Stipulation will relate to unless it is clearly specified otherwise. Except as modified by this Special Stipulation, the rights, duties and obligations in your existing franchise agreement relates shall control as to the Rental Territory. You specifically agree that section 10 of your Franchise Agreement will apply to the Rental Territory, regardless of whether you purchase the Rental Territory.

Rental Territory: ____________________________________

2. You shall be obligated to pay all royalties and other amounts due and payable to Liberty with respect to the Rental Territory and the 2014 Calendar Year Tax Season as provided below:

a.    You must pay a royalty of 14% of Gross Receipts subject to a minimum royalty of $5,000 per Territory for the period ending April 30th following the Effective Date of this Franchise Agreement (“Year One”).

b. You must pay an advertising fee of 5% of Gross Receipts each month.

c. You must pay the royalty owed by the 5th of each month based on Gross Receipts for the preceding month, and any balance owed to achieve Minimum Royalty on May 5 for each fiscal year ending April 30. You must pay advertising fees by the 5^th of each month based on Gross Receipts for the preceding month.

3.    a.    If you decide not to purchase the Rental Territory, you must notify your Area

Developer in writing of your election not to purchase the Rental Territory no later than

March 1, 2014.

b.    If you decide to purchase the Rental Territory, you shall notify your Area Developer of your election on or before March 1, 2014 so that Liberty may send to you a then current Franchise Disclosure Document (“FDD”) and a separate franchise agreement for the Rental Territory. You must hold the FDD at least fourteen (14) calendar days and then remit a 20% down payment ($8,000) of the $40,000 franchise fee applicable to the Rental Territory to Liberty no later than March 31, 2014. Liberty will allow you to finance the remaining 80% ($32,000) of the purchase price of the Rental Territory over a four (4) year period ending February 28, 2018 by your delivery to Liberty of a promissory note in a form containing Liberty’s standard terms and conditions. You will be entitled to make interest-only payments on this promissory note no later than February 28 in each of 2015, 2016, and 2017, with a final payment of accrued interest and all remaining principal due to Liberty Tax Service no later than February 28, 2018. If this Rental Territory is not purchased

B-4-0

Franchise Agreement September 2013

by April 30, 2014, the offer to sell the Rental Territory is rescinded and you shall have no further rights to the Territory.

c.    If you elect not to purchase the Rental Territory, you will continue to perform all of your obligations with respect to offices opened within the Rental Territory throughout the 2014 Calendar Year Tax Season, and will deliver to Liberty’s national office all customer files and contact information for the Rental Territory no later than April 30, 2014. In addition, all further revenue associated with the Rental Territory, along with the future right to service the customers of the territory, belong to Liberty or Liberty’s designee.

d.    If you purchase the Rental Territory, for the purposes of Section 4.d. of the new franchise agreement you enter into for that Territory, the 2014 Calendar Year Tax Season will constitute “Year One,” the 2015 Calendar Year Tax Season will be deemed “Year Two,” etc.

Except to the extent modified above, the terms of the Franchise Agreement remain in full force and effect.

FRANCHISEE:                    JTH TAX, INC. d/b/a

LIBERTY TAX SERVICE

By:_____________________________        By:_________________________

John Hewitt, CEO, or Rufe Vanderpool, COO

By: ____________________________        Effective Date: _______________

Entity:_______________

B-4-1

Franchise Agreement September 2013

SCHEDULE “B-5” TO THE FRANCHISE AGREEMENT

Special Stipulation- $0 Franchise Fee        Entity:_________

To the extent of any conflict between the following and the provisions of the Franchise Agreement, these Special Stipulations shall control:

1. Initial Franchise Fee. Section 4.a. of this Agreement concerning the “Initial and Resale Franchise Fee” is modified to provide that the Initial and Resale Franchise Fee is $0.

2. Security Deposit and Operational Supply Deposit. Section 4.b. of the Agreement, concerning “Down Payment and Approval” is deleted. Instead, you will pay to Liberty a $2,500 security deposit after you have held the Liberty Franchise Disclosure Document (“FDD”) for 14 calendar days. You also must pay to Liberty a $22,500 deposit for your expenses as outlined in Item 7 of the FDD (“Operational Supply Deposit”). Liberty will refund these deposits to you upon your request at any time before you attend Effective Operations Training (“EOT”). You must submit the security deposit and $5,500 of the Operational Supply Deposit for a total of $8,000 to us before attending EOT. The remaining $17,000 of the Operational Supply deposit must be submitted prior to closing.

Liberty will refund the deposits to you if Liberty does not approve your application or if you do not pass EOT in accordance with Liberty’s passing standards, provided that you return to Liberty all materials that were distributed to you during EOT. Also, Liberty will refund the security deposit of $2,500 to you upon completion of the five year term of this Agreement, or the sale of the Territory, whichever occurs first. However, this security deposit will first be applied to any monies you owe to Liberty and any remaining balance will be remitted to you. After closing, Liberty will hold and make available for return to you the Operational Supply Deposit, upon your written request to Liberty with substantiation as to the expenses to be paid by you with the Operational Supply Deposit.

You are normally limited to purchasing one un-owned and undeveloped territory per year under this option, subject to Area Developer approval. You must open an office for business in the Territory by January 8 of the Tax Season next following the Effective Date of this Special Stipulation, or the Tax Season in which this Special Stipulation is signed in the event that the Effective Date of this Special Stipulation is in January. If you do not open an office for business in the Territory by the specified January 8^th, Liberty will retain the security deposit and will not apply it to any monies which you may owe to Liberty and treat such an event as a failure to open under Section 8.b.(v) of the Franchise Agreement. Thereafter, you must abide by the starting date required under Section 6.d of the Franchise Agreement.

Liberty does not pay interest on the security deposit or the Operational Supply Deposit.

3. Royalties. Section 4.d. of the Franchise Agreement concerning “Royalties” is deleted and in its place is substituted, subject to (d)(iv) below, the following language:

“d.    Royalties.

(i)    You must pay a royalty of 25% of Gross Receipts subject to the following minimums:

B-5-0

Franchise Agreement September 2013

(a)    For the period ending April 30 following the Effective Date of this Agreement (“Year One”), if you operated or were required to have operated an office in the Territory for any part of Tax Season ending in that April, minimum royalty is $6,000 per Territory.

(b)    For the period beginning May 1 following the Effective Date of this Agreement through the following April 30(“Year Two”), minimum royalty is $9,000 per Territory.

(c)    Thereafter (“Year Three” and beyond), minimum royalty is $12,000 per Territory, for each successive period beginning May 1 through the following April 30.

(ii) For a Developed Territory, meaning one containing an existing company, franchisee or other Liberty tax preparation office, you must pay royalties as set forth above depending upon how long any office has been operated in the Territory. For example, if an office has been operated in the Territory through one Tax Season, then that Territory would be subject to Year Two royalties for the year that contains the Tax Season in which you first operate the Territory. The term “Tax Season” means the time period January 2 – April 30. An office includes locations such as kiosks or temporary locations.

(iii) If you are or become in an area covered by an Area Developer, Liberty may pay to the Area Developer a portion of the royalties that you pay to Liberty.

(iv) At the conclusion of the five (5) year term of this Agreement, your royalty structure will revert to the royalty structure specified in Section 4 of the Franchise Agreement.”

4. Transfer. The Franchise Agreement is modified to also provide that if you transfer the Territory covered by the Franchise Agreement before the end of its five (5) year term, the transferee will continue under the royalty structure specified above through the conclusion of that five (5) year term.

5. Reversion. At any time during the initial five (5) year period under this Agreement, you may pay $37,500 to Liberty and the Royalties that you will pay under Section 4.d.(i) of this Agreement will revert from the rates stated above to the rates stated in the Franchise Agreement. In addition, your $2,500 Security Deposit paid hereunder will be added to the $37,500 and deemed to be a partial payment of the Initial Franchise Fee, which shall total $40,000. If and when this reversion is exercised, the change in royalty rate will begin following the payment of the $37,500.

You must serve written notice on Liberty to exercise this Reversion right.

Except to the extent modified above, the terms of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

FRANCHISEE:                     JTH TAX, INC. d/b/a

LIBERTY TAX SERVICE

By:__________________________            By:__________________________

John Hewitt, CEO, or Rufe Vanderpool, COO

By:__________________________            Effective Date:_________________

B-5-1

Franchise Agreement September 2013

EX-10.21

AREA DEVELOPER AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT B

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.SERVICES    3

2.EXCLUSIVITY    5

3.FEES AND COMMISSIONS    6

4.MINIMUM AREA DEVELOPER PERFORMANCE    8

5.FRANCHISOR — FRANCHISEE RELATIONSHIP    8

6.NON-COMPETE AND NO SOLICITATION    9

7.TERM AND TERMINATION    10

8.MISCELLANEOUS    12

9.DEATH OR INCAPACITY    16

10. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION    16

11.AGREEMENT    17

12. COUNTERPARTS 18

13. HEADINGS    18

Schedule A20

Schedule B21

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

2

AREA DEVELOPER

AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, JTH Tax, Inc. d/b/a Liberty Tax Service (“Liberty”) franchises a system for the operation of tax return preparation offices (the “Franchise”); and

WHEREAS, Area Developer desires to find, solicit and recruit candidates willing to become Franchise owners (“Franchisees”) and desires to provide continuing services (the “Services”) on Liberty’s behalf to Franchisees; and

WHEREAS, Liberty wishes to receive the Services and compensate Area Developer.

NOW, THEREFORE, for value received, Liberty and Area Developer hereby agree as follows:

1.    SERVICES

1.1    Area Developer Services.

(a)    Candidate Development. Area Developer will use best efforts to find, solicit, and recruit candidates interested in operating a Franchise within the Territory (as described in Section 2). Upon Area Developer’s determination that a candidate may have the characteristics of a potential Franchisee (a “Candidate”), Area Developer will identify such Candidate in writing to Liberty for Liberty’s consideration.

(b)    Franchise Award. All Candidates must successfully pass Liberty’s Effective Operations Training (“EOT”) and Hands On Training (“HOT”) to be awarded a Franchise.

(c)    Limitation of Services. Area Developer may only offer those services or products through the Area Developer business as authorized by Liberty in this Agreement or the Area Developer Operations Manual, unless Liberty provides prior written approval.

1.2    Area Developer Support Services and Obligations.

(a)    Operational Support. Area Developer will be responsible for coaching the Liberty system as described in the Area Developer Operations Manual and will provide Franchisees with timely local support, day-to-day operational help, marketing advice and feedback. Area Developer will host quarterly Designated Marketing Area (DMA) meetings in person or through electronic means. Through these DMA meetings and as required by Liberty, Area Developer will disseminate information, collaborate with Franchisees, discuss advertising and address other issues that may arise or later be specified by Liberty. Area Developer does not have any authority to approve or disapprove Franchisee marketing or advertising. Area Developer agrees to address reasonable company-owned store issues that may arise or be specified by Liberty. “Company-owned” refers to a store owned and operated by Liberty or an entity under the control of Liberty or any of its employees.

(b)    Customer Service. Area Developer shall use best efforts to ensure that all Franchisees provide all appropriate services as outlined in the Franchisee Operations Manual and

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

3

the Area Developer Operations Manual, abide by customer service policies issued by Liberty and timely respond to customer complaints and issues. Area Developer must operate in a manner that protects the goodwill, reputation of Liberty and the service marks and trademarks of Liberty (collectively “Marks).

(c)    Site Selection.     Area Developer shall provide site selection assistance in accordance with the Area Developer Operations Manual including, but not limited to, utilization of Buxton, a company providing retail business intelligence solutions, and current Electronic Return Originator (“ERO”) data. Final site selection must be approved by Liberty.

(d)    Budgets, Profit and Loss Statements and Action Plans. Area Developer shall review and approve Franchisee budgets, profit and loss statements, action plans and the Marketing Plan Generator for submission to corporate for final approval in accordance with the deadlines provided by Liberty.

(e)    Agreement Facilitation. Area Developers shall review and facilitate Franchisee applications to Liberty for financing, transfers, fee releases, sales, terminations and the like, subject to final approval by Liberty.

(f)    Required Attendance. Area Developer, or Area Developer’s approved representative, shall attend area developer training and EOT within six months of closing. Additionally, Area Developer will attend all meetings that may be required by Liberty.

(g)    Manual. Area Developer shall provide all assistance and support described in the Area Developer Manual, the Operations Manual provided to Liberty Franchisees and Area Developers and all updates to these Manuals.

(h)    Contract Enforcement. Upon termination or expiration of the franchise agreement between Liberty and any Franchisee (a “Former Franchisee”), Area Developer will assist Liberty in enforcing the post termination obligations set forth in its franchise agreement with that Former Franchisee (“Post Termination Obligations”), but Area Developer will have no duty to initiate court or other legal proceeding. These obligations include ensuring that all Liberty signs are removed from the Former Franchisee’s offices or other premises, receiving or acquiring all telephone numbers, listings and advertisements used in relation to the Former Franchisee’s business, receiving or acquiring all copies of lists and other sources of information containing the names of customers of the Former Franchisee, obtaining all Former Franchisee’s customer tax returns, files, records and all copies thereof and obtaining all copies of the Former Franchisee’s Operations Manual, including any updates, and performing other reasonable duties as may be assigned by Liberty to assist in the transition or closure of an office.

1.3    Liberty Obligations.

(a)    Area Developer Operations Manual. Liberty will provide an Area Developer Operations Manual and various updates to the Manual to provide requirements of operation and offer guidance in performing Area Developer services.

(b)    Initial and Advanced Training. Liberty will provide reasonable training to Area Developer, at Area Developer’s expense, in order to ensure that Area Developer has the ability to

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

4

provide the services to Liberty described in Sections 1.1 and 1.2. At present, Liberty provides a three to four day initial Area Developer training course, which Area Developer and any manager working for Area Developer must attend and successfully complete within six months of closing. Liberty also requires Area Developer to attend EOT within six months of closing. Liberty may also provide and require Area Developer’s attendance at advanced or other trainings that may be offered at select locations or Liberty may offer such training on the web or electronically. Although Liberty does not charge attendance at training, Area Developer must pay the cost incurred with traveling to training, and other incidental expenses such as food, lodging, and transportation incurred in attending any training that Liberty provides.

(c)    Disclosure Document. Liberty will provide or make available to Area Developer its latest Franchise Disclosure Document to use as part of Area Developer’s Development Services.

1.4    Joint Duties. Liberty and Area Developer will be responsible for the enforcement of all agreements (“Franchise Documents”) executed in the awarding of a franchise to a Candidate and the monitoring of individual Franchisee performance and adherence to Liberty’s Franchise system. However, Area Developer will not assert any legal claim by way of a lawsuit or otherwise, against a Franchisee without the written permission of Liberty.

1.5     Personal Involvement. Area Developer must render the Area Developer and support services hereunder personally, unless Area Developer submits to Liberty a general manager who attends and successfully completes our initial Area Developer training course and who is not later disapproved by Liberty.

1.6    Reports. Area Developer agrees to file with Liberty, at such times and in such forms as Liberty may specify, reports detailing Area Developer’s activities, sales and other information that may be requested.

1.7    Reviews. Liberty reserves the right to review Area Developer’s business operations, in person, by mail, or electronically. Liberty may inspect Area Developer’s operations and obtain paper and electronic business records related to the business and any other operations taking place through Area Developer’s business. Area Developer must send Liberty any business records requested within five (5) business days of receiving Liberty’s request for records and shall be responsible for any costs related to this transmission. Liberty has the right to require that Area Developer implement a plan to resolve any issues that Liberty discovers.

2.    EXCLUSIVITY

2.1    Exclusivity. Except as otherwise permitted in this Agreement, Liberty will not appoint or authorize any other person to provide commissioned or paid Area Developer services to Liberty in the territory defined in Schedule A (“Territory”). This grant of the Territory in no way prevents or restricts Liberty from itself recruiting, soliciting or seeking new Franchisees in the Territory (including through the Internet or other means of general electronic communication) or from using unpaid referrals from other sources or as detailed in Section 2.2 in the obtaining of potential Franchisees. As indicated on Schedule A, the Territory has been divided into sub-territories (“Franchise Territories”) as defined by Liberty, which will be made available to prospective Franchisees.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

5

2.2    Non-Area Developer-Proposed Franchisees. If Liberty is referred, contacted by or comes into communication with any prospective Franchisee in the Territory not previously identified by Area Developer, Liberty may evaluate, recruit and award such prospective Franchisee a Franchise. Each such individual will be deemed a Franchisee for the purposes of this Agreement.

3.    FEES AND COMMISSIONS

3.1    Initial Fee. Area Developer will pay Liberty $ _______ upon execution of this Agreement, which shall be deemed fully earned by Liberty upon payment.

3.2    Initial Franchise Fee. Liberty will pay Area Developer, as detailed under Section 3.10, an amount equal to ____% of the initial franchise fee and interest on promissory notes, if and only to the extent that such interest is on franchise fees or royalties (except on interest already due and owing before the date of this Agreement), paid to Liberty by a Franchisee during the Term, pursuant to the terms in the franchise agreement between Franchisee and Liberty (“Franchise Fees” and “Royalties”), for the first time that a territory is purchased by a franchisee, except Franchise Fees already due and owing before the Effective Date of this Agreement. Liberty will also pay to Area Developer the same percentage of any change fees for modifying the opening schedule of a multi-territory stipulation which a Franchisee pays to Liberty during the Term, except change fees already due and owing before the Effective Date of this Agreement.

3.3    Franchise Royalties. Except as provided under Section 4.1, Liberty will pay Area Developer, as detailed under Section 3.10, an amount equal to ____% of all ongoing Royalties received by Liberty, if any, from a Franchisee during the Term except Royalties already due and owing before the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Liberty will also pay to Area Developer this same royalty percentage on company-owned stores in Area Developer’s Territory if a Franchisee store becomes company-owned after the Effective Date of this Agreement. The royalty percentage payable to Area Developer shall be calculated as if the store were still a Franchisee store.

3.4    Demand for Payment. Except as authorized herein, or except upon the prior written consent of Liberty, Area Developer will not demand any payment due from a Liberty Franchisee or other person or entity to Liberty.

3.5    Fee for Franchisee Prospects. Liberty may provide to Area Developer leads of prospective Franchisees within the Territory. If Liberty provides any such leads to Area Developer, Liberty will set fees based upon the cost and the difficulty of acquiring the leads and Area Developer agrees to pay these fees.

3.6    Fee for Internal Sales.  If Liberty’s own Franchise Development staff handles the selling process with a prospective Franchisee within the Territory covered by this Agreement for the sale of an undeveloped territory (meaning one that does not contain an existing Liberty Tax Service office), Area Developer shall pay Liberty 15% of the Franchise Fee (provided that in the case of a prospective Franchisee under a special stipulation agreement whereby no Franchisee Fee is paid, this amount shall be deemed to be payable under section 3.5 and be $6,000 or such other amount as is established pursuant to Section 3.5).  Liberty may deduct this from amounts Liberty otherwise owes to Area Developer.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

6

3.7    Advertising and Selling Material. Liberty may charge and Area Developer agrees to pay a reasonable charge for preparing, procuring, printing, and/or sending advertising materials and Disclosure Documents to Area Developer.

3.8    Terminal Services. Liberty may charge and Area Developer agrees to pay a reasonable charge for providing computer access to information within the Liberty system and for computer access to a sales lead and contact information management system.

3.9    Use of Franchise Broker. Liberty may use the services of franchise brokers to identify Candidates who are potentially interested in becoming Franchisees (“Franchise Broker”). To participate in this opportunity, Area Developer agrees to pay a proportionate share of the Broker’s fee for any broker-generated Candidate who becomes a Franchisee in Area Developer’s Territory. Area Developer’s share of Broker’s fee shall be based on the proportion of initial Franchise Fee and Royalties that Area Developer receives under Sections 3.2 and 3.3. For example, if a Broker charges Liberty $13,000 for a Candidate who becomes a Franchisee, and Area Developer receives 35% of the initial Franchise Fee and Royalty under Sections 3.2 and 3.3 above, then Area Developer’s share of the initial Franchise Fee would be reduced by 35% of $13,000 which amounts to $4,550.

3.10    Payment. In any month that Liberty receives Franchise Fees, Royalties, or interest on promissory notes (if such interest is on Franchise Fees or Royalties and are not already due and owing before the date of this agreement) from Franchisees in Area Developer’s Territory, Liberty will pay Area Developer its share of Royalties, Franchise Fees and interest not later than the last day of the next calendar month. In no case will Liberty advance funds to Area Developer, or be liable for payment on accounts receivables or unpaid Franchise Fees, Royalties or interest. Area Developer will be entitled to its share of Royalties only with respect to Royalties actually collected, and Liberty will be entitled to take credits against previous Royalty payments to Area Developer to the extent that any Royalty payments from a Franchisee are subject to a subsequent refund, offset or other credit. Each payment of Area Developer’s share of Royalties, Franchise Fees, and interest will be accompanied by information in sufficient detail to allow Area Developer to determine the basis on which Area Developer’s share of the Royalties, Franchise Fees and interest was calculated.

3.11    Late Fees. Payments for charges Liberty bills to Area Developer are due within 30 days of billing and will be subject to an 12% per annum late fee, or the maximum allowed by law if less.

3.12    Fee Amounts. From time to time, Liberty will set and publish the fee amounts under Sections 3.5 and 3.7-3.8.

3.13    Expenses. Except as provided herein, each party will bear the expenses incurred by it in the performance of this Agreement.

3.14    Referral Fees. Liberty may offer referral fees to individuals that refer new Franchisees to Liberty. These referral fees do not apply to Area Developer for Candidates that become Franchisees in Area Developer’s Territory.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

7

4.    MINIMUM AREA DEVELOPER PERFORMANCE

4.1    Minimum Requirements. Area Developer will provide Liberty with a minimum number of Candidates each year that open Franchise Territories with an active Liberty office in operation, as described and set forth in Schedule B (the “Minimum Requirements”). For this purpose, a year will include each fiscal year of Liberty (including any partial year) ending on April 30. If Area Developer does not meet the Minimum Requirements, Liberty may, upon notification to Area Developer within ninety (90) days of the end of the year wherein the requirements were not met, delete from the Territory up to the number of Franchise Territories by which Area Developer failed to meet the Minimum Requirements for that year. Liberty’s notice will designate which unsold Franchise Territories it desires to delete from the Territory, and Liberty shall have the sole discretion in making this determination. The specified Franchise Territories will be deemed deleted from the Territory as of the date that Liberty sends notice to Area Developer. Area Developer will thereafter not be entitled to any share of Franchise Fees and Royalties paid with respect to Franchisees appointed within those Franchise Territories (“Liberty Franchisees”) and Liberty Franchisees will not be deemed Franchisees for the purposes of this Agreement. This deletion is Liberty’s sole remedy for failure to meet Minimum Requirements.

Liberty’s notice will be accompanied by a credit to amounts owed by Area Developer to Liberty or a payment to Area Developer, as Liberty selects. Such credit or payment shall equal the amount of the Initial Fee that is calculated by multiplication of the Initial Fee with a fraction the numerator of which is the total population of the deleted Territories and the denominator of which is the total population of the Franchise Territories (Initial Fee x (Total Population of Deleted Territories/Total Population of Franchised Territories)). For this calculation, Liberty may choose to use either the population figures that existed at the time of entering into this Agreement or more current data available to Liberty.

5.    FRANCHISOR — FRANCHISEE RELATIONSHIP

5.1    Disclosure. Area Developer will comply with all federal and state franchise disclosure laws applicable to the solicitation of Franchisees, including providing the Disclosure Document, prepared by Liberty, to all Candidates within the time frame provided by law. In most jurisdictions, this disclosure is currently required fourteen (14) calendar days before the signing of a binding agreement between the Candidate and Liberty or making any payment by the Candidate to Liberty. Area Developer will ensure that any disclosure made in any form complies with the applicable franchise disclosure laws. Area Developer will be responsible for providing Liberty’s most current Disclosure Document, but will not be responsible for improper disclosure due to inadequacies or errors in Liberty’s most current Disclosure Document.

5.2    Financial Performance Representations. Except as may be expressly stated in Item 19 of Liberty’s most current unit Franchise Disclosure Document in effect in Area Developer’s Territory, Area Developer will not make any representation, either orally, in writing, electronically, or otherwise, to any prospective Candidate concerning actual or potential earnings, sales, income or profits of any Franchise. However, Area Developer may disclose financial performance of an existing franchise for sale to a Candidate interested in such unit as may be permitted by law.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

8

5.3    Improper Representations. Area Developer will make no representations to any Candidate that conflicts with Liberty’s current franchise agreement or Disclosure Document or make any promises, guarantees, or warranties to any party not authorized in writing by Liberty.

5.4    No Unauthorized Commitments. Area Developer acknowledges that it has no authority to bind Liberty with respect to any matter, and agrees that it will not enter into any agreements or understandings with any Candidates other than as authorized in writing by Liberty.

5.5    Indemnity. Area Developer will indemnify, defend and hold Liberty and its affiliates, officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, contractors, advisors and representatives (the “Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any claim, suit or proceeding brought against any of the Indemnified Parties resulting from, relating to or arising out of a claim that Area Developer failed to make proper disclosures under Section 5.1, made any improper earnings claim as detailed in Section 5.2, made any improper representations under Section 5.3, or entered into any unauthorized agreements under Section 5.4.

Liberty will indemnify, defend and hold Area Developer and its affiliates, officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, contractors, advisors and representatives (the “Area Developer Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any claim, suit, or proceeding brought against any of the Area Developer Indemnified Parties resulting from, relating to or arising out of a claim that Liberty failed to make proper disclosure under Section 5.1, made any improper earnings claim as detailed in Section 5.2, made any improper representations under Section 5.3, or entered into any unauthorized agreements under Section 5.4.

6.    NON-COMPETE AND NO SOLICITATION

6.1    Non-Compete.

(a)    In-Term. Area Developer will not, during the Term of this Agreement, in the United States or Canada, directly or indirectly (i) recruit, search for, or solicit Franchisees or prospective Franchisees to engage in income tax return preparation, electronic filing of tax returns, or the provision of refund anticipation loans, except as to seeking Liberty Tax Service Franchisees pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) aid or facilitate another person or entity (except Liberty Tax Service Franchisees) in the provision of paid income tax preparation offered to the public through retail outlets.

(b)    Post-Term. Area Developer will not, for a period of two years after expiration or termination of this Agreement, in the Territory defined in Schedule A regardless of any reduction due to application of Section 4.1 (the “Original Territory”), or within twenty-five (25) miles of the boundaries of the Original Territory, directly or indirectly recruit, search for, or solicit Franchisees or prospective Franchisees to engage in income tax return preparation, electronic filing of tax returns, or the provision of refund anticipation loans.

6.2    No Solicitation.

(a)    In-Term. Except with the permission of Liberty, Area Developer will not, during the term of this Agreement, in the United States or in Canada, directly or indirectly solicit for employment in a management or supervisory capacity, any management or supervisory personnel

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

9

employed by Liberty, any management or supervisory personnel employed by a Liberty Tax Service Franchisee, or any Liberty Tax Service Franchisee, or in the case of a Franchisee which is an entity, the owners of such entity.

(b)    Post-Term. Except with the permission of Liberty, Area Developer will not, for a period of two years after expiration or termination of this Agreement, in the Original Territory and within twenty-five (25) miles of the boundaries of the Original Territory, directly or indirectly solicit to own, operate, manage or supervise an income tax preparation office or income tax preparation franchise, any management or supervisory personnel employed by Liberty, any management or supervisory personnel employed by a Liberty Tax Service Franchisee, or any Liberty Tax Service Franchisee, or in the case of a Franchisee which is an entity, the owners of such entity, or any other entity beneficially owned by such owner or entity.

6.3    Severability. If any covenant or provision with Section 6.1 or 6.2 is determined to be void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, it shall be deemed severed and removed from this Agreement and shall not affect or impair the validity of any other covenant or provision. Further, these obligations are considered independent of any other provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by either party to this Agreement against the other, whether based upon this agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of these obligations.

7.    TERM AND TERMINATION

7.1    Term. This Agreement will commence upon its Effective Date and will last for a term of ten (10) years (the “Term”).

7.2    Renewal. Upon the completion of the Term of this Agreement, provided Area Developer is in compliance with the terms and conditions in this Agreement, Liberty will provide Area Developer with the right to enter into a new agreement with Liberty for the provision of services similar to those in this Agreement. If Area Developer wishes to renew this Agreement, Area Developer must notify Liberty in writing at least 180 days before the expiration of this Agreement. There will be no fee for the renewal, but Area Developer must execute a general release of all claims it may have against Liberty. Area Developer may also renew future Area Developer Agreements, if Area Developer is in compliance with the terms and conditions in such agreements, meets the other conditions therein for renewal, and renews by signing Liberty’s then current Area Developer Agreement. The fees and percentages described in Sections 3.2 and 3.3 above will not be reduced upon any renewal nor will the Territory be reduced, except as may be reduced due to failure to meet Minimum Requirements, as described in Section 4.1 above.

7.3    Termination.

(a)    Termination by Area Developer. Area Developer may terminate this Agreement at any time through written notice of termination to Liberty. Area Developer’s termination of this Agreement will be effective upon Liberty’s receipt of Area Developer’s termination notice.

(b)    Termination by Liberty Without Opportunity to Cure. Liberty may terminate this Agreement effective upon the date of Liberty’s sending written notice of termination to Area Developer, and without the opportunity for Area Developer to cure, for any of the following reasons:

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

10

(i) Area Developer commits a violation of any law, ordinance, rule or regulation of a government or governmental agency or department and such conduct constitutes a material violation of any franchise law, antitrust law or securities law, fraud or a similar wrong, unfair or deceptive practices, or a comparable violation of applicable law, or the Area Developer is convicted of a felony; or

(ii) Area Developer violates any of Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 or 5.4 of this Agreement; or

(iii)    Area Developer makes a misstatement of material fact on a Biographical

Information Form, which is required in order to enter into this Area Developer Agreement, or the Sales Agent Disclosure Form Update, or fails to disclose a material fact that is requested in any such form, or refuses to fill out or completely fill out such form or tender supporting documentation upon reasonable request. The present versions of these Forms are appended to the accompanying Disclosure Document as Exhibits D-2 and D-3.

(c)    Termination by Liberty After Opportunity to Cure. Liberty may terminate this Agreement if Area Developer fails to perform any obligation under this Agreement or any other Agreement between the parties (“Breach”) and such failure has continued for thirty (30) days after Liberty sent written notice of such Breach to Area Developer. In the case of past due monies owed by Area Developer to Liberty under this Agreement or for any other debt to Liberty, Liberty may terminate this Agreement fourteen (14) days after Liberty sends written notice of delinquency to Area Developer. If Area Developer fails to provide notification of Area Developer’s desire to renew within the time and manner provided for in Section 7.2 of this Agreement, Liberty may terminate this Agreement fourteen (14) days after Liberty sends written notice to cure.

7.4    No Refund of Initial Fee. Liberty will have no obligation to return or refund any fee to Area Developer upon termination of this Agreement.

7.5    Survival of Obligations. The Parties’ obligations that by their nature may require performance after the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including, but not necessarily limited to, Sections 3.11, 5.5, 6, 7.4, 7.5, and 8-11, will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, sale of this Agreement or sale or other transfer of Area Developer's business operated under this Agreement, Liberty will have no further obligation to pay Area Developer any share of Franchise Fees, Royalties or interest received by Liberty subsequent to the date of termination or expiration.

8.    MISCELLANEOUS

8.1    Relationship. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement does not create a partnership, company, joint venture, or any other entity or similar legal relationship between the parties, and no party has a fiduciary duty or other special duty or relationship with respect to the other party. The parties acknowledge that Area Developer’s relationship with Liberty hereunder is that of an independent contractor.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

11

8.2    Intellectual Property Ownership. Liberty owns the Franchise system, its trademarks and all other intellectual property associated with the Franchise system. To the extent Area Developer has or later obtains any intellectual property, other property rights or interests in the Franchise system by operation of law or otherwise, Area Developer hereby disclaims such rights or interests and will promptly assign and transfer such entire interest exclusively to Liberty. Area Developer will not undertake to obtain, in lieu of Liberty, copyright, trademark, service mark, trade secret, patent rights or other intellectual property right with respect to the Franchise system. Area Developer will have the right to use Liberty’s Marks during the Term for the sole purpose of advertising the availability of Franchises within the Territory, but Area Developer must obtain Liberty’s prior written consent to such use, which consent may be withheld in Liberty’s sole discretion.

8.3    Trade and Domain Names.Area Developer will not use the name “Liberty,” “libtax,” or “JTH” as any part of the name of a corporation, LLC or other entity. Further, unless Area Developer first receives Liberty’s express written permission, Area Developer will not obtain or use any domain name (Internet address) in connection with the provision of services under this Agreement or to facilitate any efforts to find, solicit and recruit Candidates.

8.4        Assignment. Liberty may assign this Agreement to an assignee who agrees to remain bound by its terms. Liberty does not permit a sub-license of the Agreement. Area Developer’s interest under this Agreement may be transferred or assigned only if Area Developer complies with the provisions in this Section. No interest may be transferred unless Area Developer is in full compliance with this Agreement and current in all monies owed to Liberty. Upon Liberty’s request, any transfer of an ownership interest in this Agreement must be joined by all signatories to this Agreement, except in the case of death or legal disability.

(a)        Liberty’sRight of First Refusal. If Area Developer has received and desires to accept a signed, bona fide offer to purchase or otherwise transfer the Area Developer Agreement or any interest in it, Liberty shall have the option (the "Right of First Refusal") to purchase such interest as hereinafter provided. Within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the offer, Area Developer shall offer the Right of First Refusal to Liberty by providing written notice to Liberty which shall include a copy of the signed offer to purchase that Area Developer received (“Notice”). Liberty shall have the right to purchase the Area Developer Agreement or interest in the Area Developer Agreement for the price and upon the terms set out in the Notice, except that Liberty may substitute cash for any non-cash form of payment proposed and Liberty shall have sixty (60) days after the exercise of our Right of First Refusal to close the said purchase. Liberty will notify Area Developer in writing within fifteen (15) days of its receipt of the Notice if it plans to exercise the Right of First Refusal. Upon the transmission of notice by Liberty, there shall immediately arise between Liberty and Area Developer, or its owners, a binding contract of purchase and sale at the price and terms contained in the Notice previously provided by Area Developer.

(b)        Transfer to Controlled Entity. A transfer to a "Controlled Entity" shall not trigger the Right of First Refusal. A "Controlled Entity" is an entity in which Area Developer is the beneficial owner of 100% of each class of voting ownership interest. At the time of the desired transfer of interest to a Controlled Entity, Area Developer must notify Liberty in writing of the name of the Controlled Entity and the name and address of each officer, director, shareholder, member, partner, or similar person and their respective ownership interest. Each such person of the Controlled Entity

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

12

shall sign the amendment and release forms and/or Area Developer Agreement as required by Liberty at the time of transfer. Currently, Liberty does not charge a transfer fee for this type of transaction.

(c)     Transfer of Interest Within Area Developer. A transfer of interest within an Area Developer which is an entity shall not trigger the Right of First Refusal provided that only the percentage ownership, rather than the identity of the owners, is changing. At the time of the desired transfer of interest within an entity, Area Developer must notify Liberty in writing of the name and address of each officer, director, shareholder, member, partner or similar person and their respective ownership interest prior to and following the proposed transfer. Each such person of the Controlled Entity shall sign the amendment and release forms and/or Area Developer Agreement as required by Liberty at the time of transfer. Currently, Liberty does not charge a transfer fee for this type of transaction.

(d)     Right of First Refusal Not Exercised By Liberty. If Liberty does not exercise the Right of First Refusal, Area Developer may transfer the Area Developer Agreement or ownership interest therein according to the terms set forth in the Notice, provided that Area Developer satisfies the conditions in Section 8.4(e) and completes the sale within ninety (90) days from the date that Liberty received Notice from Area Developer. If Area Developer does not conclude the proposed sale transaction within this 90-day period, the Liberty’s Right of First Refusal shall continue in full force and effect.

(e)     Additional Requirements and Obligations for Transfer.

i) The proposed transferee(s) must complete Liberty’s Area Developer application and pass Liberty’s application screening in place at the time of transfer.

ii) The proposed transferee(s) must sign the Liberty amendment forms and/or Area Developer Agreement in place at the time of transfer and must personally assume and be bound by all of the terms, covenants and conditions therein.

iii) The proposed transferee(s) must attend and successfully complete Area Developer Training.

iv) Area Developer shall sign Liberty’s transfer and release forms required by Liberty at the time of transfer and pay to Liberty a transfer fee of $10,000.00.

8.5    Publicity. Except as required by law, Area Developer may not make any press release or other public announcement involving the subject matter of this Agreement without the written agreement of Liberty as to the form of such press release or public announcement.

8.6    Operations Manual, Specifications, and Equipment. Liberty may issue specifications to guide Area Developer in the provision of Services hereunder. Liberty has an Area Developer Operations Manual that Area Developer agrees to follow. Liberty may issue computer and equipment requirements. At present, Area Developer is required to have business cards, a telephone and telephone line, printer, fax service and computer connected via internet to Liberty’s computer network. Liberty also requires Area Developer to use an appropriate sales lead and contact information database or software to keep track of Area Developer’s contacts with prospective Franchisees and may issue recommendations or requirements in this regard. Liberty may change

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

13

Liberty’s Area Developer Operations Manual and modify Liberty’s specifications in order to maintain competitiveness, adjust for legal, technological, and economic changes, and to improve in the marketplace. Area Developer agrees to be bound by all future changes.

8.7    Maintenance of Liberty Goodwill. Area Developer agrees not to disparage Liberty or its current and former employees or directors. During the term of this Agreement, Area Developer also agrees not to do any act harmful, prejudicial, or injurious to Liberty.

8.8        Governing Law.

(a)        Virginia Law. This Agreement is effective upon its acceptance in Virginia by our authorized officer. Virginia law governs all claims that in any way relate to or arise out of this Agreement or any of the dealings of the parties hereto. However, the Virginia Retail Franchising Act does not apply to any claims by or on Area Developer’s behalf if the Territory shown on Schedule A below is located outside of Virginia.

(b)        Jurisdiction and Venue. In any suit brought by Liberty, which in any way relates to or arises out of this Agreement, or any of the dealings of the parties hereto, Area Developer consents to venue and personal jurisdiction in the state and federal court of the city or county of Liberty’s National Office, presently Virginia Beach state courts and the United States District Court in Norfolk, Virginia. In any suit brought against Liberty, including Liberty’s present and former employees and agents, which in any way relates to or arises out of this Agreement, or any of the dealings of the parties hereto, venue shall be proper only in the federal court located nearest Liberty’s National Office (presently the U.S. District Court in Norfolk, Virginia), or if neither federal subject matter or diversity jurisdiction exists, in the city or county state court located where Liberty’s National Office is (presently the City of Virginia Beach, Virginia).

(c)        Jury Waiver. In any trial between any of the parties hereto, including present and former employees and agents of Liberty, which in any way relates to or arises out of this Agreement, or any of the dealings of the parties hereto, Area Developer and Liberty agree to waive our rights to a jury trial and instead have such action tried by a judge.

(d)        Class Action Waiver. Area Developer agrees that any claim Area Developer may have against Liberty, including Liberty’s past and present employees and agents, shall be brought individually and Area Developer shall not join such claim with claims of any other person or entity or bring, join or participate in a class action against Liberty.

(e)        No Punitive Damages. In any lawsuit, dispute or claim between or against any of the parties hereto, including present and former agents and employees of Liberty, Area Developer and Liberty agree to waive our rights, if any, to seek or recover punitive damages.

8.9    Severability. If any one or more of the provisions in this Agreement or any application of such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a competent tribunal, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions in this Agreement and all other applications of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired by such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. Further, the obligations within Section 6 above are considered independent of any other provision in this agreement, and the existence of

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

14

any claim or cause of action by either party to this agreement against the other, whether based upon this agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of these obligations.

8.10    Notices. Any notice, authorization, consent or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be given by mail or courier, postage fully prepaid, or delivered personally, to Liberty’s CEO, at Liberty’s National Office, presently 1716 Corporate Landing Parkway, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23454, Telephone: (757) 493-8855. Any such notice may also be given to Area Developer in the same manner at the address indicated below the Area Developer’s signature on this Agreement or such other more current address as Liberty may have on file for Area Developer. Liberty may also give notice to Area Developer by e-mail.

8.11    Burdens and Benefits. This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the parties, their successors and assigns, as permitted hereunder.

8.12    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Schedules, is the entire agreement between Area Developer and Liberty with respect to the subject matter contained herein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior oral and written agreements and understandings between Area Developer and Liberty with respect to the subject matter herein. However, nothing in this or any related agreement is intended to disclaim the representations Liberty made in the franchise disclosure document Liberty furnished to Area Developer.

8.13    Amendment and Waiver. No amendment, change, or modification of this Agreement and no waiver of any right under this Agreement will be effective unless in a written document that is signed by an authorized representative of each party. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver.

8.14    Financing. If Liberty provides financing, Area Developer must submit annual financial information to Liberty including, but not limited to, income statements, balance sheets, and supporting documents. Area Developer agrees to submit the required information at the time and in the format specified by Liberty.

9.    DEATH OR INCAPACITY

9.1        Assistance and Reimbursement. In the event of the death or incapacity of Area Developer, Liberty is entitled, but not required, to render assistance to maintain smooth and continued provision of Services. Liberty shall be entitled to reimbursement from Area Developer or Area Developer's estate for reasonable expenditures incurred.

9.2        Required Time Frames.Pursuant to this Section, death or incapacity shall not be grounds for termination of this Agreement unless either:

(a)    Area Developer or his/her legal representative fails for a period of 180 days after such death or incapacity to commence action to assign this Agreement according to controlling state law regarding the affairs of a deceased or incapacitated person and the terms of this Agreement; or,

(b)    Such assignment is not completed within one year after death or incapacity.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

15

9.3        Termination for Death or Incapacity.Liberty shall have the right to terminate this Agreement if one of the conditions in Section 9.2 is not satisfied within the time frame provided. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to limit the provisions of Section 7 regarding termination. Further, the terms and conditions of Section 8.4 above apply to a transfer upon death or incapacity, in the same manner as such terms and conditions apply to any other transfer to a non-Affiliate.

10.     CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     (a)        Disclosure. Liberty possesses confidential information including, but not limited to, methods of operation, service and other methods, techniques, formats, specifications, procedures, information, system, customer information, marketing information, trade secrets, intellectual property, knowledge of and experience in operating and franchising offices, operating as an Area Developer (“Confidential Information”). Liberty may disclose some or all of the Confidential Information (oral, written, electronic, or otherwise) to Area Developer and Area Developer’s representatives. During the term of this Agreement and following the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Area Developer covenants not to directly or indirectly communicate, divulge, or use Confidential Information for its benefit or the benefit of any other person or legal entity except as specifically provided by the terms of this Agreement or permitted by Liberty in writing. Upon the expiration, termination or nonrenewal of this Agreement, Area Developer agrees that it will never use or disclose, and will not permit any of its representatives to use or disclose, our Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever, including, without limitation, in the design, development or operation of any business which provides services substantially similar to those stated herein. This provision shall not apply to information that: (a) at the time of disclosure is readily available to the public; (b) after disclosure becomes readily available to the trade or public other than through breach of this Agreement; (c) is subsequently lawfully and in good faith obtained by Area Developer from an independent third party without breach of this Agreement; (d) was in Area Developer’s possession prior to the date of Liberty’s disclosure to Area Developer; or (e) is disclosed to others in accordance with the terms of a prior written authorization between Area Developer and Liberty. The protections granted in this Section shall be in addition to all other protections for Confidential Information provided by law or equity.

(b)        Interest. Area Developer will acquire no interest in Liberty’s Confidential Information but is provided the right to use the Confidential Information disclosed for the purposes of developing and operating pursuant to this Agreement. Area Developer acknowledges that it would be an unfair method of competition to use or duplicate any Confidential Information other than in connection with the operation under this Agreement. No part of the Liberty franchise system nor any document or exhibit forming any part thereof shall be distributed, utilized or reproduced in any form or by any means, without our prior written consent.

(c)    Use In Term.    Area Developer agrees that it will (a) refrain from using the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the operation pursuant to this Agreement; (b) maintain absolute confidentiality of Confidential Information during and after the term of this Agreement; (c) not make unauthorized copies of any portion of Confidential Information; and (d) adopt and implement all reasonable procedures, including but not limited to, those required by Liberty, to prevent unauthorized use of or disclosure of Confidential Information, including but not limited to, restrictions on disclosure to employees of Area Developer and the use of nondisclosure and non-competition clauses in employment agreements with employees that have access to Confidential Information.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

16

(d)    Use Following Term. Upon termination of this Agreement, Area Developer will return to Liberty all Confidential Information embodied in tangible form, and will destroy, unless otherwise agreed, all other sources which contain or reflect any such Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Area Developer may retain Confidential Information solely for insurance, warranty, claims and archival purposes, but the information retained will remain subject at all times to the confidentiality restrictions of this Agreement.

11.    AGREEMENT

The Area Developer named at the top of the following page agrees to abide by the terms of this Agreement. The signature of an individual or individuals constitutes their personal agreement to such terms. The signature of an individual or individuals on behalf of an entity constitutes the entity’s agreement to such terms.

In addition, the signatures of all individuals to this Agreement, in any capacity, also constitute their personal joint and several agreement to perform all the obligations in and relating to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the obligations stated in Section 8.8above concerningGoverning Law, including, but not limited to, the application of Virginia Law, the Jurisdiction and Venue clause, the Jury Waiver, the Class Action Waiver, and the limitation to Compensatory Damages only, the obligation to make payments specified herein, pay any other promissory notes and other debts due to Liberty, and pay for products later ordered from Liberty. All signators on the following page waive any right to presentment, demand or notice of non-performance and the right to require Liberty to proceed against the other signators.

12. COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.     HEADINGS

The headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

17

Area Developer:______________________________________    Entity Number:______________

SIGNATORS:

By:    By:

(Signature)                            (Signature)

(Printed Name)                        (Printed Name)

Title:    Title:

Address:    Address:

Ownership Percentage:_____%                 Ownership Percentage:____%

By:    By:

(Signature)                            (Signature)

(Printed Name)                        (Printed Name)

Title:    Title:

Address:    Address:

Ownership Percentage:_____%                 Ownership Percentage:____%

JTH TAX, INC. d/b/a            LIBERTY TAX SERVICE

By:

John Hewitt, CEO, or Rufe Vanderpool, COO

Effective Date:

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

18

Schedule A

TERRITORY

The counties of :

which shall be divided by JTH Tax, Inc. into ______ Franchise Territories.

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

19

Schedule B

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

At closing there are _______ JTH Tax, Inc. d/b/a Liberty Tax Service (“Liberty”) franchise territories with an active Liberty office currently within Area Developer’s Territory, and operating pursuant to franchise agreements by and between Liberty and each Franchisee that is a party to a franchise agreement (“existing active territories”). Area Developer agrees to maintain the number of existing active territories and agrees to identify and secure additional candidates/Franchisees such that the following cumulative minimum development obligations are met during the term of the Area Developer Agreement:

Development
Period
Ending Cumulative Number of Liberty Tax Service Effective Franchise Agreements in Operation with an Active Liberty Office

9-13 Ex B Area Developer Agreement

20

EX-23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of DirectorsJTH Holding, Inc.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (333‑182585) on Form S‑8 of JTH Holding, Inc. of our report dated September 26, 2013, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of JTH Holding, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended April 30, 2013, which report appears in the April 30, 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K of JTH Holding, Inc.

Our report dated September 26, 2013 contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011 have been restated to correct certain misstatements.

Norfolk, Virginia

October 1, 2013

1

EX-31.1

I, John T. Hewitt, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of JTH HOLDING, INC.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ John T. Hewitt
		John T. Hewitt
		Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
		(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

I, Mark F. Baumgartner, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of JTH HOLDING, INC.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal controls over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ Mark F. Baumgartner
		Mark F. Baumgartner
		Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of JTH Holding, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John T. Hewitt, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ John T. Hewitt
		John T. Hewitt
		Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer)

EX-32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of JTH Holding, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark F. Baumgartner, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: October 1, 2013	By:	/s/ Mark F. Baumgartner
		Mark F. Baumgartner
		Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial Officer)

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Total income taxes were calculated for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Income taxes from continuing operations	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142
Tax benefit of stock option exercises	(271		)	(458		)	(408		)
Interest rate swap agreements	257			152			(104		)
Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities	252			—			—
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—			(550		)	167
Total income taxes	$	11,408		$	8,891		$	9,797

Components of income tax expense for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Current:
Federal	$	5,368		$	5,961		$	6,324
State	1,254			1,160			1,292
Foreign	429			322			855
Current tax expense	7,051			7,443			8,471
Deferred:
Federal	3,365			1,963			1,331
State	787			382			272
Foreign	(33		)	(41		)	68
Deferred tax expense	4,119			2,304			1,671
Total income tax expense	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142

For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, income before taxes consists of the following:

	2013		2012		2011
			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands)
U.S. operations	$	27,434	$	24,859	$	22,148
Foreign operations	1,363		1,271		2,664
	$	28,797	$	26,130	$	24,812

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income from continuing operations as a result of the following for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Computed "expected" income tax expense	$	10,079		$	9,145		$	8,684
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,455			1,033			1,048
Nondeductible items, net	421			297			356
Tax credits	(545		)	(445		)	—
Other	(240		)	(283		)	54
Total income tax expense	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142

The tax effect of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Unexercised nonqualified stock options	$	2,425	$	1,192
Allowance for doubtful accounts	3,501		2,593
Interest rate swap agreements	—		257
Deferred revenue	4,948		7,398
Other	441		208
Total deferred tax assets	11,315		11,648
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, equipment, software, and other intangible assets	7,258		3,480
Prepaid expenses	438		174
Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities	252		—
Total deferred tax liabilities	7,948		3,654
Net deferred tax asset	$	3,367	$	7,994

In assessing the realizability of the gross deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.

The Company has adopted the accounting and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions, which require a two-step approach to evaluate tax positions. This approach involves recognizing any tax positions that are more likely than not to occur and then measuring those positions to determine the amounts to be recognized in the financial statements. The Company has determined no reserves for uncertain tax positions were required at April 30, 2012.

Foreign subsidiary net earnings that were considered permanently reinvested were $1,363,000, $1,271,000 and $2,664,000 for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Because these foreign subsidiary net earnings are considered permanently reinvested, the amount of deferred tax liability that would need to be provided if these earnings were not reinvested is not reasonably determinable.

At April 30, 2013, the tax years that remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service are the years ended April 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012, and years that remain open for other major taxing jurisdictions are the years ended April 30, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

XML

Purchase Price Acquired from Franchisees (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired assets of various franchisees	$ 1,603	$ 7,899	$ 8,446
Customer lists
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired assets of various franchisees		3,234	1,913
Reacquired rights
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired assets of various franchisees		1,216	1,674
Goodwill
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Acquired assets of various franchisees		$ 3,449	$ 4,859

XML

Consolidated Statements of Income (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Revenues:
Franchise fees	$ 8,721	$ 7,996	[1]	$ 8,780	[1]
Area developer fees	7,699	6,702	[1]	6,335	[1]
Royalties and advertising fees	73,129	70,016	[1]	66,182	[1]
Financial products	30,345	22,903	[1]	16,507	[1]
Interest income (note 2)	13,848	12,406	[1]	11,322	[1]
Tax preparation fees, net of discounts	10,148	7,026	[1]	4,789	[1]
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other revenue	3,723	4,176	[1]	4,021	[1]
Total revenues	147,613	131,225	[1]	117,936	[1]
Operating expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits	37,998	29,802	[1]	25,162	[1]
General and administrative expenses	31,212	26,878	[1]	22,472	[1]
Area developer expense	25,736	23,872	[1]	23,094	[1]
Advertising expense	15,293	15,346	[1]	15,078	[1]
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges (notes 3 and 5)	6,538	5,999	[1]	5,439	[1]
Costs associated with postponed IPO	0	1,348	[1]	0	[1]
Total operating expenses	116,777	103,245	[1]	91,245	[1]
Income from operations	30,836	27,980	[1]	26,691	[1]
Other income (expense):
Foreign currency transaction gains	0	4	[1]	75	[1]
Interest expense (notes 7, 8, and 9)	(2,039)	(1,854)	[1]	(1,954)	[1]
Income before income taxes	28,797	26,130	[1]	24,812	[1]
Income tax expense (note 10)	11,170	9,747	[1]	10,142	[1]
Net income	$ 17,627	$ 16,383	[1]	$ 14,670	[1]
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 1.26	$ 1.17	[1]	$ 0.85	[1]
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 1.25	$ 1.16	[1]	$ 0.83	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Property, Equipment, and Software, Net

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Property, Equipment, and Software, Net

Property, Equipment, and Software, Net

Property, equipment, and software at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Land & land improvements	$	1,328	$	997
Buildings and building improvements	7,602		6,826
Leasehold improvements	225		292
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment	6,388		5,053
Software	36,500		27,462
	52,043		40,630
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	19,006		16,682
Property, equipment, and software, net	$	33,037	$	23,948

Total depreciation expense was $3,069,000, $3,562,000, and $3,438,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The software included above includes both internally developed software and purchased software. Included in software are $21,688,000 and $13,243,000 of assets that had not been placed in service at April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

Subsequent Events

On May 31, 2013, the Company authorized the grant of 16,348 restricted stock units and 9,490 stock options to the nonemployee directors of the Company. The grant price of the restricted stock units and the exercise price of the options is $16.38. The options will vest after six months and can be exercised over a five-year period after the vesting date. The restricted stock will have a vesting period of 18 months.

On September 20, 2013, the Company authorized the grant of 397,284 options and 7,134 restricted stock units to certain employees and non-employee directors of the Company. The exercise price of the options will be $17.95 per share, which is the fair value at grant date. The options will vest between six months and three years and may generally be exercised over a five-year period after the vesting date. The restricted stock units will generally have a vesting period that expires on June 30, 2015.

XML

Subsequent Events (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			0 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Apr. 30, 2011	May 31, 2013 Nonemployee directors Subsequent events	Sep. 20, 2013 Certain Employees and Non-employee Directors Subsequent events	Apr. 30, 2013 Restricted Stock Units	Apr. 30, 2013 Restricted Stock Units Minimum	Apr. 30, 2013 Restricted Stock Units Maximum	Sep. 20, 2013 Restricted Stock Units Nonemployee directors Subsequent events	May 31, 2013 Restricted Stock Units Nonemployee directors Subsequent events	Sep. 20, 2013 Stock Option Subsequent events	May 31, 2013 Stock Option Subsequent events	Sep. 20, 2013 Stock Option Subsequent events Minimum	Sep. 20, 2013 Stock Option Subsequent events Maximum
Subsequent events
Shares awarded to non employee directors	43,135	80,000	80,000			15,971			7,134	16,348
Options awarded to non employee directors	332,035	433,670	1,048,800	9,490	397,284
Grants in period, weighted average grant date fair value	$ 15.00	$ 15.00	$ 15.03	$ 16.38	$ 17.95
Vesting period							16 months	18 months		18 months		6 months	6 months	3 years
Exercise period after the vesting date											5 years	5 years

XML

Long-Term Debt (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012
Long-term debt
Total long-term debt	$ 27,683	$ 28,985
Less current installments	3,400	2,736	[1]
Total long-term debt, less current installments	24,283	26,249	[1]
Percentage of interest	6.06%
Balloon payment payable	2,213
Interest rate, minimum (as a percent)	0.00%
Interest rate, maximum (as a percent)	12.00%
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt
2014	3,400
2015	2,590
2016	2,582
2017	19,111
Total long-term debt	27,683	28,985
Term loan payable in quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012
Long-term debt
Total long-term debt	23,750	25,000
Quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012 as a percentage of the original amount borrowed for year ending April 30, 2014	1.25%
Quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012 as a percentage of the original amount borrowed for year ending April 30, 2015	1.875%
Quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012 as a percentage of the original amount borrowed for year ending April 30, 2016	2.50%
Quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012 as a percentage of the original amount borrowed for year ending April 30, 2017	2.50%
Quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012 as a percentage of the original amount borrowed for year ending April 30, 2018	3.125%
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt
Total long-term debt	23,750	25,000
Mortgage note payable to a bank, collateralized by land and building
Long-term debt
Total long-term debt	2,370	2,411
Monthly installments payable on long-term debt	16
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt
Total long-term debt	2,370	2,411
Notes payable for acquired assets from franchisees
Long-term debt
Total long-term debt	1,439	1,401
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt
Total long-term debt	1,439	1,401
Other debt
Long-term debt
Total long-term debt	124	173
Aggregate maturities of long-term debt
Total long-term debt	$ 124	$ 173

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

Stockholders' Equity

(a) Preferred Stock and Exchangeable Shares

The Company has 190,000 shares of authorized Class A preferred stock with a par value of $0.01, of which 170,320 were issued and outstanding at April 30, 2012 and 0 were outstanding at April 30, 2013 because effective June 15, 2012, two of the Company's major shareholders elected to convert 170,320 shares of Class A preferred stock to 1,703,200 shares of Class A common stock. For the years ended April 30, 2011 and 2012, the outstanding shares of Class A preferred stock are presented on the consolidated balance sheets at their original purchase price.

The holders of the Class A preferred stock were entitled to a dividend if a dividend is declared for common stock and were to receive a dividend as if each share of preferred stock had been converted to Class A common stock in accordance with the conversion ratio, and a liquidation preference upon the liquidation, dissolution, or consolidation of the Company. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or consolidation, the holders of Class A preferred stock would be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company, after payment or provision for payment of the debts or other liabilities of the Company, the original issue price per share for each share of Class A preferred stock then outstanding, plus an amount equal to the original issue price per share multiplied by 10% per annum from the original issue date, compounded annually to the date of such distribution. The liquidation value of a share of outstanding Class A preferred stock was $43.15 as of April 30, 2012.

A holder of the Class A preferred stock, at the holder's option, could elect to convert each share of the Class A preferred stock into 10 shares of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A common stock.

During 2011, the Company repurchased 18,146 shares of its Class A preferred stock for $2,722,000.

In October 2001, the Company acquired the remaining 40% of the outstanding common stock of the Canadian subsidiary in a transaction that was accounted for as a purchase. The Company issued consideration to the minority shareholder consisting of 1,600,000 shares of Class A common stock, 10 shares of special voting preferred stock, and 100,000 shares of exchangeable shares of a Canadian subsidiary in exchange for $2,000,000 in cash and the 40% minority interest in the Canadian subsidiary. The 100,000 exchangeable shares are exchangeable at any time at a 10:1 ratio into the Class A common stock of the Company. The special voting preferred shares issued have a $0.01 par value and no liquidation value and entitle the holder to vote each share as if it represented 100,000 shares of Class A common stock. These shares will be canceled as the holder exchanges the exchangeable shares.

(b) Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 21,200,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share. Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges and are identical in all respects as to all matters, except the holders of Class B common stock are entitled to elect one more director than the number of directors elected by holders of all other classes of stock combined. Also, a holder of Class B common stock may, at the holder's option, elect to convert the Class B common stock into an equal number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A common stock.

(c) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Foreign currency adjustment	$	807	$	1,113
Unrealized gain on equity securities available for sale, net of taxes	387		—
Interest rate swap agreements, net of tax	—		(437		)
	$	1,194	$	676

(d) Earnings per Share

Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock is computed using the two-class method. Basic net income per share is computed by allocating undistributed earnings to common shares and participating securities (Class A preferred stock and exchangeable shares) and using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares and, if dilutive, the potential common shares outstanding during the period. Potential common shares consist of the incremental common shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and non-vested restricted shares. The dilutive effect of outstanding stock options is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. Additionally, the computation of the diluted net income per share of Class A common stock assumes the conversion of Class B common stock, Class A preferred stock and exchangeable shares, while the diluted net income per share of Class B common stock does not assume conversion of those shares.

The rights, including liquidation and dividends rights, of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical, except with respect to voting. As a result, the undistributed earnings for each year are allocated based on the contractual participation rights of the Class A and Class B as if the earnings for the year had been distributed. Participating securities include Class A preferred stock and exchangeable shares, which have dividend rights that are identical to Class A and Class B common stock.

The computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	2013
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings	$	16,386		$	1,241
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(247		)	(18		)
Exchangeable shares	(1,171		)	(89		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	14,968		$	1,134
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	11,883,214			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	1.26		$	1.26
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	14,968		$	1,134
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	1,134			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	265			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,260			—
	$	17,627		$	1,134
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	11,883,214			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities and the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	210,560			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	78,584			5,054
	14,072,358			905,054
Diluted net income per share	$	1.25		$	1.25

	2012
	As Restated
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings	$	15,076		$	1,307
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(1,836		)	(159		)
Exchangeable shares	(1,078		)	(94		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	12,162		$	1,054
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	10,383,780			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	1.17		$	1.17
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	12,162		$	1,054
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	1,054			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,995			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,172			—
	$	16,383		$	1,054
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	10,383,780			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,703,200			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	180,956			11,644
	14,167,936			911,644
Diluted net income per share	$	1.16		$	1.16

	2011
	As Restated
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings, based on net income	$	13,521		$	1,149
Preferred stock redeemed, treated as dividend (Note 19)	(2,300		)	(195		)
Allocation of undistributed earnings, as adjusted	11,221			954
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(1,448		)	(123		)
Exchangeable shares	(783		)	(67		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	8,990		$	764
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	10,588,954			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	0.85		$	0.85
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	8,990		$	764
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	764			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,572			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	849			—
	$	12,175		$	764
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	10,588,954			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,850,800			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	322,494			20,241
	14,662,248			920,241
Diluted net income per share	$	0.83		$	0.83

Diluted net income per share excludes the impact of shares of common stock from the exercise of options to purchase 2,402,183, 2,278,225 and 1,894,250 shares for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, because the effect would be antidilutive.

XML

Notes and Accounts Receivable (Details 5) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Apr. 30, 2013
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
2014	$ 12,064
2015	8,736
2016	6,692
2017	6,110
2018	3,148
Thereafter	2,981
Total	39,731
Franchise fees and company-owned offices
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
2014	8,082
2015	5,066
2016	2,934
2017	2,458
2018	62
Thereafter	0
Total	18,602
Area developer fees
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
2014	3,982
2015	3,670
2016	3,758
2017	3,652
2018	3,086
Thereafter	2,981
Total	$ 21,129

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (Details) (Interest rate swap agreements, USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
Notional amounts per month	$ 10,000,000	$ 70,000,000
Fair value of derivative liability		694,000
Income (expense) recognized due to ineffectiveness of derivative	$ 0	$ 92,000
Minimum
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
Fixed interest rate paid, minimum (as a percent)	2.49%
Maximum
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
Fixed interest rate paid, maximum (as a percent)	2.52%

XML

Related Party Transactions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Schedule of repurchase of common stock from related parties

For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company repurchased common and Class A preferred stock from related parties as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Common stock:
Shares repurchased	191,000		52,000		98,000
Amount	$	3,010,000	$	787,000	$	1,471,000
Preferred stock:
Shares repurchased	—		—		18,000
Amount	$	—	$	—	$	2,722,000

Schedule of notes receivable from related parties

At April 30, 2013 and 2012, notes receivable from related parties are as follows:

	2013		2012
Note receivable	$	22,000	$	21,000
Repayments received during the year	2,000		971,000

XML

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Organization and Plan of Reorganization

JTH Holding, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, is a holding company engaged through its subsidiaries as a franchisor and operator of a system of income tax preparation offices located in the United States and Canada. The Company's principal operations are conducted through JTH Tax, Inc. (d/b/a Liberty Tax Service) the Company's largest subsidiary. Through this system of income tax preparation offices, the Company also facilitates to its customers refund-based tax settlement financial products such as refund anticipation loans, electronic refund checks, and personal income tax refund discounting. The Company also offers online tax preparation services.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of JTH Holding, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Assets and liabilities of the Company's Canadian operations have been translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the end of the year. The revenues and expenses have been translated using the average exchange rates in effect each month of the year. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in income when incurred. The Company consolidates entities in which it has a controlling interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. The Company also considers for consolidation an entity, in which the Company has certain interest, where a controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (VIE) is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The Company does not possess any ownership interests in franchisee entities; however, the Company may provide financial support to franchisee entities. Because the Company's franchise arrangements provide franchisee entities the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance, the Company does not consider itself the primary beneficiary of any such entity that might be a VIE. Based on the results of management's analysis of potential VIEs, the Company has not consolidated any franchise or other entities. The Company's maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with potential VIEs is attributable to accounts and notes receivables and future lease payments due from franchisees. When the Company does not have a controlling interest in an entity, but exerts significant influence over the entity, the Company applies the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts and accrue finance charges at 18% annually if unpaid after 30 days. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all possible means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its accounts receivable.

Notes Receivable

Notes receivable are recorded less unrecognized revenue, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Unrecognized revenue relates to the financed portion of franchise fees and area developer (AD) fees and, in the case of sales of company-owned offices, the financed portion of gains related to such sales, in each case where revenue has not yet been recognized. The Company provides an allowance against accrued interest on a delinquent note when a scheduled payment becomes 90 days past due. Notes are written off against the allowance when all possible means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts includes the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company's existing accounts and notes receivable. Because the repayment of accounts and notes receivable is dependent on the performance of the underlying franchises, management estimates the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a comparison of amounts due to the estimated fair value of the underlying franchises.

Property, Equipment, and Software

Property, equipment, and software are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets, generally three to five years for computer equipment, three to seven years for software, seven years for furniture and fixtures, and twenty to thirty-five years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Certain allowable costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and typically amortized over 36 months.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The reporting unit for the acquisition of assets from various franchisees is considered to be the franchise territory, and these assets are operated as company-owned offices. Goodwill is tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level and consists of two steps. First, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit and compares it with its carrying amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. Fair value of the reporting unit for company-owned offices is determined using the net fees of the offices in the franchise territory. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

Investments

During 2013, the Company purchased corporate equity securities. The Company classified this investment as available-for-sale securities and recognizes the unrealized gain on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders' equity section of the balance sheets. Cash flows for the purchase of this investment are classified as investing activities.

Deferred Revenue and Revenue Recognition

Deferred Revenue

Area development fees received are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the initial contract term of each area developer agreement, subject to the cumulative amount of revenue recognized not exceeding the amount of cash received. Deferred revenue represents the amount of cash received for AD fees in excess of the revenue recognized.

(m)   Revenue Recognition

The Company typically grants franchise rights to franchisees for a term of 5 years. In exchange for franchise fees and royalties and advertising fees, the Company is obligated by its franchise agreements to provide training, an operations manual, site selection guidance, tax preparation software, operational assistance, tax and technical support, the ability to perform electronic filing and marketing and advertising. Franchise fee revenue for the sales of individual territories is recognized when the obligations of the Company to prepare the franchisee for operation are substantially complete and cash has been received. No franchise fee is recognized related to the Company's sale of a zero franchise fee territory. Direct costs related to territories sold with no franchise fee are deferred until the related royalty revenue is recognized.

Area developer rights are granted for a term of 10 years. Area development fees are deferred until the AD has paid 20% of the fee. Once 20% of the fee has been paid, area developer fees are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the initial contract term of each area developer agreement with the cumulative amount of revenue recognized not to exceed the amount of cash received. Amounts due to ADs for their services under an area development agreement are expensed as the related franchise fees and royalty revenues are recognized.

Royalties and advertising fees are recognized currently as franchise territories generate sales. Tax return preparation fees and financial products revenue are recognized as revenue in the period the related tax return is filed or prepared for the customer. Discounts for promotional programs are recorded at the time the return is prepared and are recorded as reductions to revenues.

Interest income is recognized when cash is received for notes associated with franchise fees or area developer fees. For all other notes, interest income is recognized when earned, and is recorded net of an allowance.

Gains on sales of Company-owned offices are recognized when the purchase price is paid. Losses on sales of Company-owned offices are recognized immediately.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities and recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in hedging relationships, changes in fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flows being hedged, until the hedged item affects earnings.

The Company only enters into a derivative contract when it intends to designate the contract as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument's effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method used to measure ineffectiveness. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the cash flow hedge is de-designated because a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring, or management determines to remove the designation of the cash flow hedge.

In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings. When it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting and recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income related to the hedging relationship.

At April 30, 2013, the Company did not have any outstanding derivative instruments or hedging activities; however, at April 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had interest rate swaps in place.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company has elected to classify accrued interest in interest expense, and accrued penalties, if any, in general and administrative expenses.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company's long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Recognition and measurement of a potential impairment is performed for these assets at the lowest level where cash flows are individually identifiable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. Assets to be disposed of are separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. These assets and liabilities are classified as held-for-sale and are presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, interest rate swap agreements, net of applicable taxes and the unrealized gain on equity securities available for sale, net of taxes, and is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders' equity and comprehensive income.

Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

For equity classified employee stock-based compensation, the Company records costs of its employee stock-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. For liability classified awards, the Company records costs based on the fair value at the reporting date. Changes in fair value are recorded to stock compensation expense and additional paid-in capital as appropriate. The Company reflects the excess tax benefits recognized in equity related to stock option exercises as financing cash flows. The Company recognizes compensation costs for an award that has a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Compensation costs related to restricted stock units are based on the grant-date fair value and are amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period.

Costs Associated with Postponed IPO

During April 2012, the Company determined it would postpone its planned initial public offering and, accordingly, expensed the direct, incremental fees charged by attorneys, accountants and printers that had been incurred and capitalized to date.

Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period to prepare these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2011, Financial Accounting Standards Board (''FASB'') issued Accounting Standards Update (''ASU'') 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This update changes the methods for presenting comprehensive income, and eliminates the method of including comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity. Under ASU 2011-05, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments in this ASU did not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Because it only affects presentation, this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This amendment provides the option of first using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If a company concludes that it is more likely than not that fair value exceeds carrying value, the two-step test for impairment is not required. The amendment includes a revised list of considerations in completing the qualitative assessment. The Company adopted this ASU in fiscal 2013 but doing so did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Segment Reporting

Management has identified two operating segments, U.S. operations and Canadian operations. Although there are two operating segments, each segment is engaged in providing tax return preparation and related services and products. These two operating segments, which have similar gross margin and sales trends, have been aggregated into a single reporting segment because both segments are similar in the nature of services offered, production process, type of customer, the distribution methods, and the regulatory environment that they operate in.

Canadian operations contributed $5,936,000, $5,411,000 and $6,759,000 in revenues for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Supplier Concentration

The Company has used a third-party financial institution to provide certain financial products to its customers, pursuant to an agreement that was scheduled to expire on October 16, 2014. For the year ended April 30, 2012, a significant portion of the Company's customer's financial products were provided by this financial institution. On August 27, 2012, the Company delivered a termination notice with respect to that agreement that became effective September 16, 2012. The parties have agreed to mediation regarding the termination, and the agreement provides for arbitration if the mediation does not resolve the parties' dispute. The Company believes the outcome of these proceedings will not significantly impact its results of operations or financial position. The Company believes there will be little impact on its customers because the Company has been able to offer similar financial products through contractual relationships with other third-parties and internal capabilities.

XML

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Accounting Changes and Error Corrections [Abstract]

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

On August 1, 2013, the Company concluded that previously issued consolidated financial statements should not be relied upon due to revenue recognition adjustments. The Company's decision to restate its consolidated financial statements was based upon the results of an internal review of the Company's historical revenue recognition policies and their application. The Company has restated its consolidated balance sheet as of April 30, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011. Additionally, the Company has restated the unaudited quarterly financial information for each quarter in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2012 and for the first three quarters of the year ended April 30, 2013 as shown in Note 18.

Impact of Corrections on Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

Adjustments were made for the following items:

• We determined that our area developer agreements do not constitute a franchise relationship for accounting purposes. Therefore, instead of recording revenue at the inception of the area developer relationship under franchise accounting, we now record these fees over the life of the area developer contract, which is typically 10 years. Additionally, our financial statements now show the portion of franchise fees, interest and royalties that the AD is entitled to receive from us in our revenue captions, with an equal amount of expense shown in a new operating expense caption, area developer expense. These amounts were previously presented on a net basis.

• We changed our revenue recognition policy for franchise fees to record revenue as amounts are received from the franchisee. Previously, we generally recorded such revenues at the time of sale, net of expected note cancellations related to the amount financed. Therefore, under the new revenue recognition policy any portion of franchise fees that is financed is only reflected as revenue as the note payments are made.

• We also revised our methodology for the allocation of the purchase price associated with the acquisitions of businesses from franchisees. Historically, we allocated the entire purchase price to an identifiable intangible asset, customer list. The new methodology allocates the purchase price to all identifiable intangible assets, which consist of reacquired rights and customer list. Any unallocated purchase price is recorded as goodwill.

The following table presents the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated balance sheets:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
	(in thousands)
Receivables:
Notes	$	41,889		$	(11,606	)	$	30,283
Interest	1,610			(936		)	674
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(5,044		)	548			(4,496		)
Total receivables, net	76,776			(11,994		)	64,782
Deferred income taxes	41			3,860			3,901
Total current assets	102,279			(8,134		)	94,145
Notes receivable, excluding current portion	37,949			(25,444		)	12,505
Allowance for uncollectible amounts for long-term notes receivable	(2,086		)	1,292			(794		)
Goodwill	1,913			3,487			5,400
Other intangibles, net	22,158			(11,844		)	10,314
Deferred income taxes	—			4,093			4,093
Other assets, net	2,580			5			2,585
Total assets	188,741			(36,545		)	152,196
Due to area developers	21,893			(5,937		)	15,956
Deferred income taxes	1,222			(1,222		)	—
Deferred revenue - short-term portion	3,270			3,650			6,920
Total current liabilities	49,980			(3,509		)	46,471
Deferred revenue - long-term portion	—			12,411			12,411
Deferred income taxes	12,310			(12,310		)	—
Total liabilities	88,539			(3,408		)	85,131
Retained earnings	94,102			(33,137		)	60,965
Total stockholders' equity	100,202			(33,137		)	67,065
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	188,741			(36,545		)	152,196

The adjustments reflected in the table above include:

• Adjustments to notes receivable to present balance net of the unrecognized revenue portion of notes

• Adjustments to interest receivable to convert from accrual basis to cash basis for notes related to unrecognized revenue

• Adjustments to allowance for doubtful accounts includes the impact of the change in our franchise fee revenue recognition policy

• Adjustments to deferred income taxes, long-term portion shown in other assets, net and income taxes payable reflect the impact of the restatement adjustments

• Adjustments to goodwill and a portion of the other intangibles, net relate to the revised purchase price allocation methodology for businesses acquired from franchisees

• Adjustments to other intangibles includes the net impact of the elimination of the deferred revenue balance of repurchased area developer areas

• Adjustments to due to area developer to conform to net presentation for notes related to unrecognized revenue

• Adjustments to deferred revenue to reflect the recognition of area developer fees over the life of their agreement

• Adjustments to stockholders' equity reflects the cumulative impact of all of the restatement adjustments

The following tables present the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of income:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Franchise fees	$	15,073	$	(7,077	)	$	7,996
Provision for refunds	928		(928		)	—
Area developer fees	—		6,702			6,702
Royalties and advertising fees	49,964		20,052			70,016
Interest income	11,437		969			12,406
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other assets and other revenue	3,625		551			4,176
Total revenues	109,100		22,125			131,225
General and administrative expenses	25,780		1,098			26,878
Area developer expense	—		23,872			23,872
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	7,169		(1,170		)	5,999
Total operating expenses	79,445		23,800			103,245
Income from operations	29,655		(1,675		)	27,980
Income before income taxes	27,805		(1,675		)	26,130
Income tax expense	10,394		(647		)	9,747
Net income	17,411		(1,028		)	16,383
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.24	$	(0.07	)	$	1.17
Diluted	$	1.23	$	(0.07	)	$	1.16

	April 30, 2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Franchise fees	$	14,354	$	(5,574	)	$	8,780
Provision for refunds	1,206		(1,206		)	—
Area developer fees	—		6,335			6,335
Royalties and advertising fees	46,879		19,303			66,182
Interest income	10,110		1,212			11,322
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other assets and other revenue	4,091		(70		)	4,021
Total revenues	95,524		22,412			117,936
General and administrative expenses	20,707		1,765			22,472
Area developer expense	—		23,094			23,094
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	6,062		(623		)	5,439
Total operating expenses	67,009		24,236			91,245
Income from operations	28,515		(1,824		)	26,691
Income before income taxes	26,636		(1,824		)	24,812
Income tax expense	10,874		(732		)	10,142
Net income	15,762		(1,092		)	14,670
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.10	$	(0.25	)	$	0.85
Diluted	$	1.08	$	(0.25	)	$	0.83

The adjustments reflected in the tables above include:

• Adjustments to franchise fees includes the reclassification of area developer fees to a separate caption, the net impact of changing our franchise fee recognition policy to receipt of funds and the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion

• Adjustments to provision for refunds is due to the change in our franchise fee recognition policy

• Adjustments to area developer fees is the net effect of reclassifying AD fees out of franchisee fees and the impact of recognizing revenue over the life of the agreement

• Adjustments to royalties and advertising reflects the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion of royalties

• Adjustments to interest income reflect the change to gross presentation for the area developer portion of interest and the conversion to cash basis from accrual basis for interest on notes related to unrecognized revenue

• Adjustments to general and administrative expense reflects the increase in the provision for bad debts due to the elimination of the provision for refunds

• Adjustments to area developer expense reflects the change to a gross presentation for franchise fees, royalties and interest owed to area developer

• Adjustments to amortization and impairment charges are the net effect of the change in purchase price allocation for company-owned offices acquired from franchisees and the impact of a smaller balance of area developer rights due to the netting of deferred revenue upon reacquisition

• Adjustments to the provision for income taxes reflects the impact of the restatement adjustments

• Adjustment for the year ended April 30, 2011 to the basic and diluted net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock reflects the repurchase of preferred stock as a reduction of net income attributable to common stockholders

The following tables present the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Net income	$	17,411	$	(1,028	)	$	16,383
Comprehensive income	$	17,706	$	(1,028	)	$	16,678
	April 30, 2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Net income	$	15,762	$	(1,092	)	$	14,670
Comprehensive income	$	16,022	$	(1,092	)	$	14,930

The explanations for the restatement adjustments shown above are detailed on the previous pages.

The restatement had no impact on net operating, investing or financing activities within the consolidated statements of cash flows.

XML

Notes and Accounts Receivable (Details 3) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012
Aging of accounts and notes receivable
Total past due	$ 26,568	$ 24,895
Allowance for uncollected interest	(3,073)	(2,515)
Current	68,847	59,403
Total receivables	92,342	81,783
Accounts receivable
Aging of accounts and notes receivable
Total past due	16,821	18,419
Allowance for uncollected interest	(1,701)	(1,313)
Current	26,736	21,215
Total receivables	41,856	38,321
Past due period	30 days
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue
Aging of accounts and notes receivable
Total past due	9,747	6,476
Allowance for uncollected interest	(1,372)	(1,202)
Current	42,111	38,188
Total receivables	$ 50,486	$ 43,462
Past due period	90 days

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of total income taxes

Total income taxes were calculated for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Income taxes from continuing operations	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142
Tax benefit of stock option exercises	(271		)	(458		)	(408		)
Interest rate swap agreements	257			152			(104		)
Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities	252			—			—
Foreign currency translation adjustment	—			(550		)	167
Total income taxes	$	11,408		$	8,891		$	9,797

Schedule of components of income tax expense

Components of income tax expense for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Current:
Federal	$	5,368		$	5,961		$	6,324
State	1,254			1,160			1,292
Foreign	429			322			855
Current tax expense	7,051			7,443			8,471
Deferred:
Federal	3,365			1,963			1,331
State	787			382			272
Foreign	(33		)	(41		)	68
Deferred tax expense	4,119			2,304			1,671
Total income tax expense	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142

Schedule of income before taxes, domestic and foreign

For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, income before taxes consists of the following:

	2013		2012		2011
			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands)
U.S. operations	$	27,434	$	24,859	$	22,148
Foreign operations	1,363		1,271		2,664
	$	28,797	$	26,130	$	24,812

Schedule of reconciliation of amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income from continuing operations

Income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income from continuing operations as a result of the following for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Computed "expected" income tax expense	$	10,079		$	9,145		$	8,684
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,455			1,033			1,048
Nondeductible items, net	421			297			356
Tax credits	(545		)	(445		)	—
Other	(240		)	(283		)	54
Total income tax expense	$	11,170		$	9,747		$	10,142

Schedule of significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities

The tax effect of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Unexercised nonqualified stock options	$	2,425	$	1,192
Allowance for doubtful accounts	3,501		2,593
Interest rate swap agreements	—		257
Deferred revenue	4,948		7,398
Other	441		208
Total deferred tax assets	11,315		11,648
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, equipment, software, and other intangible assets	7,258		3,480
Prepaid expenses	438		174
Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities	252		—
Total deferred tax liabilities	7,948		3,654
Net deferred tax asset	$	3,367	$	7,994

XML

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Accounting Changes and Error Corrections [Abstract]

Schedule of Error Corrections and Prior Period Adjustments

The following tables summarize the effects of the restatement and presentation reclassifications on our previously issued unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements:

	Three Months Ended January 31, 2013
	As Reported		Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	30,538	$	7,383	$	37,921
Net income	$	1,112	$	561	$	1,673
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	0.08	$	0.04	$	0.12
Diluted	$	0.08	$	0.04	$	0.12

	Three Months Ended October 31, 2012								Three Months Ended July 31, 2012
	As Reported			Adjustments		As Restated			As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	7,289		$	2,193	$	9,482		$	6,786		$	458		$	7,244
Net income (loss)	$	(6,698	)	$	587	$	(6,111	)	$	(6,152	)	$	(211	)	$	(6,363	)
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.51	)	$	0.04	$	(0.47	)	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.52	)
Diluted	$	(0.51	)	$	0.04	$	(0.47	)	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.52	)

	Three Months Ended April 30, 2012							Three Months Ended January 31, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated		As Reported		Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	59,789	$	12,630		$	72,419	$	35,650	$	8,576	$	44,226
Net income (loss)	$	22,039	$	(1,005	)	$	21,034	$	4,677	$	589	$	5,266
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.58	$	(0.07	)	$	1.51	$	0.33	$	0.05	$	0.38
Diluted	$	1.56	$	(0.07	)	$	1.49	$	0.33	$	0.04	$	0.37

	Three Months Ended October 31, 2011									Three Months Ended July 31, 2011
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated			As Reported			Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	8,793		$	(545	)	$	8,248		$	4,868		$	1,464	$	6,332
Net income (loss)	$	(4,326	)	$	(1,040	)	$	(5,366	)	$	(4,979	)	$	428	$	(4,551	)
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.38	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.48	)	$	(0.44	)	$	0.04	$	(0.40	)
Diluted	$	(0.38	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.48	)	$	(0.44	)	$	0.04	$	(0.40	)

The following table presents the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated balance sheets:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
	(in thousands)
Receivables:
Notes	$	41,889		$	(11,606	)	$	30,283
Interest	1,610			(936		)	674
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(5,044		)	548			(4,496		)
Total receivables, net	76,776			(11,994		)	64,782
Deferred income taxes	41			3,860			3,901
Total current assets	102,279			(8,134		)	94,145
Notes receivable, excluding current portion	37,949			(25,444		)	12,505
Allowance for uncollectible amounts for long-term notes receivable	(2,086		)	1,292			(794		)
Goodwill	1,913			3,487			5,400
Other intangibles, net	22,158			(11,844		)	10,314
Deferred income taxes	—			4,093			4,093
Other assets, net	2,580			5			2,585
Total assets	188,741			(36,545		)	152,196
Due to area developers	21,893			(5,937		)	15,956
Deferred income taxes	1,222			(1,222		)	—
Deferred revenue - short-term portion	3,270			3,650			6,920
Total current liabilities	49,980			(3,509		)	46,471
Deferred revenue - long-term portion	—			12,411			12,411
Deferred income taxes	12,310			(12,310		)	—
Total liabilities	88,539			(3,408		)	85,131
Retained earnings	94,102			(33,137		)	60,965
Total stockholders' equity	100,202			(33,137		)	67,065
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	188,741			(36,545		)	152,196

The following tables present the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of income:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Franchise fees	$	15,073	$	(7,077	)	$	7,996
Provision for refunds	928		(928		)	—
Area developer fees	—		6,702			6,702
Royalties and advertising fees	49,964		20,052			70,016
Interest income	11,437		969			12,406
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other assets and other revenue	3,625		551			4,176
Total revenues	109,100		22,125			131,225
General and administrative expenses	25,780		1,098			26,878
Area developer expense	—		23,872			23,872
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	7,169		(1,170		)	5,999
Total operating expenses	79,445		23,800			103,245
Income from operations	29,655		(1,675		)	27,980
Income before income taxes	27,805		(1,675		)	26,130
Income tax expense	10,394		(647		)	9,747
Net income	17,411		(1,028		)	16,383
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.24	$	(0.07	)	$	1.17
Diluted	$	1.23	$	(0.07	)	$	1.16

	April 30, 2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Franchise fees	$	14,354	$	(5,574	)	$	8,780
Provision for refunds	1,206		(1,206		)	—
Area developer fees	—		6,335			6,335
Royalties and advertising fees	46,879		19,303			66,182
Interest income	10,110		1,212			11,322
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other assets and other revenue	4,091		(70		)	4,021
Total revenues	95,524		22,412			117,936
General and administrative expenses	20,707		1,765			22,472
Area developer expense	—		23,094			23,094
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	6,062		(623		)	5,439
Total operating expenses	67,009		24,236			91,245
Income from operations	28,515		(1,824		)	26,691
Income before income taxes	26,636		(1,824		)	24,812
Income tax expense	10,874		(732		)	10,142
Net income	15,762		(1,092		)	14,670
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.10	$	(0.25	)	$	0.85
Diluted	$	1.08	$	(0.25	)	$	0.83

The following tables present the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Net income	$	17,411	$	(1,028	)	$	16,383
Comprehensive income	$	17,706	$	(1,028	)	$	16,678
	April 30, 2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Net income	$	15,762	$	(1,092	)	$	14,670
Comprehensive income	$	16,022	$	(1,092	)	$	14,930

XML

Property, Equipment, and Software, Net (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Property, equipment, and software, net
Property, equipment, and software, gross	$ 52,043	$ 40,630
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	19,006	16,682
Property, equipment, and software, net	33,037	23,948	[1]
Total depreciation expense	3,069	3,562		3,438
Assets not placed in service	21,688	13,243
Land & land improvements
Property, equipment, and software, net
Property, equipment, and software, gross	1,328	997
Buildings and building improvements
Property, equipment, and software, net
Property, equipment, and software, gross	7,602	6,826
Leasehold improvements
Property, equipment, and software, net
Property, equipment, and software, gross	225	292
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
Property, equipment, and software, net
Property, equipment, and software, gross	6,388	5,053
Software
Property, equipment, and software, net
Property, equipment, and software, gross	$ 36,500	$ 27,462

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Goodwill

The purchase price of assets acquired from franchisees was allocated as follows:

	2013		2012
			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Customer lists	$	3,234	$	1,913
Reacquired rights	1,216		1,674
Goodwill	3,449		4,859
Total	$	7,899	$	8,446

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	Goodwill			Accumulated impairment loss			Net
	(In thousands)
Balance at April 30, 2011 (As Restated)	$	3,457		$	(345	)	$	3,112
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	4,859			—			4,859
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(2,159		)	76			(2,083		)
Impairments	—			(488		)	(488		)
Balance at April 30, 2012 (As Restated)	6,157			(757		)	5,400
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	3,449			—			3,449
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(3,149		)	610			(2,539		)
Impairments	—			(625		)	(625		)
Balance at April 30, 2013	$	6,457		$	(772	)	$	5,685

Schedule of acquired intangible assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	Goodwill			Accumulated impairment loss			Net
	(In thousands)
Balance at April 30, 2011 (As Restated)	$	3,457		$	(345	)	$	3,112
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	4,859			—			4,859
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(2,159		)	76			(2,083		)
Impairments	—			(488		)	(488		)
Balance at April 30, 2012 (As Restated)	6,157			(757		)	5,400
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	3,449			—			3,449
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(3,149		)	610			(2,539		)
Impairments	—			(625		)	(625		)
Balance at April 30, 2013	$	6,457		$	(772	)	$	5,685

The Company performed its annual impairment review of goodwill and recorded impairment of $625,000 and $488,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Goodwill related to assets acquired from franchisees was $3,772,000 and $3,487,000 at April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Components of intangible assets are as follows:

	April 30, 2013
	Weighted average amortization period	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount
	(In thousands)
Amortizable intangible assets:
Acquired customer lists	7 years	$	1,603	$	(171	)	$	1,432
Assets acquired from franchisees:
Customer lists	4 years	1,834		(582		)	1,252
Reacquired rights	2 years	1,640		(905		)	735
Area developer rights	10 years	9,842		(2,340		)	7,502
Total		$	14,919	$	(3,998	)	$	10,921

	April 30, 2012
	As Restated
	Weighted average amortization period	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount
	(In thousands)
Amortizable intangible assets:
Assets acquired from franchisees:
Customer lists	4 years	$	1,795	$	(490	)	$	1,305
Reacquired rights	2 years	1,575		(705		)	870
Area developer rights	10 years	10,429		(2,290		)	8,139
Total		$	13,799	$	(3,485	)	$	10,314

For the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company acquired assets from various franchisees for $7,899,000 and $8,446,000, respectively. These acquisitions were accounted for as business combinations, with the value first being

Purchase Price of Assets Acquired from Franchisees

The purchase price of assets acquired from franchisees was allocated as follows:

	2013		2012
			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Customer lists	$	3,234	$	1,913
Reacquired rights	1,216		1,674
Goodwill	3,449		4,859
Total	$	7,899	$	8,446

Schedule of amortization expense, customer list impairment charges and write-downs

For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, amortization expense, impairment charges, and write-downs are as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands)
Amortization expense, excluding impairment charges	$	2,681	$	1,949	$	1,563
Impairment charges and write-downs	$	788	$	488	$	438

Schedule of estimated amortization expense

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

	Amortization expense
	(In thousands)
Year ending April 30:
2014	$	2,317
2015	1,941
2016	1,641
2017	1,354
2018	1,153
	$	8,406

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Apr. 30, 2011
Related party transactions
Amount	$ 6,456,000	$ 4,260,000	$ 10,076,000
Directors and their affiliated companies, and officers
Related party transactions
Note receivable	22,000	21,000
Repayments received during the year	2,000	971,000
Directors and their affiliated companies, and officers | Common stock:
Related party transactions
Shares repurchased	191,000	52,000	98,000
Amount	3,010,000	787,000	1,471,000
Directors and their affiliated companies, and officers | Preferred stock:
Related party transactions
Shares repurchased	0	0	18,000
Amount	$ 0	$ 0	$ 2,722,000

XML

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements Cash Flows (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Net income	$ 17,627	$ 16,383	[1]	$ 14,670	[1]
Provision for doubtful accounts	7,098	5,788	[1]	5,497	[1]
Depreciation and amortization	5,750	5,511	[1]	5,001	[1]
Write-down of customer lists	788	488	[1]	438	[1]
Gain on sale of company-owned offices	(777)	(973)	[1]	(1,109)	[1]
Deferred tax expense	4,119	2,304	[1]	1,671	[1]
Notes and interest receivable	16,505	16,401	[1]	13,466	[1]
Due to area developers	5,213	3,989	[1]	4,417	[1]
Income taxes	(508)	221	[1]	61	[1]
Deferred revenue	(2,640)	(2,770)	[1]	(4,472)	[1]
Receivables applied	(6,804)	(10,120)	[1]	(5,233)	[1]
Elimination of related deferred revenue	803	1,390	[1]	1,029	[1]
Book value of assets sold	6,517	5,929	[1]	4,913	[1]
Gain on sale	(417)	(191)	[1]	1	[1]
Deferred revenue	2,846	1,370	[1]	1,267	[1]
Applied from acquisitions of franchise territories	0	0	[1]	(120)	[1]
Notes received	(4,874)	(4,962)	[1]	(4,350)	[1]
Net cash provided by operating activities	28,441	20,443	[1]	24,775	[1]
Net cash used in investing activities	(23,639)	(20,943)	[1]	(13,910)	[1]
Net cash provided by financing activities	(5,626)	18,699	[1]	(11,202)	[1]
As Reported
Net income		17,411	[1]	15,762	[1]
Adjustments
Net income		$ (1,028)	[1]	$ (1,092)	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012
Assets:
Cash equivalents	$ 16,798	$ 18,848
Interest rate swap agreements
Liabilities:
Interest rate swap agreements		694
Recurring: | Total
Assets:
Cash equivalents	16,798	18,848
Equity securities, available for sale	3,619
Total	20,417
Liabilities:
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards	5,111
Interest rate swap agreements		694
Recurring: | Fair value measurements using Level 1
Assets:
Cash equivalents	16,798	18,848
Equity securities, available for sale	3,619
Total	20,417
Liabilities:
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards	0
Interest rate swap agreements		0
Recurring: | Fair value measurements using Level 2
Assets:
Cash equivalents	0	0
Equity securities, available for sale	0
Total	0
Liabilities:
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards	5,111
Interest rate swap agreements		694
Recurring: | Fair value measurements using Level 3
Assets:
Cash equivalents	0	0
Equity securities, available for sale	0
Total	0
Liabilities:
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards	0
Interest rate swap agreements		0
Nonrecurring: | Total
Assets:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	7,973	5,746
Impaired goodwill	1,254	1,477
Impaired reacquired rights	286	412
Impaired customer lists	453	564
Impaired accounts and notes receivable and impaired customer lists	9,966	8,199
Nonrecurring: | Fair value measurements using Level 1
Assets:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	0	0
Impaired goodwill	0	0
Impaired reacquired rights	0	0
Impaired customer lists	0	0
Impaired accounts and notes receivable and impaired customer lists	0	0
Nonrecurring: | Fair value measurements using Level 2
Assets:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	0	0
Impaired goodwill	0	0
Impaired reacquired rights	0	0
Impaired customer lists	0	0
Impaired accounts and notes receivable and impaired customer lists	0	0
Nonrecurring: | Fair value measurements using Level 3
Assets:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	7,973	5,746
Impaired goodwill	1,254	1,477
Impaired reacquired rights	286	412
Impaired customer lists	453	564
Impaired accounts and notes receivable and impaired customer lists	$ 9,966	$ 8,199

XML

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Details 2) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2013 operating_segment	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Segment reporting
Number of operating segments									2
Total revenues	$ 92,966	$ 37,921	$ 9,482	$ 7,244	$ 72,419	$ 44,226	$ 8,248	$ 6,332	$ 147,613	$ 131,225	[1]	$ 117,936	[1]
Canadian
Segment reporting
Total revenues									$ 5,936	$ 5,411		$ 6,759

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements Balance Sheet (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Developer rights term	10 years
Notes	$ 34,156	$ 30,283	[1]
Interest, net	877	674	[1]
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(5,583)	(4,496)	[1]
Total receivables, net	71,306	64,782	[1]
Deferred income taxes	4,232	3,901	[1]
Total current assets	103,133	94,145	[1]
Notes receivable, excluding current portion		12,505
Allowance for uncollectible amounts for long-term notes receivable	(1,101)	(794)
Goodwill (note 5)	5,685	5,400	[1]	3,112
Other intangibles, net	10,921	10,314	[1]
Deferred income taxes	0	4,093	[1]
Other assets, net	2,402	2,585	[1]
Total assets	169,530	152,196	[1]
Due to area developers	18,248	15,956	[1]
Income taxes payable	5,897	6,689	[1]
Deferred income taxes		0	[1]
Deferred revenue - short-term portion	7,555	6,920	[1]
Total current liabilities	47,054	46,471	[1]
Deferred revenue - long-term portion	10,381	12,411	[1]
Deferred income taxes		0	[1]
Total liabilities	87,694	85,131	[1]
Retained earnings	78,592	60,965	[1]
Total stockholders' equity	81,836	67,065	[1]
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	169,530	152,196	[1]
As Reported
Notes		41,889	[1]
Interest, net		1,610	[1]
Allowance for doubtful accounts		(5,044)	[1]
Total receivables, net		76,776	[1]
Deferred income taxes		41	[1]
Total current assets		102,279	[1]
Notes receivable, excluding current portion		37,949	[1]
Allowance for uncollectible amounts for long-term notes receivable		(2,086)
Goodwill (note 5)		1,913	[1]
Other intangibles, net		22,158	[1]
Deferred income taxes		0
Other assets, net		2,580
Total assets		188,741	[1]
Due to area developers		21,893	[1]
Deferred income taxes		1,222	[1]
Deferred revenue - short-term portion		3,270	[1]
Total current liabilities		49,980	[1]
Deferred revenue - long-term portion		0	[1]
Deferred income taxes		12,310	[1]
Total liabilities		88,539	[1]
Retained earnings		94,102	[1]
Total stockholders' equity		100,202	[1]
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity		188,741	[1]
Adjustments
Notes		(11,606)	[1]
Interest, net		(936)	[1]
Allowance for doubtful accounts		548	[1]
Total receivables, net		(11,994)	[1]
Deferred income taxes		3,860	[1]
Total current assets		(8,134)	[1]
Notes receivable, excluding current portion		(25,444)	[1]
Allowance for uncollectible amounts for long-term notes receivable		1,292
Goodwill (note 5)		3,487	[1]
Other intangibles, net		(11,844)	[1]
Deferred income taxes		4,093
Other assets, net		5
Total assets		(36,545)	[1]
Due to area developers		(5,937)	[1]
Deferred income taxes		(1,222)	[1]
Deferred revenue - short-term portion		3,650	[1]
Total current liabilities		(3,509)	[1]
Deferred revenue - long-term portion		12,411	[1]
Deferred income taxes		(12,310)	[1]
Total liabilities		(3,408)	[1]
Retained earnings		(33,137)	[1]
Total stockholders' equity		(33,137)	[1]
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity		$ (36,545)	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Quarterly FInancial Data

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

As discussed in greater detail in Note 19, the Company determined the need to restate its previously issued consolidated financial information for the quarterly periods ended July 31, 2012, October 31, 2012, January 31, 2013 and each of the quarterly periods in the year ended April 30, 2012.    

	Three Months Ended
	July 31, 2012			October 31, 2012			January 31, 2013		April 30, 2013
	As Restated			As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	7,244		$	9,482		$	37,921	$	92,966
Net income (loss)	$	(6,363	)	$	(6,111	)	$	1,673	$	28,428
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.52	)	$	(0.47	)	$	0.12	$	2.04
Diluted	$	(0.52	)	$	(0.47	)	$	0.12	$	2.01

	Three Months Ended
	July 31, 2011			October 31, 2011			January 31, 2012		April 30, 2012
	As Restated			As Restated			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	6,332		$	8,248		$	44,226	$	72,419
Net income (loss)	$	(4,551	)	$	(5,366	)	$	5,266	$	21,034
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.48	)	$	0.38	$	1.51
Diluted	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.48	)	$	0.37	$	1.49

Because most of the Company's customers file their tax returns during the period from January through April of each year, most of the Company's revenues are earned during this period. As a result, the Company generally operates at a loss through the first eight months of the fiscal year.

The following tables summarize the effects of the restatement and presentation reclassifications on our previously issued unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements:

	Three Months Ended January 31, 2013
	As Reported		Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	30,538	$	7,383	$	37,921
Net income	$	1,112	$	561	$	1,673
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	0.08	$	0.04	$	0.12
Diluted	$	0.08	$	0.04	$	0.12

	Three Months Ended October 31, 2012								Three Months Ended July 31, 2012
	As Reported			Adjustments		As Restated			As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	7,289		$	2,193	$	9,482		$	6,786		$	458		$	7,244
Net income (loss)	$	(6,698	)	$	587	$	(6,111	)	$	(6,152	)	$	(211	)	$	(6,363	)
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.51	)	$	0.04	$	(0.47	)	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.52	)
Diluted	$	(0.51	)	$	0.04	$	(0.47	)	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.52	)

	Three Months Ended April 30, 2012							Three Months Ended January 31, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated		As Reported		Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	59,789	$	12,630		$	72,419	$	35,650	$	8,576	$	44,226
Net income (loss)	$	22,039	$	(1,005	)	$	21,034	$	4,677	$	589	$	5,266
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.58	$	(0.07	)	$	1.51	$	0.33	$	0.05	$	0.38
Diluted	$	1.56	$	(0.07	)	$	1.49	$	0.33	$	0.04	$	0.37

	Three Months Ended October 31, 2011									Three Months Ended July 31, 2011
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated			As Reported			Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	8,793		$	(545	)	$	8,248		$	4,868		$	1,464	$	6,332
Net income (loss)	$	(4,326	)	$	(1,040	)	$	(5,366	)	$	(4,979	)	$	428	$	(4,551	)
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.38	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.48	)	$	(0.44	)	$	0.04	$	(0.40	)
Diluted	$	(0.38	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.48	)	$	(0.44	)	$	0.04	$	(0.40	)

The adjustments reflected in the table above include the following:

• Adjustments to revenue to include the change to gross presentation for the AD portion of franchise fees and royalties, the net impact of charging our franchise fee recognition policy to receipt of funds and the net impact of recognizing area developer fees over the life of the agreement instead of upfront.

• Adjustments to net income include the revenue adjustments mentioned above, expense adjustments for the gross presentation of amounts due ADs, changes to the provision for bad debt due to the elimination of the provision for refunds, adjustments to amortization due to the purchase price allocation for company-owned offices and adjustments to the provision for income taxes due to the restatement adjustments.

XML

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (USD $)		Total		Additional paid-in capital		Accumulated other comprehensive income		Retained earnings		Class A Common stock	Class B Common stock	Class A Preferred stock	Special voting preferred stock	Exchangeable shares
Balance at beginning of period at Apr. 30, 2010 (As Reported)		$ 75,196,000		$ 9,159,000		$ 121,000		$ 63,424,000		$ 107,000	$ 9,000	$ 2,375,000	$ 0	$ 1,000
Balance at beginning of period (Adjustments)		(31,017,000)		0		0		(31,017,000)						0
Balance at beginning of period at Apr. 30, 2010		44,179,000		9,159,000		121,000		32,407,000	[1]	107,000	9,000	2,375,000	0	1,000
Balance at beginning of period (in shares) at Apr. 30, 2010 (As Reported)										10,730,000	900,000	190,000	0	100,000
Balance at beginning of period (in shares) (Adjustments)														0
Balance at beginning of period (in shares) at Apr. 30, 2010										10,730,000	900,000	190,000	0	100,000
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Exercise of stock options (note 11)		3,805,000		3,800,000		0		0	[1]	5,000	0	0	0	0
Exercise of stock options (note 11) (in shares)		460,162								460,000	0	0	0	0
Repurchase of common stock		(10,076,000)		(10,069,000)		0		0	[1]	(7,000)	0	0	0	0
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)										(686,000)	0	0	0	0
Preferred Stock Repurchased During Period,Value		(2,722,000)		0		0		(2,495,000)	[1]	0	0	(227,000)	0	0
Repurchase of preferred stock (in shares)										0	0	(18,146.000)	0	0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock		0		19,000		0		0	[1]	0		(19,000)		0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock (in shares)		0								15,000		(2,000)		0
Stock-based compensation expense (note 11)		1,494,000		1,494,000		0		0	[1]					0
Tax benefit of stock option exercises (note 9)		408,000		408,000		0		0	[1]					0
Net income (As Restated)		14,670,000	[1]	0		0				11,221,000	954,000			0
Net income (As Restated) at May. 01, 2010 (As Reported)	[1]	15,762,000
Net income (As Restated) (Adjustments)	[1]	(1,092,000)
Interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes (note 8)		(164,000)	[1]	0		(164,000)		0	[1]					0
Foreign currency translation adjustment		424,000	[1]	0		424,000		0	[1]					0
Unrealized gain on equity securities available-for-sale, net of taxes	[1]	0
Comprehensive income	[1]	14,930,000
Comprehensive income at May. 01, 2010 (As Reported)	[1]	16,022,000
Comprehensive income (Adjustments)	[1]	(1,092,000)
Balance at end of period at Apr. 30, 2011		52,018,000	[1]	4,811,000	[1]	381,000	[1]	44,582,000	[1]	105,000	9,000	2,129,000	0	1,000	[1]
Balance at end of period (in shares) at Apr. 30, 2011										10,519,000	900,000	170,000	0	100,000	[1]
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Exercise of stock options (note 11)		742,000		741,000		0		0		1,000	0	0	0	0
Exercise of stock options (note 11) (in shares)		110,125								110,000	0	0	0	0
Repurchase of common stock		(4,260,000)		(4,257,000)		0		0		(3,000)	0	0	0	0
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)										(285,000)	0	0	0	0
Stock-based compensation expense (note 11)		1,429,000		1,429,000		0		0						0
Tax benefit of stock option exercises (note 9)		458,000		458,000		0		0						0
Net income (As Restated)		16,383,000	[1]	0	[1]	0	[1]			15,076,000	1,307,000			0	[1]
Net income (As Restated) at May. 01, 2011 (As Reported)	[1]	17,411,000
Net income (As Restated) (Adjustments)	[1]	(1,028,000)
Interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes (note 8)		196,000	[1]	0		196,000		0						0
Foreign currency translation adjustment		99,000	[1]	0		99,000		0						0
Unrealized gain on equity securities available-for-sale, net of taxes	[1]	0
Comprehensive income	[1]	16,678,000
Comprehensive income at May. 01, 2011 (As Reported)	[1]	17,706,000
Comprehensive income (Adjustments)	[1]	(1,028,000)
Balance at end of period at Apr. 30, 2012		67,065,000	[1]	3,182,000	[1]	676,000	[1]	60,965,000	[1]	103,000	9,000	2,129,000	0	1,000	[1]
Balance at end of period (in shares) at Apr. 30, 2012										10,344,000	900,000	170,000	0	100,000	[1]
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Exercise of stock options (note 11)		3,801,000		3,797,000		0		0		4,000	0	0	0	0
Exercise of stock options (note 11) (in shares)		349,500								350,000	0	0	0	0
Repurchase of common stock		(6,456,000)		(6,452,000)		0		0		(4,000)	0	0		0
Repurchase of common stock (in shares)										(422,000)	0	0		0
Repurchase of preferred stock (in shares)													0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock		0		2,112,000		0		0		17,000		(2,129,000)		0
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock (in shares)		0								1,703,000		(170,000)
Stock-based compensation expense (note 11)		1,704,000		1,704,000		0		0						0
Conversion of stock-based compensation awards from equity to liability classification (notes 11 and 12)		(2,694,000)		(2,694,000)		0		0						0
Tax benefit of stock option exercises (note 9)		271,000		271,000		0		0						0
Net income (As Restated)		17,627,000		0		0				16,386,000	1,241,000			0
Interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes (note 8)		438,000		0		438,000		0						0
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(307,000)		0		(307,000)		0						0
Unrealized gain on equity securities available-for-sale, net of taxes		387,000		0		387,000		0						0
Comprehensive income		18,145,000
Balance at end of period at Apr. 30, 2013		$ 81,836,000		$ 1,920,000		$ 1,194,000		$ 78,592,000		$ 120,000	$ 9,000	$ 0	$ 0	$ 1,000
Balance at end of period (in shares) at Apr. 30, 2013										11,975,000	900,000	0	0	100,000

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

(a)   Organization and Plan of Reorganization

JTH Holding, Inc. (the Company), a Delaware corporation, is a holding company engaged through its subsidiaries as a franchisor and operator of a system of income tax preparation offices located in the United States and Canada. The Company's principal operations are conducted through JTH Tax, Inc. (d/b/a Liberty Tax Service) the Company's largest subsidiary. Through this system of income tax preparation offices, the Company also facilitates to its customers refund-based tax settlement financial products such as refund anticipation loans, electronic refund checks, and personal income tax refund discounting. The Company also offers online tax preparation services.

(b)   Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

On August 1, 2013, the Company concluded that previously issued consolidated financial statements should not be relied upon due to revenue recognition adjustments. The Company's decision to restate its consolidated financial statements was based upon the results of an internal review of the Company's historical revenue recognition policies and their application. The Company has restated its consolidated balance sheet as of April 30, 2012 and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2012 and 2011. See note 19 for a detailed description of the impact of corrections on previously issued consolidated financial statements.

(c)   Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of JTH Holding, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. Assets and liabilities of the Company's Canadian operations have been translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the end of the year. The revenues and expenses have been translated using the average exchange rates in effect each month of the year. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in income when incurred. The Company consolidates entities in which it has a controlling interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. The Company also considers for consolidation an entity, in which the Company has certain interest, where a controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (VIE) is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The Company does not possess any ownership interests in franchisee entities; however, the Company may provide financial support to franchisee entities. Because the Company's franchise arrangements provide franchisee entities the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance, the Company does not consider itself the primary beneficiary of any such entity that might be a VIE. Based on the results of management's analysis of potential VIEs, the Company has not consolidated any franchise or other entities. The Company's maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with potential VIEs is attributable to accounts and notes receivables and future lease payments due from franchisees. When the Company does not have a controlling interest in an entity, but exerts significant influence over the entity, the Company applies the equity method of accounting. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(d)   Office Count

The following table shows the U.S. office activity for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the number of Canadian and Company-owned offices at the end of each year:

	Tax Season
	2013		2012		2011
Franchised U.S. offices, beginning of period	3,845		3,549		3,233
U.S. offices opened	596		676		622
U.S. offices purchased from the Company	60		37		47
U.S. offices acquired by the Company	(64	)	(76	)	(37	)
U.S. offices closed	(409	)	(341	)	(316	)
Franchised U.S. offices, end of period	4,028		3,845		3,549
Franchised Canadian offices, end of period	231		244		241
Total franchised offices	4,259		4,089		3,790
Company-owned offices, end of period
U.S.	234		75		41
Canadian	27		19		14
Total	261		94		55
Total offices	4,520		4,183		3,845

(e)   Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

(f)   Trade Accounts Receivable

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts and accrue finance charges at 18% annually if unpaid after 30 days. Account balances are charged off against the allowance after all possible means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its accounts receivable.

(g)    Notes Receivable

Notes receivable are recorded less unrecognized revenue, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Unrecognized revenue relates to the financed portion of franchise fees and area developer (AD) fees and, in the case of sales of company-owned offices, the financed portion of gains related to such sales, in each case where revenue has not yet been recognized. The Company provides an allowance against accrued interest on a delinquent note when a scheduled payment becomes 90 days past due. Notes are written off against the allowance when all possible means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

(h)   Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts includes the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Company's existing accounts and notes receivable. Because the repayment of accounts and notes receivable is dependent on the performance of the underlying franchises, management estimates the amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a comparison of amounts due to the estimated fair value of the underlying franchises.

(i)   Property, Equipment, and Software

Property, equipment, and software are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets, generally three to five years for computer equipment, three to seven years for software, seven years for furniture and fixtures, and twenty to thirty-five years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Certain allowable costs of software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and typically amortized over 36 months.

(j)    Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The reporting unit for the acquisition of assets from various franchisees is considered to be the franchise territory, and these assets are operated as company-owned offices. Goodwill is tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset's fair value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level and consists of two steps. First, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit and compares it with its carrying amount. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit's goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. Fair value of the reporting unit for company-owned offices is determined using the net fees of the offices in the franchise territory. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

  (k)    Investments

During 2013, the Company purchased corporate equity securities. The Company classified this investment as available-for-sale securities and recognizes the unrealized gain on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders' equity section of the balance sheets. Cash flows for the purchase of this investment are classified as investing activities.

(l)    Deferred Revenue

Area development fees received are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the initial contract term of each area developer agreement, subject to the cumulative amount of revenue recognized not exceeding the amount of cash received. Deferred revenue represents the amount of cash received for AD fees in excess of the revenue recognized.

(m)   Revenue Recognition

The Company typically grants franchise rights to franchisees for a term of 5 years. In exchange for franchise fees and royalties and advertising fees, the Company is obligated by its franchise agreements to provide training, an operations manual, site selection guidance, tax preparation software, operational assistance, tax and technical support, the ability to perform electronic filing and marketing and advertising. Franchise fee revenue for the sales of individual territories is recognized when the obligations of the Company to prepare the franchisee for operation are substantially complete and cash has been received. No franchise fee is recognized related to the Company's sale of a zero franchise fee territory. Direct costs related to territories sold with no franchise fee are deferred until the related royalty revenue is recognized.

Area developer rights are granted for a term of 10 years. Area development fees are deferred until the AD has paid 20% of the fee. Once 20% of the fee has been paid, area developer fees are recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the initial contract term of each area developer agreement with the cumulative amount of revenue recognized not to exceed the amount of cash received. Amounts due to ADs for their services under an area development agreement are expensed as the related franchise fees and royalty revenues are recognized.

Royalties and advertising fees are recognized currently as franchise territories generate sales. Tax return preparation fees and financial products revenue are recognized as revenue in the period the related tax return is filed or prepared for the customer. Discounts for promotional programs are recorded at the time the return is prepared and are recorded as reductions to revenues.

Interest income is recognized when cash is received for notes associated with franchise fees or area developer fees. For all other notes, interest income is recognized when earned, and is recorded net of an allowance.

Gains on sales of Company-owned offices are recognized when the purchase price is paid. Losses on sales of Company-owned offices are recognized immediately.

(n)    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities and recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in hedging relationships, changes in fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flows being hedged, until the hedged item affects earnings.

The Company only enters into a derivative contract when it intends to designate the contract as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument's effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method used to measure ineffectiveness. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the cash flow hedge is de-designated because a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring, or management determines to remove the designation of the cash flow hedge.

In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings. When it is no longer probable that a forecasted transaction will occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting and recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income related to the hedging relationship.

At April 30, 2013, the Company did not have any outstanding derivative instruments or hedging activities; however, at April 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had interest rate swaps in place.

(o)  Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company has elected to classify accrued interest in interest expense, and accrued penalties, if any, in general and administrative expenses.

(p)   Long-Lived Assets

The Company's long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, and purchased intangibles subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Recognition and measurement of a potential impairment is performed for these assets at the lowest level where cash flows are individually identifiable. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. Assets to be disposed of are separately presented in the balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. These assets and liabilities are classified as held-for-sale and are presented separately in the appropriate asset and liability sections of the balance sheet.

(q)   Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, interest rate swap agreements, net of applicable taxes and the unrealized gain on equity securities available for sale, net of taxes, and is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders' equity and comprehensive income.

(r)   Advertising Expenses

Advertising costs are expensed in the period incurred.

(s)   Stock-Based Compensation

For equity classified employee stock-based compensation, the Company records costs of its employee stock-based compensation based on the grant-date fair value of awards using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. For liability classified awards, the Company records costs based on the fair value at the reporting date. Changes in fair value are recorded to stock compensation expense and additional paid-in capital as appropriate. The Company reflects the excess tax benefits recognized in equity related to stock option exercises as financing cash flows. The Company recognizes compensation costs for an award that has a graded vesting schedule on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

Compensation costs related to restricted stock units are based on the grant-date fair value and are amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period.

(t)   Costs Associated with Postponed IPO

During April 2012, the Company determined it would postpone its planned initial public offering and, accordingly, expensed the direct, incremental fees charged by attorneys, accountants and printers that had been incurred and capitalized to date.

(u)   Use of Estimates

Management has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period to prepare these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(v)    Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In June 2011, Financial Accounting Standards Board (''FASB'') issued Accounting Standards Update (''ASU'') 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This update changes the methods for presenting comprehensive income, and eliminates the method of including comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity. Under ASU 2011-05, an entity has the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments in this ASU did not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Because it only affects presentation, this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (ASC Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment. This amendment provides the option of first using a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If a company concludes that it is more likely than not that fair value exceeds carrying value, the two-step test for impairment is not required. The amendment includes a revised list of considerations in completing the qualitative assessment. The Company adopted this ASU in fiscal 2013 but doing so did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

(w)   Segment Reporting

Management has identified two operating segments, U.S. operations and Canadian operations. Although there are two operating segments, each segment is engaged in providing tax return preparation and related services and products. These two operating segments, which have similar gross margin and sales trends, have been aggregated into a single reporting segment because both segments are similar in the nature of services offered, production process, type of customer, the distribution methods, and the regulatory environment that they operate in.

Canadian operations contributed $5,936,000, $5,411,000 and $6,759,000 in revenues for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(x)   Supplier Concentration

The Company has used a third-party financial institution to provide certain financial products to its customers, pursuant to an agreement that was scheduled to expire on October 16, 2014. For the year ended April 30, 2012, a significant portion of the Company's customer's financial products were provided by this financial institution. On August 27, 2012, the Company delivered a termination notice with respect to that agreement that became effective September 16, 2012. The parties have agreed to mediation regarding the termination, and the agreement provides for arbitration if the mediation does not resolve the parties' dispute. The Company believes the outcome of these proceedings will not significantly impact its results of operations or financial position. The Company believes there will be little impact on its customers because the Company has been able to offer similar financial products through contractual relationships with other third-parties and internal capabilities.

XML

Investments

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]

Investments

Investments

During the year ended April 30, 2013, the Company purchased corporate equity securities, as a strategic investment in a business partner, for $2,980,000. The Company classifies this investment as available-for-sale and recognizes unrealized gain on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income in the stockholders' equity section of the balance sheets. The unrealized gain, net of tax, on the available-for-sale securities at April 30, 2013 was $387,000.

XML

Notes and Accounts Receivable

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Receivables [Abstract]

Notes and Accounts Receivable

Notes and Accounts Receivable

The Company provides financing to franchisees for the purchase of franchises, clusters of territories, Company-owned offices and/or for working capital and equipment needs. The franchise-related notes generally are payable over five years and the working capital and equipment notes generally are due within one year. All notes bear interest at 12%. Activity related to notes receivable for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	2013			2012
				As Restated
	(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of year	$	79,838		$	70,564
Notes received for:
Sales of franchises and clusters of territories	6,770			8,131
Sales of certain assets to franchisees and ADs	15,130			12,554
Franchisee to franchisee note assumptions	11,259			7,439
Working capital and equipment loans to franchisees	75,642			67,969
Refinancing of accounts receivable	18,527			16,787
	127,328			112,880
Repayment of notes	(95,664		)	(82,258		)
Notes canceled	(21,981		)	(21,188		)
Foreign currency adjustment	(181		)	(160		)
Balance at end of year	89,340			79,838
Unrecognized revenue portion of notes receivable	(39,731		)	(37,050		)
Notes receivable less unrecognized revenue	$	49,609		$	42,788

Most of the notes receivable are due from the Company's franchisees and ADs and are collateralized by the underlying franchise and are guaranteed by the respective franchisee or AD and franchise or AD owner(s). The franchisees' ability to repay the notes is dependent upon both the performance of the tax preparation industry as a whole and the individual or ADs' franchises or areas.

The refinancing of accounts receivable results from a franchisee electing to deliver to the Company a promissory note for past-due royalties and advertising fees that have been previously recorded as accounts receivable in the financial statements.

Notes canceled is comprised of the cancellation of existing unpaid notes of selling franchisees in franchisee to franchisee sales that include the assumption of debt by the acquiring franchisee, and any unpaid notes receivable from a franchisee or AD related to specific territories or clusters of territories that the Company reacquires. In the latter transactions, the cancellation of notes is part of the consideration paid by the Company, and any excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of assets acquired is written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Management believes that the recorded allowance is adequate based upon its consideration of the estimated value of the franchises and ADs supporting the receivables. Any adverse change in the tax preparation industry could affect the Company's estimate of the allowance.

Notes and accounts receivable include royalties billed that relate to territories operated by franchisees located in AD territories. The Company has recorded amounts payable to ADs for their share of these receivables of $18,248,000 and $15,956,000 at April 30, 2013 and 2012 , respectively.

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Beginning balance	$	5,290		$	4,827		$	3,455
Additions charged to expense	7,098			5,788			5,497
Write-offs	(5,655		)	(5,595		)	(4,224		)
Foreign currency adjustment	(49		)	270			99
Ending balance	$	6,684		$	5,290		$	4,827

Management considers accounts and notes receivable to be impaired if the amounts due exceed the fair value of the underlying franchise and estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts based on that excess. Amounts due include the recorded value of the accounts and notes receivable less unrecognized revenue and reduced by the allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, the related deferred revenue and amounts owed to the franchisee by the Company. In establishing the fair value of the underlying franchise, management considers net fees of open offices and the number of unopened offices.

The allowance for doubtful accounts at April 30, 2013, and 2012 is allocated as follows:

	2013			2012
				As Restated
	(In thousands)
Impaired:
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	$	9,399		$	6,728
Accounts receivable	5,907			4,375
Less allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, related deferred revenue and amounts due franchisees	(2,336		)	(1,704		)
Net amount due	$	12,970		$	9,399
Allowance for doubtful accounts for impaired notes and accounts receivable	$	6,120		$	4,488
Nonimpaired:
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	$	42,459		$	37,936
Accounts receivable	37,650			35,259
Less allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, related deferred revenue and amounts due franchisees	(19,992		)	(17,432		)
Net amount due	$	60,117		$	55,763
Allowance for doubtful accounts for nonimpaired notes and accounts receivable	$	564		$	802
Total allowance for doubtful accounts	$	6,684		$	5,290

The aging of accounts and notes receivable at April 30, 2013 is as follows:

	2013
	Total past due		Allowance for uncollected interest			Current		Total receivables
	(In thousands)
Accounts receivable	$	16,821	$	(1,701	)	$	26,736	$	41,856
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	9,747		(1,372		)	42,111		50,486
Total	$	26,568	$	(3,073	)	$	68,847	$	92,342

The aging of accounts and notes receivable at April 30, 2012 is as follows:

	2012
	As Restated
	Total past due		Allowance for uncollected interest			Current		Total receivables
	(In thousands)
Accounts receivable	$	18,419	$	(1,313	)	$	21,215	$	38,321
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	6,476		(1,202		)	38,188		43,462
Total	$	24,895	$	(2,515	)	$	59,403	$	81,783

Accounts receivable are considered to be past due if unpaid after 30 days and notes receivable are considered past due if unpaid after 90 days, at which time the notes are put on nonaccrual status.

The Company's average investment in impaired notes receivable during the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 was $8,063,000 and $6,367,000, respectively. Interest income related to impaired notes was $794,000, $423,000, and $519,000for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The Company's investment in notes receivable on nonaccrual status at April 30, 2013 and 2012 was $8,375,000 and $5,274,000, respectively.

Unrecognized revenue relates to the financed portion of franchise fees and area developer fees and, in the case of sales of company-owned offices, the financed portion of gains related to such sales, in each case where revenue has not yet been recognized. For franchise fees and gains related to the sale of company-owned offices, revenue is recorded as note payments are received by the Company. Payments on area developer fee notes receivable generate a corresponding increase in deferred revenue, which is amortized into revenue over the life of the area developer contract, generally 10 years. Although the timing of actual payments will determine revenues recognized in future periods, the scheduled contractual note payments on the unrecognized portion of these notes for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

	2014		2015		2016		2017		2018		Thereafter		Total
Franchise fees and company-owned offices	$	8,082	$	5,066	$	2,934	$	2,458	$	62	$	—	$	18,602
Area developer fees	3,982		3,670		3,758		3,652		3,086		2,981		21,129
Total	$	12,064	$	8,736	$	6,692	$	6,110	$	3,148	$	2,981	$	39,731

XML

Number of Offices Rollforward (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013 office	Apr. 30, 2012 office	Apr. 30, 2011 office
Number of Franchises [Roll Forward]
Franchised offices, end of period	4,259	4,089	3,790
Company-owned offices, end of period	261	94	55
Total offices	4,520	4,183	3,845
U.S.
Number of Franchises [Roll Forward]
Franchised offices, beginning of period	3,845	3,549	3,233
U.S. offices opened	596	676	622
U.S. offices purchased from the Company	60	37	47
U.S. offices acquired by the Company	(64)	(76)	(37)
U.S. offices closed	(409)	(341)	(316)
Franchised offices, end of period	4,028	3,845	3,549
Company-owned offices, end of period	234	75	41
Canadian
Number of Franchises [Roll Forward]
Franchised offices, end of period	231	244	241
Company-owned offices, end of period	27	19	14

XML

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Office Count Rollforward

Office Count

The following table shows the U.S. office activity for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the number of Canadian and Company-owned offices at the end of each year:

	Tax Season
	2013		2012		2011
Franchised U.S. offices, beginning of period	3,845		3,549		3,233
U.S. offices opened	596		676		622
U.S. offices purchased from the Company	60		37		47
U.S. offices acquired by the Company	(64	)	(76	)	(37	)
U.S. offices closed	(409	)	(341	)	(316	)
Franchised U.S. offices, end of period	4,028		3,845		3,549
Franchised Canadian offices, end of period	231		244		241
Total franchised offices	4,259		4,089		3,790
Company-owned offices, end of period
U.S.	234		75		41
Canadian	27		19		14
Total	261		94		55
Total offices	4,520		4,183		3,845

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Leases [Abstract]

Schedule of future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year, together with amounts due from franchisees under subleases

At April 30, 2013, future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year, together with amounts due from franchisees under subleases, are as follows:

	Lease payments		Sublease receipts
	(In thousands)
Year ending April 30:
2014	$	4,338	$	2,393
2015	1,915		1,094
2016	865		490
2017	633		389
2018	318		136
Thereafter	386		110
Total minimum lease payments	$	8,455	$	4,612

XML

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements Statement of Comprehensive Income (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Net income	$ 28,428	$ 1,673	$ (6,111)	$ (6,363)	$ 21,034	$ 5,266	$ (5,366)	$ (4,551)	$ 17,627	$ 16,383	[1]	$ 14,670	[1]
Comprehensive income									18,145	16,678	[1]	14,930	[1]
As Reported
Net income		1,112	(6,698)	(6,152)	22,039	4,677	(4,326)	(4,979)		17,411	[1]	15,762	[1]
Comprehensive income										17,706	[1]	16,022	[1]
Adjustments
Net income		561	587	(211)	(1,005)	589	(1,040)	428		(1,028)	[1]	(1,092)	[1]
Comprehensive income										$ (1,028)	[1]	$ (1,092)	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis, for each of the fair value hierarchy levels

At April 30, 2013 and 2012, the following tables present, for each of the fair value hierarchy levels, the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis:

			April 30, 2013 Fair value measurements using
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
			(In thousands)
Assets:
Recurring:
Cash equivalents	$	16,798	$	16,798	$	—	$	—
Equity securities, available for sale	3,619		3,619		—		—
	$	20,417	$	20,417	$	—	$	—
Nonrecurring:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	$	7,973	$	—	$	—	$	7,973
Impaired goodwill	1,254		—		—		1,254
Impaired reacquired rights	286		—		—		286
Impaired customer lists	453		—		—		453
	$	9,966	$	—	$	—	$	9,966
Liabilities:
Recurring:
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards	$	5,111	$	—	$	5,111	$	—

			April 30, 2012 As Restated Fair value measurements using
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
			(In thousands)
Assets:
Recurring:
Cash equivalents	$	18,848	$	18,848	$	—	$	—
Nonrecurring:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	$	5,746	$	—	$	—	$	5,746
Impaired goodwill	1,477		—		—		1,477
Impaired reacquired rights	412		—		—		412
Impaired customer lists	564		—		—		564
	$	8,199	$	—	$	—	$	8,199
Liabilities:
Recurring:
Interest rate swap agreements	$	694	$	—	$	694	$	—

XML

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements Statement of Income (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Franchise fees									$ 8,721	$ 7,996	[1]	$ 8,780	[1]
Provision for refunds										0		0
Area developer fees									7,699	6,702	[1]	6,335	[1]
Royalties and advertising fees									73,129	70,016	[1]	66,182	[1]
Interest income									13,848	12,406	[1]	11,322	[1]
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other revenue									3,723	4,176	[1]	4,021	[1]
Total revenues	92,966	37,921	9,482	7,244	72,419	44,226	8,248	6,332	147,613	131,225	[1]	117,936	[1]
General and administrative expenses									31,212	26,878	[1]	22,472	[1]
Area developer expense									25,736	23,872	[1]	23,094	[1]
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges									6,538	5,999	[1]	5,439	[1]
Total operating expenses									116,777	103,245	[1]	91,245	[1]
Income from operations									30,836	27,980	[1]	26,691	[1]
Income before income taxes									28,797	26,130	[1]	24,812	[1]
Income tax expense									11,170	9,747	[1]	10,142	[1]
Net income	28,428	1,673	(6,111)	(6,363)	21,034	5,266	(5,366)	(4,551)	17,627	16,383	[1]	14,670	[1]
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 2.04	$ 0.12	$ (0.47)	$ (0.52)	$ 1.51	$ 0.38	$ (0.48)	$ (0.40)	$ 1.26	$ 1.17	[1]	$ 0.85	[1]
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 2.01	$ 0.12	$ (0.47)	$ (0.52)	$ 1.49	$ 0.37	$ (0.48)	$ (0.40)	$ 1.25	$ 1.16	[1]	$ 0.83	[1]
As Reported
Franchise fees										15,073	[1]	14,354	[1]
Provision for refunds										928		1,206
Area developer fees										0	[1]	0	[1]
Royalties and advertising fees										49,964	[1]	46,879	[1]
Interest income										11,437	[1]	10,110	[1]
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other revenue										3,625	[1]	4,091	[1]
Total revenues		30,538	7,289	6,786	59,789	35,650	8,793	4,868		109,100		95,524
General and administrative expenses										25,780	[1]	20,707	[1]
Area developer expense										0	[1]	0	[1]
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges										7,169	[1]	6,062	[1]
Total operating expenses										79,445	[1]	67,009	[1]
Income from operations										29,655	[1]	28,515	[1]
Income before income taxes										27,805	[1]	26,636	[1]
Income tax expense										10,394	[1]	10,874	[1]
Net income		1,112	(6,698)	(6,152)	22,039	4,677	(4,326)	(4,979)		17,411	[1]	15,762	[1]
Basic (in dollars per share)		$ 0.08	$ (0.51)	$ (0.51)	$ 1.58	$ 0.33	$ (0.38)	$ (0.44)		$ 1.24	[1]	$ 1.10	[1]
Diluted (in dollars per share)		$ 0.08	$ (0.51)	$ (0.51)	$ 1.56	$ 0.33	$ (0.38)	$ (0.44)		$ 1.23	[1]	$ 1.08	[1]
Adjustments
Franchise fees										(7,077)	[1]	(5,574)	[1]
Provision for refunds										(928)		(1,206)
Area developer fees										6,702	[1]	6,335	[1]
Royalties and advertising fees										20,052	[1]	19,303	[1]
Interest income										969	[1]	1,212	[1]
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other revenue										551	[1]	(70)
Total revenues		7,383	2,193	458	12,630	8,576	(545)	1,464		22,125		22,412
General and administrative expenses										1,098	[1]	1,765	[1]
Area developer expense										23,872	[1]	23,094	[1]
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges										(1,170)	[1]	(623)	[1]
Total operating expenses										23,800	[1]	24,236	[1]
Income from operations										(1,675)	[1]	(1,824)	[1]
Income before income taxes										(1,675)	[1]	(1,824)	[1]
Income tax expense										(647)	[1]	(732)	[1]
Net income		$ 561	$ 587	$ (211)	$ (1,005)	$ 589	$ (1,040)	$ 428		$ (1,028)	[1]	$ (1,092)	[1]
Basic (in dollars per share)		$ 0.04	$ 0.04	$ (0.01)	$ (0.07)	$ 0.05	$ (0.10)	$ 0.04		$ (0.07)	[1]	$ (0.25)	[1]
Diluted (in dollars per share)		$ 0.04	$ 0.04	$ (0.01)	$ (0.07)	$ 0.04	$ (0.10)	$ 0.04		$ (0.07)	[1]	$ (0.25)	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Credit Facility (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Dec. 28, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012
Credit facility
Borrowings	$ 27,683,000		$ 28,985,000
Prior revolving credit facility
Credit facility
Maximum borrowing capacity	125,000,000
Term loan
Credit facility
Maximum borrowing capacity			25,000,000
New credit facility
Credit facility
Increase in the borrowing capacity available under accordion feature	70,000,000
Interest rate (as a percent)	1.95%
New credit facility | Minimum
Credit facility
Commitment fee	0.25%
New credit facility | Maximum
Credit facility
Commitment fee	0.50%
New credit facility | LIBOR | Minimum
Credit facility
Interest rate margin (as a percent)	1.50%
New credit facility | LIBOR | Maximum
Credit facility
Interest rate margin (as a percent)	2.25%
Revolving credit facility
Credit facility
Maximum borrowing capacity		143,400,000	105,000,000
Increase in the borrowing capacity available under accordion feature		38,400,000
Required outstanding balance for a period of at least 45 consecutive days each fiscal year under the financial covenants	0
Consecutive period during which outstanding balance under revolving loan must be reduced to zero under the financial covenants	45 days
Borrowing availability	98,638,000
Borrowings	$ 23,750,000

XML

Investments (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]
Purchase of marketable equity securities	$ 2,980	$ 0	[1]	$ 0	[1]
Unrealized gain on equity securities available-for-sale, net of taxes	$ 387	$ 0	[1]	$ 0	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Notes and Accounts Receivable (Details 2) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Apr. 30, 2011	Apr. 30, 2010
Allocation of allowance for doubtful accounts
Allowance for doubtful accounts for notes and accounts receivable	$ 6,684	$ 5,290	$ 4,827	$ 3,455
Impaired:
Allocation of allowance for doubtful accounts
Less allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, related deferred revenue and amounts due franchisees	(2,336)	(1,704)
Net amount due	12,970	9,399
Allowance for doubtful accounts for notes and accounts receivable	6,120	4,488
Nonimpaired:
Allocation of allowance for doubtful accounts
Less allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, related deferred revenue and amounts due franchisees	(19,992)	(17,432)
Net amount due	60,117	55,763
Allowance for doubtful accounts for notes and accounts receivable	564	802
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue | Impaired:
Allocation of allowance for doubtful accounts
Gross amount due	9,399	6,728
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue | Nonimpaired:
Allocation of allowance for doubtful accounts
Gross amount due	42,459	37,936
Accounts receivable | Impaired:
Allocation of allowance for doubtful accounts
Gross amount due	5,907	4,375
Accounts receivable | Nonimpaired:
Allocation of allowance for doubtful accounts
Gross amount due	$ 37,650	$ 35,259

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012
Allowance for uncollectible amounts for long-term notes receivable	$ 1,101	$ 794
Class A Preferred stock
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	190,000	190,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	170,320
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	170,320
Special voting preferred stock
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	10	10
Preferred stock, shares issued	10	10
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	10	10
Class A Common stock
Par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Authorized shares	21,200,000	21,200,000
Common stock, shares issued	11,975,128	10,343,957
Common stock, shares outstanding	11,975,128	10,343,957
Class B Common stock
Par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Authorized shares	1,000,000	1,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	900,000	900,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	900,000	900,000
Exchangeable shares
Par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares issued	100,000	100,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	100,000	100,000

XML

Credit Facility

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Line of Credit Facility [Abstract]

Credit Facility

Credit Facility

In February 2008, JTH Tax, Inc. entered into a revolving credit facility. This revolving credit facility, which provided for maximum allowable borrowings of $125 million, was replaced effective April 30, 2012. The current credit facility consists of a $25 million term loan and a $105 million revolving credit facility, with an accordion feature permitting the Company to request an increase in availability of up to an additional $70 million. On December 28, 2012, the Company utilized the accordion feature to increase the borrowing limit under the revolving credit facility by $38.4 million, increasing the maximum borrowings under that portion of its credit facility to $143.4 million.

The term loan amortizes on a quarterly basis and matures on April 30, 2017, and the revolving loan also expires on April 30, 2017. The outstanding borrowings on both loans accrue interest, which is paid monthly, at an adjusted one-month LIBOR rate plus a margin that varies from 1.50% to 2.25%, depending on the Company's leverage ratio. At April 30, 2013, the interest rate was 1.95%. A commitment fee that varies from 0.25% to 0.50% depending on the Company's leverage ratio on the unused portion of the credit facility, is paid monthly. This indebtedness is collateralized by substantially all of the Company's assets, including the assets of its subsidiaries.

The credit facility contains certain financial covenants that the Company must meet, including leverage and fixed charge coverage ratios, as well as minimum net worth requirements. In addition, the Company must reduce the outstanding balance under its revolving loan to zero for a period of at least 45 consecutive days each fiscal year. The Company's borrowing availability on the credit facility at April 30, 2013 was $98,638,000. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under its revolving credit facility, and at April 30, 2013, the balance of the term loan was $23,750,000. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants of its credit facility at April 30, 2013. At January 31, 2013, the Company was not in compliance with its leverage ratio requirement due to an unprecedented delay in the start of the federal tax season attributable to the last minute fiscal cliff resolution by Congress. In March 2013, the Company obtained a waiver from its creditors for this covenant failure. The accounting policy changes that have resulted in the restatements of our financial statements resulted in our inability to satisfy several credit facility covenants related to the delivery and accuracy of our financial reports. The Company obtained a waiver of these failures from our bank syndicate in August 2013.

The credit facility also contains certain events of default that if they occur may cause the bank syndicate to terminate the credit facility and declare amounts owed to become immediately payable. At April 30, 2013, except for the event of default noted above, the Company has not incurred an event of default.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Statement of Other Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net income	$ 28,428	$ 1,673	$ (6,111)	$ (6,363)	$ 21,034	$ 5,266	$ (5,366)	$ (4,551)	$ 17,627	$ 16,383	[1]	$ 14,670	[1]
Interest rate swap agreements, net of taxes (note 9)									438	196	[1]	(164)	[1]
Unrealized gain on equity securities available-for-sale, net of taxes (note 4)									387	0	[1]	0	[1]
Foreign currency translation adjustment									(307)	99	[1]	424	[1]
Comprehensive income									$ 18,145	$ 16,678	[1]	$ 14,930	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Income Taxes (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]
Income taxes from continuing operations	$ 11,170,000	$ 9,747,000	[1]	$ 10,142,000	[1]
Tax benefit of stock option exercises	(271,000)	(458,000)		(408,000)
Interest rate swap agreements	257,000	152,000		(104,000)
Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities	252,000	0		0
Foreign currency translation adjustment	0	(550,000)		167,000
Total income taxes	11,408,000	8,891,000		9,797,000
Current:
Federal	5,368,000	5,961,000		6,324,000
State	1,254,000	1,160,000		1,292,000
Foreign	429,000	322,000		855,000
Current tax expense	7,051,000	7,443,000		8,471,000
Deferred:
Federal	3,365,000	1,963,000		1,331,000
State	787,000	382,000		272,000
Foreign	(33,000)	(41,000)		68,000
Deferred tax expense	4,119,000	2,304,000	[1]	1,671,000	[1]
Income tax expense
Total income tax expense	11,170,000	9,747,000	[1]	10,142,000	[1]
Income before taxes
U.S. operations	27,434,000	24,859,000		22,148,000
Foreign operations	1,363,000	1,271,000		2,664,000
Income before income taxes	28,797,000	26,130,000	[1]	24,812,000	[1]
Reconciliation of amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate to pretax income from continuing operations
U.S. federal income tax rate (as a percent )	35.00%
Computed expected income tax expense	10,079,000	9,145,000		8,684,000
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:
State income taxes, net of federal benefit	1,455,000	1,033,000		1,048,000
Nondeductible items, net	421,000	297,000		356,000
Tax credits	(545,000)	(445,000)		0
Other	(240,000)	(283,000)		54,000
Total income tax expense	11,170,000	9,747,000	[1]	10,142,000	[1]
Deferred tax assets:
Unexercised nonqualified stock options	2,425,000	1,192,000
Allowance for doubtful accounts	3,501,000	2,593,000
Deferred revenue	0	257,000
Deferred revenue	4,948,000	7,398,000
Other	441,000	208,000
Total deferred tax assets	11,315,000	11,648,000
Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, equipment, software, and other intangible assets	7,258,000	3,480,000
Prepaid expenses	438,000	174,000
Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities	252,000	0
Total deferred tax liabilities	7,948,000	3,654,000
Net deferred tax asset	3,367,000	7,994,000
Unrecognized tax benefits		0
Foreign subsidiary net earnings permanently reinvested	$ 1,363,000	$ 1,271,000		$ 2,664,000

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 19,013	$ 19,848	[1]
Receivables (note 2):
Trade accounts	41,856	38,321	[1]
Notes	34,156	30,283	[1]
Interest, net	877	674	[1]
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(5,583)	(4,496)	[1]
Total receivables, net	71,306	64,782	[1]
Available-for-sale securities (note 4)	3,619	0	[1]
Deferred income taxes (note 10)	4,232	3,901	[1]
Other current assets	4,963	5,614	[1]
Total current assets	103,133	94,145	[1]
Property, equipment, and software, net (notes 3 and 8)	33,037	23,948	[1]
Notes receivable, excluding current portion, net of allowance for uncollectible amounts of $1,101 and $794 for 2013 and 2012, respectively (note 2)	14,352	11,711	[1]
Goodwill (note 5)	5,685	5,400	[1]
Other intangible assets, net (note 5)	10,921	10,314	[1]
Deferred income taxes (note 10)	0	4,093	[1]
Other assets, net	2,402	2,585	[1]
Total assets (note 6)	169,530	152,196	[1]
Current liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt (note 8)	3,400	2,736	[1]
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (notes 9 and 16)	11,954	14,170	[1]
Due to area developers (note 2)	18,248	15,956	[1]
Income taxes payable (note 10)	5,897	6,689	[1]
Deferred revenue - short-term portion	7,555	6,920	[1]
Total current liabilities	47,054	46,471	[1]
Long-term debt, excluding current installments (note 8)	24,283	26,249	[1]
Revolving credit facility (note 7)	0	0	[1]
Deferred revenue - long-term portion	10,381	12,411	[1]
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards (note 12)	5,111	0	[1]
Deferred income taxes (note 10)	865
Deferred Tax Liabilities, Net, Noncurrent		0	[1]
Total liabilities	87,694	85,131	[1]
Stockholders' equity (notes 4, 9, 11, 12, and 14):
Additional paid-in capital	1,920	3,182	[1]
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes	1,194	676	[1]
Retained earnings	78,592	60,965	[1]
Total stockholders' equity	81,836	67,065	[1]
Commitments, contingencies, and subsequent events (notes 6, 7, 16, and 17)			[1]
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	169,530	152,196	[1]
Class A Preferred stock
Stockholders' equity (notes 4, 9, 11, 12, and 14):
Preferred stock	0	2,129	[1]
Special voting preferred stock
Stockholders' equity (notes 4, 9, 11, 12, and 14):
Preferred stock	0	0	[1]
Class A Common stock
Stockholders' equity (notes 4, 9, 11, 12, and 14):
Common stock	120	103	[1]
Class B Common stock
Stockholders' equity (notes 4, 9, 11, 12, and 14):
Common stock	9	9	[1]
Exchangeable shares
Stockholders' equity (notes 4, 9, 11, 12, and 14):
Common stock	$ 1	$ 1	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Goodwill (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013		Apr. 30, 2012
Goodwill [Roll Forward]
Goodwill at beginning of period	$ 6,157		$ 3,457
Accumulated impairment loss at beginning of period	(757)		(345)
Net at beginning of period	5,400	[1]	3,112
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	3,449		4,859
Goodwill, Disposals and foreign currency changes	(3,149)		(2,159)
Accumulated impairment loss, Goodwill, Disposals and foreign currency changes	610		76
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(2,539)		(2,083)
Impairments	(625)		(488)
Goodwill at end of period	6,457		6,157
Accumulated impairment loss at end of period	(772)		(757)
Net at end of period	5,685		5,400	[1]
Goodwill related to assets acquired	$ 3,772		$ 3,487

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Notes and Accounts Receivable (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Receivables [Abstract]

Schedule of activity related to notes receivable

Activity related to notes receivable for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	2013			2012
				As Restated
	(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of year	$	79,838		$	70,564
Notes received for:
Sales of franchises and clusters of territories	6,770			8,131
Sales of certain assets to franchisees and ADs	15,130			12,554
Franchisee to franchisee note assumptions	11,259			7,439
Working capital and equipment loans to franchisees	75,642			67,969
Refinancing of accounts receivable	18,527			16,787
	127,328			112,880
Repayment of notes	(95,664		)	(82,258		)
Notes canceled	(21,981		)	(21,188		)
Foreign currency adjustment	(181		)	(160		)
Balance at end of year	89,340			79,838
Unrecognized revenue portion of notes receivable	(39,731		)	(37,050		)
Notes receivable less unrecognized revenue	$	49,609		$	42,788

Schedule of activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is as follows:

	2013			2012			2011
				As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Beginning balance	$	5,290		$	4,827		$	3,455
Additions charged to expense	7,098			5,788			5,497
Write-offs	(5,655		)	(5,595		)	(4,224		)
Foreign currency adjustment	(49		)	270			99
Ending balance	$	6,684		$	5,290		$	4,827

Schedule of allocation of allowance for doubtful accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts at April 30, 2013, and 2012 is allocated as follows:

	2013			2012
				As Restated
	(In thousands)
Impaired:
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	$	9,399		$	6,728
Accounts receivable	5,907			4,375
Less allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, related deferred revenue and amounts due franchisees	(2,336		)	(1,704		)
Net amount due	$	12,970		$	9,399
Allowance for doubtful accounts for impaired notes and accounts receivable	$	6,120		$	4,488
Nonimpaired:
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	$	42,459		$	37,936
Accounts receivable	37,650			35,259
Less allowance for uncollected interest, amounts due ADs, related deferred revenue and amounts due franchisees	(19,992		)	(17,432		)
Net amount due	$	60,117		$	55,763
Allowance for doubtful accounts for nonimpaired notes and accounts receivable	$	564		$	802
Total allowance for doubtful accounts	$	6,684		$	5,290

Schedule of aging of accounts and notes receivable

The aging of accounts and notes receivable at April 30, 2013 is as follows:

	2013
	Total past due		Allowance for uncollected interest			Current		Total receivables
	(In thousands)
Accounts receivable	$	16,821	$	(1,701	)	$	26,736	$	41,856
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	9,747		(1,372		)	42,111		50,486
Total	$	26,568	$	(3,073	)	$	68,847	$	92,342

The aging of accounts and notes receivable at April 30, 2012 is as follows:

	2012
	As Restated
	Total past due		Allowance for uncollected interest			Current		Total receivables
	(In thousands)
Accounts receivable	$	18,419	$	(1,313	)	$	21,215	$	38,321
Notes receivable including interest less unrecognized revenue	6,476		(1,202		)	38,188		43,462
Total	$	24,895	$	(2,515	)	$	59,403	$	81,783

Contractual Note Receivable, Next Five Fiscal Years and Thereafter

the timing of actual payments will determine revenues recognized in future periods, the scheduled contractual note payments on the unrecognized portion of these notes for the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

	2014		2015		2016		2017		2018		Thereafter		Total
Franchise fees and company-owned offices	$	8,082	$	5,066	$	2,934	$	2,458	$	62	$	—	$	18,602
Area developer fees	3,982		3,670		3,758		3,652		3,086		2,981		21,129
Total	$	12,064	$	8,736	$	6,692	$	6,110	$	3,148	$	2,981	$	39,731

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

ERC class action litigation.    The Company was sued in November 2011 in federal courts in Arkansas, California, Florida and Illinois, and additional lawsuits were filed in federal courts in January 2012 in Maryland and North Carolina, in February 2012 in Wisconsin, and in May 2012 in New York and Minnesota, since the initial filings. In April 2012, a motion to consolidate all of the then-pending cases before a single judge in federal court in the Northern District of Illinois was granted, and in June 2012, the plaintiffs filed a new complaint in the consolidated action. The consolidated complaint alleges that an electronic refund check (ERC) represents a form of refund anticipation loan (RAL) because the taxpayer is "loaned" the tax preparation fee, and that an ERC is therefore subject to federal truth-in-lending disclosure and state law requirements regulating RALs. The plaintiffs therefore allege violations of state-specific RAL and other consumer statutes. The lawsuit purports to be a class action, and the plaintiffs allege potential damages in excess of $5 million, but we may be able to recover any damages from the providers of the financial products that designed the programs and related disclosures. The Company is aware that virtually identical lawsuits have been filed against several of its competitors. The Company has not concluded that a loss related to this matter is probable, nor has the Company accrued a loss contingency related to this matter. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims in this case, and intends to defend the case vigorously, but there can be no assurances as to the outcome or the impact on the Company's consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The case is at an early procedural stage.

South Carolina litigation.    In November 2010, several former customers of one of the Company's South Carolina franchisees initiated a purported class action against the Company, its chief executive officer and another of the Company's employees in the United States District Court for the District of South Carolina, in a case styled Martin v. JTH Tax,  Inc. Class action status was denied in February 2013, and the case was settled in June 2013.  The settlement amount is immaterial and has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Republic Bank Dispute. In August 2012, the Company terminated an agreement with one of its financial product providers, Republic Bank & Trust Company, which would otherwise have expired in October 2014. The Company's right to terminate the agreement is being disputed by Republic Bank & Trust Company, and the parties conducted a contractually-required mediation in late June 2013. If the mediation does not resolve the parties' dispute, the agreement provides for arbitration of the dispute. At this stage, an arbitration proceeding has not been commenced, but the Company believes that the outcome of this dispute will not significantly impact its results of operation or financial position.

The Company is also party to claims and lawsuits that are considered to be ordinary, routine litigation incidental to the business, including claims and lawsuits concerning the preparation of customers' income tax returns, the fees charged to customers for various products and services, relationships with franchisees, intellectual property disputes, employment matters and contract disputes. Although the Company cannot provide assurance that it will ultimately prevail in each instance, the Company believes the amount, if any, it will be required to pay in the discharge of liabilities or settlements in these claims will not have a material adverse impact on its consolidated results of operations.

XML

Notes and Accounts Receivable (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Notes receivable
Interest rate (as a percent)	12.00%
Activity related to notes receivable
Balance at beginning of year	$ 79,838	$ 70,564
Sales of franchises and clusters of territories	6,770	8,131
Sales of certain assets to franchisees and ADs	15,130	12,554
Franchisee to franchisee note assumptions	11,259	7,439
Working capital and equipment loans to franchisees	75,642	67,969
Refinancing of accounts receivable	18,527	16,787
Notes received	127,328	112,880
Repayment of notes	(95,664)	(82,258)
Notes canceled	(21,981)	(21,188)
Foreign currency adjustment	(181)	(160)
Balance at end of year	89,340	79,838		70,564
Unrecognized revenue portion of notes receivable	(39,731)	(37,050)
Notes receivable less unrecognized revenue	49,609	42,788
Amounts payable to area developers for their share of receivables	18,248	15,956	[1]
Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts
Beginning balance	5,290	4,827		3,455
Additions charged to expense	7,098	5,788		5,497
Write-offs	(5,655)	(5,595)		(4,224)
Foreign currency adjustment	(49)	270		99
Ending balance	$ 6,684	$ 5,290		$ 4,827
Franchise-related notes
Notes receivable
Notes Receivable	5 years
Working capital and equipment notes
Notes receivable
Notes Receivable	1 year

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Leases (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Apr. 30, 2011
Lease payments
2014	$ 4,338
2015	1,915
2016	865
2017	633
2018	318
Thereafter	386
Total minimum lease payments	8,455
Sublease receipts
2014	2,393
2015	1,094
2016	490
2017	389
2018	136
Thereafter	110
Total minimum lease payments	4,612
Rent expense for operating leases
Total rent expense for operating leases, net of subleases	$ 3,220	$ 2,352	$ 1,805

XML

Employee 401(k) Plan (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Apr. 30, 2011
Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]
Requisite age of the employees eligible to make voluntary contributions to the plan	18 years
Requisite completion period of service of employees eligible to make voluntary contributions to the plan	90 days
Matching contribution as a percentage of each employee's contribution	50.00%
Maximum percentage of the employee's salary up to which the employer matches its contribution	3.00%
Compensation expense related to defined contribution plan	$ 412	$ 375	$ 305

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Quarterly Financial Data [Abstract]

Schedule of quarterly financial data

As discussed in greater detail in Note 19, the Company determined the need to restate its previously issued consolidated financial information for the quarterly periods ended July 31, 2012, October 31, 2012, January 31, 2013 and each of the quarterly periods in the year ended April 30, 2012.    

	Three Months Ended
	July 31, 2012			October 31, 2012			January 31, 2013		April 30, 2013
	As Restated			As Restated			As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	7,244		$	9,482		$	37,921	$	92,966
Net income (loss)	$	(6,363	)	$	(6,111	)	$	1,673	$	28,428
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.52	)	$	(0.47	)	$	0.12	$	2.04
Diluted	$	(0.52	)	$	(0.47	)	$	0.12	$	2.01

	Three Months Ended
	July 31, 2011			October 31, 2011			January 31, 2012		April 30, 2012
	As Restated			As Restated			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	6,332		$	8,248		$	44,226	$	72,419
Net income (loss)	$	(4,551	)	$	(5,366	)	$	5,266	$	21,034
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.48	)	$	0.38	$	1.51
Diluted	$	(0.40	)	$	(0.48	)	$	0.37	$	1.49

Schedule of Error Corrections and Prior Period Adjustments

The following tables summarize the effects of the restatement and presentation reclassifications on our previously issued unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements:

	Three Months Ended January 31, 2013
	As Reported		Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	30,538	$	7,383	$	37,921
Net income	$	1,112	$	561	$	1,673
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	0.08	$	0.04	$	0.12
Diluted	$	0.08	$	0.04	$	0.12

	Three Months Ended October 31, 2012								Three Months Ended July 31, 2012
	As Reported			Adjustments		As Restated			As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	7,289		$	2,193	$	9,482		$	6,786		$	458		$	7,244
Net income (loss)	$	(6,698	)	$	587	$	(6,111	)	$	(6,152	)	$	(211	)	$	(6,363	)
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.51	)	$	0.04	$	(0.47	)	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.52	)
Diluted	$	(0.51	)	$	0.04	$	(0.47	)	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.52	)

	Three Months Ended April 30, 2012							Three Months Ended January 31, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated		As Reported		Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	59,789	$	12,630		$	72,419	$	35,650	$	8,576	$	44,226
Net income (loss)	$	22,039	$	(1,005	)	$	21,034	$	4,677	$	589	$	5,266
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.58	$	(0.07	)	$	1.51	$	0.33	$	0.05	$	0.38
Diluted	$	1.56	$	(0.07	)	$	1.49	$	0.33	$	0.04	$	0.37

	Three Months Ended October 31, 2011									Three Months Ended July 31, 2011
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated			As Reported			Adjustments		As Restated
	(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Revenue	$	8,793		$	(545	)	$	8,248		$	4,868		$	1,464	$	6,332
Net income (loss)	$	(4,326	)	$	(1,040	)	$	(5,366	)	$	(4,979	)	$	428	$	(4,551	)
Net income (loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	(0.38	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.48	)	$	(0.44	)	$	0.04	$	(0.40	)
Diluted	$	(0.38	)	$	(0.10	)	$	(0.48	)	$	(0.44	)	$	0.04	$	(0.40	)

The following table presents the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated balance sheets:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported			Adjustments			As Restated
	(in thousands)
Receivables:
Notes	$	41,889		$	(11,606	)	$	30,283
Interest	1,610			(936		)	674
Allowance for doubtful accounts	(5,044		)	548			(4,496		)
Total receivables, net	76,776			(11,994		)	64,782
Deferred income taxes	41			3,860			3,901
Total current assets	102,279			(8,134		)	94,145
Notes receivable, excluding current portion	37,949			(25,444		)	12,505
Allowance for uncollectible amounts for long-term notes receivable	(2,086		)	1,292			(794		)
Goodwill	1,913			3,487			5,400
Other intangibles, net	22,158			(11,844		)	10,314
Deferred income taxes	—			4,093			4,093
Other assets, net	2,580			5			2,585
Total assets	188,741			(36,545		)	152,196
Due to area developers	21,893			(5,937		)	15,956
Deferred income taxes	1,222			(1,222		)	—
Deferred revenue - short-term portion	3,270			3,650			6,920
Total current liabilities	49,980			(3,509		)	46,471
Deferred revenue - long-term portion	—			12,411			12,411
Deferred income taxes	12,310			(12,310		)	—
Total liabilities	88,539			(3,408		)	85,131
Retained earnings	94,102			(33,137		)	60,965
Total stockholders' equity	100,202			(33,137		)	67,065
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	188,741			(36,545		)	152,196

The following tables present the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of income:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Franchise fees	$	15,073	$	(7,077	)	$	7,996
Provision for refunds	928		(928		)	—
Area developer fees	—		6,702			6,702
Royalties and advertising fees	49,964		20,052			70,016
Interest income	11,437		969			12,406
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other assets and other revenue	3,625		551			4,176
Total revenues	109,100		22,125			131,225
General and administrative expenses	25,780		1,098			26,878
Area developer expense	—		23,872			23,872
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	7,169		(1,170		)	5,999
Total operating expenses	79,445		23,800			103,245
Income from operations	29,655		(1,675		)	27,980
Income before income taxes	27,805		(1,675		)	26,130
Income tax expense	10,394		(647		)	9,747
Net income	17,411		(1,028		)	16,383
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.24	$	(0.07	)	$	1.17
Diluted	$	1.23	$	(0.07	)	$	1.16

	April 30, 2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Franchise fees	$	14,354	$	(5,574	)	$	8,780
Provision for refunds	1,206		(1,206		)	—
Area developer fees	—		6,335			6,335
Royalties and advertising fees	46,879		19,303			66,182
Interest income	10,110		1,212			11,322
Net gain on sale of company-owned offices and other assets and other revenue	4,091		(70		)	4,021
Total revenues	95,524		22,412			117,936
General and administrative expenses	20,707		1,765			22,472
Area developer expense	—		23,094			23,094
Depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges	6,062		(623		)	5,439
Total operating expenses	67,009		24,236			91,245
Income from operations	28,515		(1,824		)	26,691
Income before income taxes	26,636		(1,824		)	24,812
Income tax expense	10,874		(732		)	10,142
Net income	15,762		(1,092		)	14,670
Net income per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic	$	1.10	$	(0.25	)	$	0.85
Diluted	$	1.08	$	(0.25	)	$	0.83

The following tables present the effect of the restatement adjustments on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income:

	April 30, 2012
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Net income	$	17,411	$	(1,028	)	$	16,383
Comprehensive income	$	17,706	$	(1,028	)	$	16,678
	April 30, 2011
	As Reported		Adjustments			As Restated
Net income	$	15,762	$	(1,092	)	$	14,670
Comprehensive income	$	16,022	$	(1,092	)	$	14,930

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Equity [Abstract]

Schedule of components of accumulated other comprehensive income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Foreign currency adjustment	$	807	$	1,113
Unrealized gain on equity securities available for sale, net of taxes	387		—
Interest rate swap agreements, net of tax	—		(437		)
	$	1,194	$	676

Schedule of computation of basic and diluted net income per share

The computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	2013
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings	$	16,386		$	1,241
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(247		)	(18		)
Exchangeable shares	(1,171		)	(89		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	14,968		$	1,134
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	11,883,214			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	1.26		$	1.26
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	14,968		$	1,134
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	1,134			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	265			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,260			—
	$	17,627		$	1,134
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	11,883,214			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities and the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	210,560			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	78,584			5,054
	14,072,358			905,054
Diluted net income per share	$	1.25		$	1.25

	2012
	As Restated
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings	$	15,076		$	1,307
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(1,836		)	(159		)
Exchangeable shares	(1,078		)	(94		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	12,162		$	1,054
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	10,383,780			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	1.17		$	1.17
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	12,162		$	1,054
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	1,054			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,995			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,172			—
	$	16,383		$	1,054
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	10,383,780			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,703,200			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	180,956			11,644
	14,167,936			911,644
Diluted net income per share	$	1.16		$	1.16

	2011
	As Restated
	Class A common stock			Class B common stock
	(In thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Basic net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings, based on net income	$	13,521		$	1,149
Preferred stock redeemed, treated as dividend (Note 19)	(2,300		)	(195		)
Allocation of undistributed earnings, as adjusted	11,221			954
Amounts allocated to participating securities:
Class A preferred stock	(1,448		)	(123		)
Exchangeable shares	(783		)	(67		)
Net income attributable to common stockholders	$	8,990		$	764
Denominator:
Weighted-average common shares outstanding	10,588,954			900,000
Basic net income per share	$	0.85		$	0.85
Diluted net income per share:
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation	$	8,990		$	764
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result conversion of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	764			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,572			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	849			—
	$	12,175		$	764
Denominator:
Number of shares used in basic computation	10,588,954			900,000
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion or exercise of:
Class B common stock to Class A common stock	900,000			—
Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock	1,850,800			—
Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock	1,000,000			—
Employee stock options	322,494			20,241
	14,662,248			920,241
Diluted net income per share	$	0.83		$	0.83

XML

Stock Compensation Plan (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Summary of information for options granted

The following table summarizes the information for options granted in the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

	2013	2012	2011
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$1.80	$2.30	$2.54
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	13.0% -14.9%	14.9% - 15.0%	14.6% - 15.7%
Expected terms	4-6 years	4 - 6 years	4 - 6 years
Risk-free interest rates	0.6%-1.0%	0.8% - 1.9%	1.2% - 2.3%

Schedule of stock option activity

Stock option activity during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is as follows:

	Number of options		Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at April 30, 2010	1,970,720		$	11.61
Granted	1,048,800		15.03
Exercised	(460,162	)	8.27
Canceled	(98,020	)	10.08
Outstanding at April 30, 2011	2,461,338		13.77
Granted	433,670		15.00
Exercised	(110,125	)	6.74
Canceled	(55,870	)	14.88
Outstanding at April 30, 2012	2,729,013		14.21
Granted	332,035		15.00
Exercised	(349,500	)	10.88
Canceled	(176,865	)	13.65
Outstanding at April 30, 2013	2,534,683		14.81

Schedule of nonvested (options that did not vest in the period in which granted) stock option activity

Nonvested stock options (options that did not vest in the period in which granted) activity during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

	Nonvested options		Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at April 30, 2010	177,500		$	14.65
Granted	702,500		15.00
Vested	(275,000	)	14.78
Canceled	—		—
Outstanding at April 30, 2011	605,000		15.00
Granted	433,670		15.00
Vested	(577,450	)	15.00
Canceled	(8,720	)	15.00
Outstanding at April 30, 2012	452,500		15.00
Granted	332,035		15.00
Vested	(596,935	)	15.00
Canceled	(55,100	)	15.00
Outstanding at April 30, 2013	132,500		15.00

Summary of information about stock options outstanding and exercisable

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2013:

Number of shares outstanding at April 30, 2013	Range of exercise prices		Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	Number of shares exercisable at April 30, 2013	Weighted average exercise price
117,500	$	10.50	$	10.50	1.9	117,500	$	10.50
2,152,625	14.00 - 16.50		15.02		2.9	2,020,125	15.02
264,558	15.00		15.00		3.8	264,558	15.00
						2,402,183

Liability Classified Stock Compensation Awards

Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]

Summary of information for options granted

The following table summarizes the information used to value the liability classified stock-based compensation awards:

	April 30, 2013
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$5.12
Dividend yield	—%
Expected volatility	36.2%
Expected terms	2.90
Risk-free interest rates	0.36%

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Leases [Abstract]

Leases

Leases

The Company is obligated under various operating leases for office space that expire at various dates. At April 30, 2013, future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year, together with amounts due from franchisees under subleases, are as follows:

	Lease payments		Sublease receipts
	(In thousands)
Year ending April 30:
2014	$	4,338	$	2,393
2015	1,915		1,094
2016	865		490
2017	633		389
2018	318		136
Thereafter	386		110
Total minimum lease payments	$	8,455	$	4,612

Total rent expense for operating leases, net of subleases, was $3,220,000, $2,352,000, and $1,805,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

XML

Stock Compensation Plan (Details 2) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Apr. 30, 2011
Stock options outstanding and exercisable
Shares awarded to non employee directors	43,135	80,000	80,000
Stock Option
Stock options outstanding and exercisable
Number of shares exercisable at April 30, 2013	2,402,183
Restricted Stock Units
Stock options outstanding and exercisable
Shares awarded to non employee directors	15,971
Grants in period, weighted average grant date fair value	$ 13.50
Restricted Stock Units | Minimum
Stock options outstanding and exercisable
Vesting period	16 months
Restricted Stock Units | Maximum
Stock options outstanding and exercisable
Vesting period	18 months
Exercise price - $10.50 | Stock Option
Stock options outstanding and exercisable
Number of shares outstanding at April 30, 2013	117,500
Exercise price, low end of range (in dollars per share)	$ 10.5
Exercise price, high end of range (in dollars per share)	$ 10.5
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 10.50
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	1 year 10 months 24 days
Number of shares exercisable at April 30, 2013	117,500
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 10.50
Range of exercise prices - $14.00 - $16.50 | Stock Option
Stock options outstanding and exercisable
Number of shares outstanding at April 30, 2013	2,152,625
Exercise price, low end of range (in dollars per share)	$ 14
Exercise price, high end of range (in dollars per share)	$ 16.5
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 15.02
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	2 years 10 months 24 days
Number of shares exercisable at April 30, 2013	2,020,125
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 15.02
Range of exercise prices - $15.00 | Stock Option
Stock options outstanding and exercisable
Number of shares outstanding at April 30, 2013	264,558
Exercise price, low end of range (in dollars per share)	$ 15
Exercise price, high end of range (in dollars per share)	$ 15
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 15.00
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	3 years 9 months 18 days
Number of shares exercisable at April 30, 2013	264,558
Weighted average exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 15.00

XML

Property, Equipment, and Software, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Schedule of property, equipment, and software

Property, equipment, and software at April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Land & land improvements	$	1,328	$	997
Buildings and building improvements	7,602		6,826
Leasehold improvements	225		292
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment	6,388		5,053
Software	36,500		27,462
	52,043		40,630
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	19,006		16,682
Property, equipment, and software, net	$	33,037	$	23,948

XML

Organization and Significant Accounting Policies (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013
Trade Accounts Receivable
Annual accrual of finance charges on trade accounts receivable (as a percent)	18.00%
Period after which unpaid trade accounts receivable accrue finance charges	30 days
Notes Receivable
Scheduled payment past due period considered for providing an allowance on delinquent note	90 days
Revenue Recognition
Franchise rights term	5 years
Developer rights term	10 years
Significant financial commitment by unit franchisee or area developer as percentage of franchise fee	20.00%
Computer equipment | Minimum
Property, Equipment, and Software
Estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets	3 years
Computer equipment | Maximum
Property, Equipment, and Software
Estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets	5 years
Software | Minimum
Property, Equipment, and Software
Estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets	3 years
Software | Maximum
Property, Equipment, and Software
Estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets	7 years
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Equipment, and Software
Estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets	7 years
Building | Minimum
Property, Equipment, and Software
Estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets	20 years
Building | Maximum
Property, Equipment, and Software
Estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets	35 years
Software developed or obtained for internal use
Property, Equipment, and Software
Period of amortization of costs of software developed or obtained for internal use	36 months

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities Disclosure [Abstract]

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company uses interest-rate-related derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest rates on its variable-rate line of credit and forward contracts to manage its exposure to foreign currency fluctuation related to short-term advances made to its Canadian subsidiary. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments nor does it enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging.

By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is negative, the Company owes the counterparty, and therefore, the Company is not exposed to the counterparty's credit risk in those circumstances. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties. The derivative instruments entered into by the Company do not contain credit-risk-related contingent features.

Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The market risk associated with interest rates is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.

The Company assesses interest rate risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rates that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company maintains risk management control systems to monitor interest rate risk attributable to both the Company's outstanding or forecasted debt obligations and forecasted revenues as well as the Company's offsetting hedge positions. The risk management control systems involve the use of analytical techniques, including cash flow sensitivity analysis, to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates and foreign currency rates on the Company's future cash flows.

It is the policy of the Company to enter into forward contracts at the time short-term advances are made to its Canadian subsidiary.

Interest rate swap agreements.    On July 1, 2009, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with a financial institution to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the one-month LIBOR interest rate on its line of credit. These swaps effectively changed the variable-rate line of credit into a fixed-rate line of credit. For the notional amounts, the Company received a variable interest rate based on the one-month LIBOR and pays a fixed interest rate of 2.49% to 2.52%, depending on the agreement. The notional amounts of the interest rate swaps varied from $10,000,000 to $70,000,000 per month, in relation to the Company's forecasted seasonal borrowings. These interest rate swaps were designated as cash flow hedges. At April 30, 2012, the fair value of interest rate swaps was a liability of $694,000, and was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses. During the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, $0 and $92,000 of income, respectively, were recognized in the consolidated statements of income due to the ineffectiveness of these interest rate swaps. The interest rate swap agreements expired in March 2013.

Forward contracts related to foreign currency exchange rates.    In connection with short-term advances made to its Canadian subsidiary related to personal income tax refund discounting, the Company enters into forward contracts to eliminate the exposure related to foreign currency fluctuations. Under the terms of the forward currency contracts, the exchange rate for repayments is fixed at the time advance is made and the advances are repaid prior to April 30 of each year. These forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, there were no forward contracts outstanding. During the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, no amounts have been recognized in the statements of income due to the ineffectiveness of these foreign currency hedges.

At April 30, 2013, there are no deferred gains on derivative instruments accumulated in other comprehensive income that are expected to be reclassified to earnings during the next 12 months.

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Goodwill and Intangible Assets Disclosure [Abstract]

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	Goodwill			Accumulated impairment loss			Net
	(In thousands)
Balance at April 30, 2011 (As Restated)	$	3,457		$	(345	)	$	3,112
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	4,859			—			4,859
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(2,159		)	76			(2,083		)
Impairments	—			(488		)	(488		)
Balance at April 30, 2012 (As Restated)	6,157			(757		)	5,400
Acquisitions of assets from franchisees	3,449			—			3,449
Disposals and foreign currency changes, net	(3,149		)	610			(2,539		)
Impairments	—			(625		)	(625		)
Balance at April 30, 2013	$	6,457		$	(772	)	$	5,685

The Company performed its annual impairment review of goodwill and recorded impairment of $625,000 and $488,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Goodwill related to assets acquired from franchisees was $3,772,000 and $3,487,000 at April 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Components of intangible assets are as follows:

	April 30, 2013
	Weighted average amortization period	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount
	(In thousands)
Amortizable intangible assets:
Acquired customer lists	7 years	$	1,603	$	(171	)	$	1,432
Assets acquired from franchisees:
Customer lists	4 years	1,834		(582		)	1,252
Reacquired rights	2 years	1,640		(905		)	735
Area developer rights	10 years	9,842		(2,340		)	7,502
Total		$	14,919	$	(3,998	)	$	10,921

	April 30, 2012
	As Restated
	Weighted average amortization period	Gross carrying amount		Accumulated amortization			Net carrying amount
	(In thousands)
Amortizable intangible assets:
Assets acquired from franchisees:
Customer lists	4 years	$	1,795	$	(490	)	$	1,305
Reacquired rights	2 years	1,575		(705		)	870
Area developer rights	10 years	10,429		(2,290		)	8,139
Total		$	13,799	$	(3,485	)	$	10,314

For the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company acquired assets from various franchisees for $7,899,000 and $8,446,000, respectively. These acquisitions were accounted for as business combinations, with the value first being allocated to the identifiable intangible assets (the customer list and the reacquired rights) and the remainder being allocated to goodwill. The acquired businesses are operated as Company-owned offices until a buyer is found.

The purchase price of assets acquired from franchisees was allocated as follows:

	2013		2012
			As Restated
	(In thousands)
Customer lists	$	3,234	$	1,913
Reacquired rights	1,216		1,674
Goodwill	3,449		4,859
Total	$	7,899	$	8,446

In December 2012, the Company purchased certain assets of an online tax preparation software provider for $1,603,000. The entire purchase price has been allocated to identifiable intangible assets.

For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, amortization expense, impairment charges, and write-downs are as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
			As Restated		As Restated
	(In thousands)
Amortization expense, excluding impairment charges	$	2,681	$	1,949	$	1,563
Impairment charges and write-downs	$	788	$	488	$	438

The Company expects that the assets will be sold before the end of their estimated useful life. Therefore, during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012 and 2011, impairment analyses were performed for amortizable intangible assets. As a result, the carrying values of assets acquired from franchisees and area developer rights were reduced by the amounts disclosed in the table above, and were recorded to depreciation, amortization, and impairment charges on the consolidated statements of income. The Company estimated the fair value of the assets acquired from franchisees based on historical transactions involving sales of Company-owned offices. Write-downs of assets acquired from franchisees relate to purchases of offices that the Company decided not to operate.

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:

	Amortization expense
	(In thousands)
Year ending April 30:
2014	$	2,317
2015	1,941
2016	1,641
2017	1,354
2018	1,153
	$	8,406

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013		Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 17,627		$ 16,383	[1]	$ 14,670	[1]
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for doubtful accounts	7,098		5,788	[1]	5,497	[1]
Depreciation and amortization	5,750		5,511	[1]	5,001	[1]
Amortization of deferred financing costs	301		418	[1]	254	[1]
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets	788		488	[1]	438	[1]
Stock-based compensation expense related to equity classified awards	1,496		1,429	[1]	1,494	[1]
Stock-based compensation expense related to liability classified awards	2,625		0	[1]	0	[1]
Gain on sale of company-owned offices	(777)		(973)	[1]	(1,109)	[1]
Equity in loss of affiliate	193		138	[1]	0	[1]
Deferred tax expense	4,119		2,304	[1]	1,671	[1]
Changes in assets and liabilities increasing (decreasing) cash flows from operating activities:
Trade receivable	(27,722)		(25,230)	[1]	(20,803)	[1]
Notes and interest receivable	16,505		16,401	[1]	13,466	[1]
Prepaid expenses and other assets	210		(95)	[1]	149	[1]
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	(1,837)		(3,559)	[1]	4,041	[1]
Due to area developers	5,213		3,989	[1]	4,417	[1]
Income taxes	(508)		221	[1]	61	[1]
Deferred revenue	(2,640)		(2,770)	[1]	(4,472)	[1]
Net cash provided by operating activities	28,441		20,443	[1]	24,775	[1]
Cash flows from investing activities:
Issuance of operating loans to franchisees	(75,605)		(67,969)	[1]	(56,400)	[1]
Payments received on operating loans from franchisees	68,782		60,918	[1]	50,921	[1]
Purchases of area developer rights and company-owned offices	(5,980)		(4,741)	[1]	(3,091)	[1]
Proceeds from sale of company-owned offices and area developer rights	4,072		2,146	[1]	1,711	[1]
Purchase of marketable equity securities	(2,980)		0	[1]	0	[1]
Purchase of equity method investment	0		(1,009)	[1]	0	[1]
Purchases of property and equipment	(11,928)		(10,288)	[1]	(7,051)	[1]
Net cash used in investing activities	(23,639)		(20,943)	[1]	(13,910)	[1]
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options	3,801		742	[1]	3,805	[1]
Repurchase of common stock	(6,456)		(4,260)	[1]	(10,076)	[1]
Repurchase of preferred stock	0		0	[1]	(2,722)	[1]
Term debt borrowings	0		25,000	[1]	0	[1]
Repayment of long-term debt	(2,953)		(2,118)	[1]	(2,284)	[1]
Borrowings under revolving credit facility	121,216		124,270	[1]	135,484	[1]
Repayments under revolving credit facility	(121,216)		(124,270)	[1]	(135,484)	[1]
Payment for debt issue costs	(289)		(1,123)	[1]	(333)	[1]
Tax benefit of stock option exercises	271		458	[1]	408	[1]
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(5,626)		18,699	[1]	(11,202)	[1]
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, net	(11)		(13)	[1]	(113)	[1]
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	(835)		18,186	[1]	(450)	[1]
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	19,848	[1]	1,662	[1]	2,112	[1]
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	19,013		19,848	[1]	1,662	[1]
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest	1,872		1,640	[1]	1,671	[1]
Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds	7,328		7,222	[1]	8,032	[1]
During the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company acquired certain assets from franchisees and area developers as follows:
Fair value of assets purchased	10,714		12,050	[1]	6,826	[1]
Receivables applied	(6,804)		(10,120)	[1]	(5,233)	[1]
Accounts payable canceled	2,922		2,961	[1]	2,405	[1]
Notes payable issued	(1,655)		(1,540)	[1]	(1,936)	[1]
Elimination of related deferred revenue	803		1,390	[1]	1,029	[1]
Cash paid to franchisees	5,980		4,741	[1]	3,091	[1]
During the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company sold certain assets to franchisees and area developers as follows:
Book value of assets sold	6,517		5,929	[1]	4,913	[1]
Gain on sale	(417)		(191)	[1]	1	[1]
Deferred revenue	2,846		1,370	[1]	1,267	[1]
Applied from acquisitions of franchise territories	0		0	[1]	(120)	[1]
Notes received	(4,874)		(4,962)	[1]	(4,350)	[1]
Cash received from franchisees	4,072		2,146	[1]	1,711	[1]
Accrued capitalized software costs included in accounts payable	$ 733		$ 345	[1]	$ 1,368	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Goodwill and Intangible Assets (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Other intangible assets, net
Gross carrying amount		$ 14,919	$ 13,799
Accumulated amortization		(3,998)	(3,485)
Net carrying amount		10,921	10,314	[1]
Acquired assets of various franchisees	1,603	7,899	8,446
Amortization expense, excluding impairment charges		2,681	1,949		1,563
Impairment charges and write-downs		788	488	[1]	438	[1]
Estimated amortization expense for next five years
2014		2,317
2015		1,941
2016		1,641
2017		1,354
2018		1,153
Total estimated amortization expense		8,406
Acquired customer lists
Other intangible assets, net
Weighted average amortization period		7 years
Gross carrying amount		1,603
Accumulated amortization		(171)
Net carrying amount		1,432
Customer lists
Other intangible assets, net
Weighted average amortization period		4 years	4 years
Gross carrying amount		1,834	1,795
Accumulated amortization		(582)	(490)
Net carrying amount		1,252	1,305
Acquired assets of various franchisees		3,234	1,913
Reacquired rights
Other intangible assets, net
Weighted average amortization period		2 years	2 years
Gross carrying amount		1,640	1,575
Accumulated amortization		(905)	(705)
Net carrying amount		735	870
Acquired assets of various franchisees		1,216	1,674
Area developer rights
Other intangible assets, net
Weighted average amortization period		10 years	10 years
Gross carrying amount		9,842	10,429
Accumulated amortization		(2,340)	(2,290)
Net carrying amount		$ 7,502	$ 8,139

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Notes and Accounts Receivable (Details 4) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Apr. 30, 2011
Receivables [Abstract]
Average investments in impaired notes receivable	$ 8,063	$ 6,367
Interest income related to impaired notes	794	423	519
Investment in notes receivable on nonaccrual status	$ 8,375	$ 5,274
Developer rights term	10 years

XML

Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of long-term debt

Long-term debt at April 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Term loan payable in quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012 of 1.25%,1.875%, 2.5%, 2.5% and 3.125% of the original amount borrowed for the years ending April 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively	$	23,750	$	25,000
Mortgage note payable to a bank in monthly installments of $16 including interest at 6.06% through September 2016; at which time a balloon payment of $2,213 is payable; collateralized by land and building	2,370		2,411
Notes payable for acquired assets from franchisees, interest rates ranging from 0% to 12%; due May 2013 through June 2013	1,439		1,401
Other debt	124		173
Total long-term debt	27,683		28,985
Less current installments	3,400		2,736
Total long-term debt, less current installments	$	24,283	$	26,249

Schedule of aggregate maturities of long-term debt

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at April 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending April 30:
2014	$	3,400
2015	2,590
2016	2,582
2017	19,111
Total long-term debt	$	27,683

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details) (ERC class action litigation, USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013
ERC class action litigation
Commitments and contingencies
Potential damages sought by plaintiffs	$ 5

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	0 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 15, 2012	Oct. 31, 2001	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Preferred stock and exchangeable shares
Number of majority shareholders to convert Class A Preferred into Class A Common	2
Value of shares repurchased			$ 0	$ 0	[1]	$ 2,722	[1]
Percentage of outstanding common stock acquired that was accounted for as a purchase		40.00%
Cash acquired		2,000
Common stock
Number of directors entitled to be elected more than the number of directors elected by holders of all other classes of stock combined			1
Components of accumulated other comprehensive income
Foreign currency adjustment			807	1,113
Unrealized gain on equity securities available for sale, net of taxes			387	0
Interest rate swap agreements, net of tax			0	(437)
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax			1,194	676	[1]
Class A preferred stock
Preferred stock and exchangeable shares
Shares authorized			190,000	190,000
Par value (in dollars per share)			$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Shares issued			0	170,320
Shares converted	170,320
Multiplier for preferred stock liquidation preference			0.1
Liquidation preference per share				$ 43.15
Shares repurchased						18,146
Value of shares repurchased						2,722
Class A common stock
Preferred stock and exchangeable shares
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion of exercise of: Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock (in shares)	1,703,200		210,560	1,703,200		1,850,800
Conversion ratio for Class A Preferred into Class A Common			10
Shares repurchased						0
Consideration to the minority shareholder (in shares)		1,600,000
Conversion ratio		10
Common stock
Authorized shares			21,200,000	21,200,000
Par value (in dollars per share)			$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Special voting preferred stock
Preferred stock and exchangeable shares
Shares authorized			10	10
Par value (in dollars per share)		$ 0.01	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Shares issued			10	10
Shares repurchased			0			0
Voting equivalent one special voting preferred share as if it represented Class A common stock, number (in shares)		10
Number of shares of Class A common stock represented as voting for each preferred share		100,000
Exchangeable shares
Preferred stock and exchangeable shares
Shares repurchased						0
Consideration to the minority shareholder (in shares)		100,000
Class B common stock
Preferred stock and exchangeable shares
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion of exercise of: Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock (in shares)			0	0		0
Shares repurchased						0
Common stock
Authorized shares			1,000,000	1,000,000
Par value (in dollars per share)			$ 0.01	$ 0.01

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Stock Compensation Plan

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock Compensation Plan

Stock Compensation Plan

(a)     Stock Options

In May 1998, the board of directors approved the JTH Holding, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the 1998 Plan). Employees and outside directors were eligible to receive awards under the Plan, and a total of 6,100,000 shares of Class A common stock were authorized for grant under the 1998 Plan. The 1998 Plan was readopted by the board of directors in May 2008 and was replaced by a new plan in August 2011 (the New Plan). At April 30, 2013, 2,027,439 shares of Class A common stock are available for grant under the New Plan. Stock options generally vest from six months to five years from the date of grant and generally expire five years from the vesting date.

The following table summarizes the information for options granted in the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

	2013	2012	2011
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$1.80	$2.30	$2.54
Dividend yield	—%	—%	—%
Expected volatility	13.0% -14.9%	14.9% - 15.0%	14.6% - 15.7%
Expected terms	4-6 years	4 - 6 years	4 - 6 years
Risk-free interest rates	0.6%-1.0%	0.8% - 1.9%	1.2% - 2.3%

Stock option activity during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 is as follows:

	Number of options		Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at April 30, 2010	1,970,720		$	11.61
Granted	1,048,800		15.03
Exercised	(460,162	)	8.27
Canceled	(98,020	)	10.08
Outstanding at April 30, 2011	2,461,338		13.77
Granted	433,670		15.00
Exercised	(110,125	)	6.74
Canceled	(55,870	)	14.88
Outstanding at April 30, 2012	2,729,013		14.21
Granted	332,035		15.00
Exercised	(349,500	)	10.88
Canceled	(176,865	)	13.65
Outstanding at April 30, 2013	2,534,683		14.81

Stock options were granted to employees of the Company except for options granted to nonemployee directors of 43,135, 80,000, and 80,000 stock options during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $1,686,000, $900,000, and $3,100,000 during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Nonvested stock options (options that did not vest in the period in which granted) activity during the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are as follows:

	Nonvested options		Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at April 30, 2010	177,500		$	14.65
Granted	702,500		15.00
Vested	(275,000	)	14.78
Canceled	—		—
Outstanding at April 30, 2011	605,000		15.00
Granted	433,670		15.00
Vested	(577,450	)	15.00
Canceled	(8,720	)	15.00
Outstanding at April 30, 2012	452,500		15.00
Granted	332,035		15.00
Vested	(596,935	)	15.00
Canceled	(55,100	)	15.00
Outstanding at April 30, 2013	132,500		15.00

At April 30, 2013, unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock options are $859,000. These costs are expected to be recognized between 2014 and 2015.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2013:

Number of shares outstanding at April 30, 2013	Range of exercise prices		Weighted average exercise price		Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)	Number of shares exercisable at April 30, 2013	Weighted average exercise price
117,500	$	10.50	$	10.50	1.9	117,500	$	10.50
2,152,625	14.00 - 16.50		15.02		2.9	2,020,125	15.02
264,558	15.00		15.00		3.8	264,558	15.00
						2,402,183

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 2013, the cash settlement of certain stock option transactions caused a change in the classification of certain outstanding stock options to a liability instrument from an equity instrument, which resulted in an increase in stock compensation expense of $2,625,000. At April 30, 2013, the value of the liability for the 997,824 options that changed classifications from an equity to a liability instrument was $5,111,000. The following table summarizes the information used to value the liability classified stock-based compensation awards:

	April 30, 2013
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$5.12
Dividend yield	—%
Expected volatility	36.2%
Expected terms	2.90
Risk-free interest rates	0.36%

(b)     Restricted Stock Units

During the year ended April 30, 2013, the Company awarded 15,971 shares of restricted stock units to its non-employee directors. The weighted average fair value at grant date was $13.50 and the vesting or service period is between 16-18 months. Compensation costs associated with these restricted shares are amortized over the service period and recognized as an increase in additional paid-in capital.

XML

Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Long-Term Debt

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt at April 30, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Term loan payable in quarterly principal installments commencing July 31, 2012 of 1.25%,1.875%, 2.5%, 2.5% and 3.125% of the original amount borrowed for the years ending April 30, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, respectively	$	23,750	$	25,000
Mortgage note payable to a bank in monthly installments of $16 including interest at 6.06% through September 2016; at which time a balloon payment of $2,213 is payable; collateralized by land and building	2,370		2,411
Notes payable for acquired assets from franchisees, interest rates ranging from 0% to 12%; due May 2013 through June 2013	1,439		1,401
Other debt	124		173
Total long-term debt	27,683		28,985
Less current installments	3,400		2,736
Total long-term debt, less current installments	$	24,283	$	26,249

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at April 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ending April 30:
2014	$	3,400
2015	2,590
2016	2,582
2017	19,111
Total long-term debt	$	27,683

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011
Revenue	$ 92,966	$ 37,921	$ 9,482	$ 7,244	$ 72,419	$ 44,226	$ 8,248	$ 6,332	$ 147,613	$ 131,225	[1]	$ 117,936	[1]
Net income (loss)	28,428	1,673	(6,111)	(6,363)	21,034	5,266	(5,366)	(4,551)	17,627	16,383	[1]	14,670	[1]
Net Income (Loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 2.04	$ 0.12	$ (0.47)	$ (0.52)	$ 1.51	$ 0.38	$ (0.48)	$ (0.40)	$ 1.26	$ 1.17	[1]	$ 0.85	[1]
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 2.01	$ 0.12	$ (0.47)	$ (0.52)	$ 1.49	$ 0.37	$ (0.48)	$ (0.40)	$ 1.25	$ 1.16	[1]	$ 0.83	[1]
As Reported
Revenue		30,538	7,289	6,786	59,789	35,650	8,793	4,868		109,100		95,524
Net income (loss)		1,112	(6,698)	(6,152)	22,039	4,677	(4,326)	(4,979)		17,411	[1]	15,762	[1]
Net Income (Loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic (in dollars per share)		$ 0.08	$ (0.51)	$ (0.51)	$ 1.58	$ 0.33	$ (0.38)	$ (0.44)		$ 1.24	[1]	$ 1.10	[1]
Diluted (in dollars per share)		$ 0.08	$ (0.51)	$ (0.51)	$ 1.56	$ 0.33	$ (0.38)	$ (0.44)		$ 1.23	[1]	$ 1.08	[1]
Adjustments
Revenue		7,383	2,193	458	12,630	8,576	(545)	1,464		22,125		22,412
Net income (loss)		$ 561	$ 587	$ (211)	$ (1,005)	$ 589	$ (1,040)	$ 428		$ (1,028)	[1]	$ (1,092)	[1]
Net Income (Loss) per share of Class A and Class B common stock:
Basic (in dollars per share)		$ 0.04	$ 0.04	$ (0.01)	$ (0.07)	$ 0.05	$ (0.10)	$ 0.04		$ (0.07)	[1]	$ (0.25)	[1]
Diluted (in dollars per share)		$ 0.04	$ 0.04	$ (0.01)	$ (0.07)	$ 0.04	$ (0.10)	$ 0.04		$ (0.07)	[1]	$ (0.25)	[1]

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

XML

Employee 401(k) Plan

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Employee 401(k) Plan

Employee 401(k) Plan

The Company sponsors a defined-contribution 401(k) profit sharing plan. Under the plan, employees who are 18 years of age and have completed 90 days of service are eligible to make voluntary contributions to the plan. The Company matches 50% of each employee's contribution up to 3% of the employee's salary. Total compensation expense related to these contributions was $412,000, $375,000, and $305,000 for the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company uses the following methods and assumptions to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

Cash equivalents, receivables, other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses, and due to area developers:    The carrying amounts approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, the Company had cash equivalents of $16,798,000 and $18,848,000, respectively, invested in money market accounts.

Notes receivable:    The carrying amount of the Company's notes receivable approximates fair value based upon the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the interest rate currently offered by the Company, which approximates rates currently offered by local lending institutions for loans of similar terms to individuals/entities with comparable credit risk.

Long-term debt:    The carrying amount of the Company's long-term debt approximates fair value based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the interest rates offered by the lenders, which approximates rates currently offered by local lending institutions for loans of similar terms to companies with comparable credit risk.

Concentrations of credit risks:    Financial instruments that could potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risks consist of cash equivalents and accounts and notes receivable with its franchisees.

The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts, which at times may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents balances.

The Company manages credit risk by evaluating the financial position of the franchisee, value of the franchises, as well as the personal guarantee of the individual franchisees. At April 30, 2013 and 2012, there were no significant concentrations of credit risk associated with any individual franchisee or group of franchisees. The Company maintains an allowance for potential losses based on its expected collectibility of the receivables, which the Company believes is adequate for its credit loss exposure. The consolidated financial statements include various estimated fair value information at April 30, 2013 and 2012.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis are classified according to a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value.

• Level 1—Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

• Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, and model-based valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in the market.

• Level 3—Unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

At April 30, 2013 and 2012, the following tables present, for each of the fair value hierarchy levels, the assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis:

			April 30, 2013 Fair value measurements using
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
			(In thousands)
Assets:
Recurring:
Cash equivalents	$	16,798	$	16,798	$	—	$	—
Equity securities, available for sale	3,619		3,619		—		—
	$	20,417	$	20,417	$	—	$	—
Nonrecurring:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	$	7,973	$	—	$	—	$	7,973
Impaired goodwill	1,254		—		—		1,254
Impaired reacquired rights	286		—		—		286
Impaired customer lists	453		—		—		453
	$	9,966	$	—	$	—	$	9,966
Liabilities:
Recurring:
Liability classified stock-based compensation awards	$	5,111	$	—	$	5,111	$	—

			April 30, 2012 As Restated Fair value measurements using
	Total		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
			(In thousands)
Assets:
Recurring:
Cash equivalents	$	18,848	$	18,848	$	—	$	—
Nonrecurring:
Impaired accounts and notes receivable	$	5,746	$	—	$	—	$	5,746
Impaired goodwill	1,477		—		—		1,477
Impaired reacquired rights	412		—		—		412
Impaired customer lists	564		—		—		564
	$	8,199	$	—	$	—	$	8,199
Liabilities:
Recurring:
Interest rate swap agreements	$	694	$	—	$	694	$	—

The Company's policy is to recognize transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy on the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. There were no transfers into or out of Level 1 or 2 recurring fair value measurements for the years ended April 30, 2013 and 2012.

Management considers accounts and notes receivable to be impaired if the amounts due exceed the fair value of the underlying franchise. In establishing the estimated fair value of the underlying franchise consideration is given to the net fees of open offices and the number of unopened offices.

Management considers intangible assets, reacquired rights, customer list and goodwill, associated with a Company-owned office to be impaired if the net carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the underlying office. In establishing the fair value of a customer list, consideration is given to historical transactions involving sales of Company-owned offices and the net fees of the underlying office.

The fair value of the Company's interest swap agreements is the difference between the present value of interest payments due under the current swap agreements and similar swap agreements using a market rate of interest on date of valuation.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Sep. 26, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012
Document and Entity Information
Entity Registrant Name	JTH Holding, Inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001528930
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Apr. 30, 2013
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--04-30
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		12,023,265
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	No
Entity Public Float			$ 53,212,141

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Apr. 30, 2013

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

Related-Party Transactions

The Company considers directors and their affiliated companies, executive officers and their immediate family members to be related parties. For the years ended April 30, 2013, 2012, and 2011, the Company repurchased common and Class A preferred stock from related parties as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Common stock:
Shares repurchased	191,000		52,000		98,000
Amount	$	3,010,000	$	787,000	$	1,471,000
Preferred stock:
Shares repurchased	—		—		18,000
Amount	$	—	$	—	$	2,722,000

At April 30, 2013 and 2012, notes receivable from related parties are as follows:

	2013		2012
Note receivable	$	22,000	$	21,000
Repayments received during the year	2,000		971,000

Interest rates on these notes approximate prevailing market rates at the time of their issuance.

XML

Stock Compensation Plan (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012	Apr. 30, 2011
Stock option activity, Number of options
Outstanding at the start of the period (in shares)	2,729,013	2,461,338	1,970,720
Granted (in shares)	332,035	433,670	1,048,800
Exercised (in shares)	(349,500)	(110,125)	(460,162)
Canceled (in shares)	(176,865)	(55,870)	(98,020)
Outstanding at the end of the period (in shares)	2,534,683	2,729,013	2,461,338
Stock option activity, Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at the beginning of the period (in dollars per share)	$ 14.21	$ 13.77	$ 11.61
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 15.00	$ 15.00	$ 15.03
Exercised (in dollars per share)	$ 10.88	$ 6.74	$ 8.27
Canceled (in dollars per share)	$ 13.65	$ 14.88	$ 10.08
Outstanding at the end of the period (in dollars per share)	$ 14.81	$ 14.21	$ 13.77
Additional disclosures
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	$ 1,686,000	$ 900,000	$ 3,100,000
Nonvested stock option activity, Nonvested options
Outstanding at the beginning of the period (in shares)	452,500	605,000	177,500
Granted (in shares)	332,035	433,670	702,500
Vested (in shares)	(596,935)	(577,450)	(275,000)
Canceled (in shares)	(55,100)	(8,720)	0
Outstanding at the end of the period (in shares)	132,500	452,500	605,000
Nonvested stock option activity, Weighted average exercise price
Outstanding at the beginning of the period (in dollars per share)	$ 15.00	$ 15.00	$ 14.65
Granted (in dollars per share)	$ 15.00	$ 15.00	$ 15.00
Vested (in dollars per share)	$ 15.00	$ 15.00	$ 14.78
Canceled (in dollars per share)	$ 15.00	$ 15.00	$ 0.00
Outstanding at the end of the period (in dollars per share)	$ 15.00	$ 15.00	$ 15.00
Unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock options
Unrecognized compensation costs	859,000
Stock options converted from equity to liability	997,824
Accrued liability classified stock based compensation costs	5,111,000
Shares awarded to non employee directors	43,135	80,000	80,000
Stock Option
Information for options granted
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$ 1.80	$ 2.30	$ 2.54
Dividend yield (as a percent)	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Expected volatility, minimum (as a percent)	13.00%	14.90%	14.60%
Expected volatility, maximum (as a percent)	14.90%	15.00%	15.70%
Risk-free interest rates, minimum (as a percent)	0.60%	0.80%	1.20%
Risk-free interest rates, maximum (as a percent)	1.00%	1.90%	2.30%
Unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock options
Increase in stock compensation expense due to reclass from equity to liability	$ 2,625,000
Stock Option | Minimum
Information for options granted
Expected terms	4 years	4 years	4 years
Stock Option | Maximum
Information for options granted
Expected terms	6 years	6 years	6 years
Restricted Stock Units
Unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock options
Shares awarded to non employee directors	15,971
Restricted Stock Units | Minimum
Stock compensation plan
Vesting period	16 months
Restricted Stock Units | Maximum
Stock compensation plan
Vesting period	18 months
Liability Classified Stock Compensation Awards
Information for options granted
Weighted average fair value of options granted	$ 5.12
Dividend yield (as a percent)	0.00%
Expected volatility (as a percent)	36.20%
Expected terms	2 years 10 months 24 days
Risk-free interest rates (as a percent)	0.36%
1998 Stock Option Plan
Stock compensation plan
Class A common stock authorized for grant under the Plan (in shares)	6,100,000
2011 Plan
Stock compensation plan
Class A common stock available for grant (in shares)	2,027,439
Exercise period after the vesting date	5 years
2011 Plan | Minimum
Stock compensation plan
Vesting period	6 months
2011 Plan | Maximum
Stock compensation plan
Vesting period	5 years

XML

Stockholders' Equity (Details 2) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended					0 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Apr. 30, 2013	Jan. 31, 2013	Oct. 31, 2012	Jul. 31, 2012	Apr. 30, 2012	Jan. 31, 2012	Oct. 31, 2011	Jul. 31, 2011	Apr. 30, 2013	Apr. 30, 2012		Apr. 30, 2011		Jun. 15, 2012 Class A common stock	Apr. 30, 2013 Class A common stock	Apr. 30, 2012 Class A common stock	Apr. 30, 2011 Class A common stock	Apr. 30, 2013 Class B common stock	Apr. 30, 2012 Class B common stock	Apr. 30, 2011 Class B common stock
Earnings per share
Allocation of undistributed earnings, based on net income																	$ 13,521			$ 1,149
Preferred stock redeemed, treated as dividend (Note 19)																	(2,300)			(195)
Net income	28,428	1,673	(6,111)	(6,363)	21,034	5,266	(5,366)	(4,551)	17,627	16,383	[1]	14,670	[1]		16,386	15,076	11,221	1,241	1,307	954
Numerator:
Undistributed Earnings Allocated to Participating Securities Class A Preferred Stock															247	1,836	1,448	18	159	123
Undistributed Earnings Allocated to Participating Securities Exchangeable Shares															1,171	1,078	783	89	94	67
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation															14,968	12,162	8,990	1,134	1,054	764
Basic net income per share
Basic net income per share (in dollars per share)	$ 2.04	$ 0.12	$ (0.47)	$ (0.52)	$ 1.51	$ 0.38	$ (0.48)	$ (0.40)	$ 1.26	$ 1.17	[1]	$ 0.85	[1]		$ 1.26	$ 1.17	$ 0.85	$ 1.26	$ 1.17	$ 0.85
Numerator:
Allocation of undistributed earnings for basic computation															14,968	12,162	8,990	1,134	1,054	764
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of: Class B common stock to Class A common stock															1,134	1,054	764	0	0	0
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of: Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock															265	1,995	1,572	0	0	0
Reallocation of undistributed earnings as a result of assumed conversion of: Exchangeable shares to Class A common stock															1,260	1,172	849	0	0	0
Net income attributable to common stockholders															$ 17,627	$ 16,383	$ 12,175	$ 1,134	$ 1,054	$ 764
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding, Basic															11,883,214	10,383,780	10,588,954	900,000	900,000	900,000
Denominator:
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion of exercise of: Class B common stock to Class A common stock (in shares)															900,000	900,000	900,000	0	0	0
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion of exercise of: Class A preferred stock to Class A common stock (in shares)														1,703,200	210,560	1,703,200	1,850,800	0	0	0
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion of exercise of: exchangeable shares to Class A common stock (in shares)															1,000,000	1,000,000	1,000,000	0	0	0
Weighted-average effect of dilutive securities add the conversion of exercise of employee stock options (in shares)															78,584	180,956	322,494	5,054	11,644	20,241
Denominator:
Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding, Diluted															14,072,358	14,167,936	14,662,248	905,054	911,644	920,241
Earnings Per Share, Diluted	$ 2.01	$ 0.12	$ (0.47)	$ (0.52)	$ 1.49	$ 0.37	$ (0.48)	$ (0.40)	$ 1.25	$ 1.16	[1]	$ 0.83	[1]		$ 1.25	$ 1.16	$ 0.83	$ 1.25	$ 1.16	$ 0.83
Impact of shares of common stock from the exercise of options excluded from computation of diluted net income per share because the effect would be antidilutive									2,402,183	2,278,225		1,894,250

[1] As restated - See Note 19 "Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements" of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.